diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'xorg-server/dix')
| -rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/Xserver-dtrace.h | 75 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/colormap.c | 5522 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c | 34 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c | 4206 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/events.c | 11823 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/getevents.c | 2416 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/main.c | 41 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/makefile | 40 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c | 9 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | xorg-server/dix/registry.c | 1 |
10 files changed, 12188 insertions, 11979 deletions
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/Xserver-dtrace.h b/xorg-server/dix/Xserver-dtrace.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4f27a0bc --- /dev/null +++ b/xorg-server/dix/Xserver-dtrace.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* Copyright 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a + * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons + * to whom the Software is furnished to do so, provided that the above + * copyright notice(s) and this permission notice appear in all copies of + * the Software and that both the above copyright notice(s) and this + * permission notice appear in supporting documentation. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS + * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT + * OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR + * HOLDERS INCLUDED IN THIS NOTICE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL + * INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING + * FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, + * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + * + * Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder + * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use + * or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization + * of the copyright holder. + */ + +/* + * Generated by dtrace(1M), and then modified for backwards compatibility + * with older versions of dtrace. Used if dtrace -h fails. + * (Since _ENABLED support was added after dtrace -h, this assumes if + * dtrace -h fails, _ENABLED will too.) + */ + +#ifndef _XSERVER_DTRACE_H +#define _XSERVER_DTRACE_H + +#include <unistd.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define XSERVER_CLIENT_AUTH(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3) \ + winDebug("XSERVER_CLIENT_AUTH: %d %s %d %d\n",arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3) +#define XSERVER_CLIENT_CONNECT(arg0, arg1) \ + winDebug("XSERVER_CLIENT_CONNECT: %d %d\n",arg0, arg1) +#define XSERVER_CLIENT_DISCONNECT(arg0) \ + winDebug("XSERVER_CLIENT_DISCONNECT: %d %d\n",arg0) +#define XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) \ + winDebug("XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE: %s %d %d %d %d\n",arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) +#define XSERVER_REQUEST_START(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) \ + winDebug("XSERVER_REQUEST_START: %s %d %d %d ->%p\n",arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) +#define XSERVER_RESOURCE_ALLOC(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3) \ + winDebug("XSERVER_RESOURCE_ALLOC: 0x%x 0x%x ->%p %s\n",arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3) +#define XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3) \ + winDebug("XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE: 0x%x 0x%x ->%p %s\n",arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3) +#define XSERVER_SEND_EVENT(arg0, arg1, arg2) \ + winDebug("XSERVER_SEND_EVENT: 0x%x 0x%x ->%p\n",arg0, arg1, arg2) + +#define XSERVER_CLIENT_AUTH_ENABLED() (1) +#define XSERVER_CLIENT_CONNECT_ENABLED() (1) +#define XSERVER_CLIENT_DISCONNECT_ENABLED() (1) +#define XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE_ENABLED() (1) +#define XSERVER_REQUEST_START_ENABLED() (1) +#define XSERVER_RESOURCE_ALLOC_ENABLED() (1) +#define XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE_ENABLED() (1) +#define XSERVER_SEND_EVENT_ENABLED() (1) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _XSERVER_DTRACE_H */ diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c b/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c index bf9794125..cd2101e4a 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c @@ -1,2759 +1,2763 @@ -/*********************************************************** - -Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group - -Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its -documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that -the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be -used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings -in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. - - -Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. - - All Rights Reserved - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be -used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the -software without specific, written prior permission. - -DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING -ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL -DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR -ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, -ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS -SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - - -#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H -#include <dix-config.h> -#endif - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include <X11/Xproto.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <strings.h> -#include "misc.h" -#include "dix.h" -#include "colormapst.h" -#include "os.h" -#include "scrnintstr.h" -#include "resource.h" -#include "windowstr.h" -#include "privates.h" -#include "xace.h" - -extern XID clientErrorValue; - -static Pixel FindBestPixel( - EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/, - int /*size*/, - xrgb * /*prgb*/, - int /*channel*/ -); - -static int AllComp( - EntryPtr /*pent*/, - xrgb * /*prgb*/ -); - -static int RedComp( - EntryPtr /*pent*/, - xrgb * /*prgb*/ -); - -static int GreenComp( - EntryPtr /*pent*/, - xrgb * /*prgb*/ -); - -static int BlueComp( - EntryPtr /*pent*/, - xrgb * /*prgb*/ -); - -static void FreePixels( - ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, - int /*client*/ -); - -static void CopyFree( - int /*channel*/, - int /*client*/, - ColormapPtr /*pmapSrc*/, - ColormapPtr /*pmapDst*/ -); - -static void FreeCell( - ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, - Pixel /*i*/, - int /*channel*/ -); - -static void UpdateColors( - ColormapPtr /*pmap*/ -); - -static int AllocDirect( - int /*client*/, - ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, - int /*c*/, - int /*r*/, - int /*g*/, - int /*b*/, - Bool /*contig*/, - Pixel * /*pixels*/, - Pixel * /*prmask*/, - Pixel * /*pgmask*/, - Pixel * /*pbmask*/ -); - -static int AllocPseudo( - int /*client*/, - ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, - int /*c*/, - int /*r*/, - Bool /*contig*/, - Pixel * /*pixels*/, - Pixel * /*pmask*/, - Pixel ** /*pppixFirst*/ -); - -static Bool AllocCP( - ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, - EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/, - int /*count*/, - int /*planes*/, - Bool /*contig*/, - Pixel * /*pixels*/, - Pixel * /*pMask*/ -); - -static Bool AllocShared( - ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, - Pixel * /*ppix*/, - int /*c*/, - int /*r*/, - int /*g*/, - int /*b*/, - Pixel /*rmask*/, - Pixel /*gmask*/, - Pixel /*bmask*/, - Pixel * /*ppixFirst*/ -); - -static int FreeCo( - ColormapPtr /*pmap*/, - int /*client*/, - int /*color*/, - int /*npixIn*/, - Pixel * /*ppixIn*/, - Pixel /*mask*/ -); - -static int TellNoMap( - WindowPtr /*pwin*/, - Colormap * /*pmid*/ -); - -static void FindColorInRootCmap ( - ColormapPtr /* pmap */, - EntryPtr /* pentFirst */, - int /* size */, - xrgb* /* prgb */, - Pixel* /* pPixel */, - int /* channel */, - ColorCompareProcPtr /* comp */ -); - -#define NUMRED(vis) ((vis->redMask >> vis->offsetRed) + 1) -#define NUMGREEN(vis) ((vis->greenMask >> vis->offsetGreen) + 1) -#define NUMBLUE(vis) ((vis->blueMask >> vis->offsetBlue) + 1) -#if COMPOSITE -#define ALPHAMASK(vis) ((vis)->nplanes < 32 ? 0 : \ - (CARD32) ~((vis)->redMask|(vis)->greenMask|(vis)->blueMask)) -#else -#define ALPHAMASK(vis) 0 -#endif - -#define RGBMASK(vis) (vis->redMask | vis->greenMask | vis->blueMask | ALPHAMASK(vis)) - -/* GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) -- - * (Suggestion: First read the macro, then read this explanation. - * - * Either generate the next value to OR in to a pixel or break out of this - * while loop - * - * This macro is used when we're trying to generate all 2^n combinations of - * bits in mask. What we're doing here is counting in binary, except that - * the bits we use to count may not be contiguous. This macro will be - * called 2^n times, returning a different value in bits each time. Then - * it will cause us to break out of a surrounding loop. (It will always be - * called from within a while loop.) - * On call: mask is the value we want to find all the combinations for - * base has 1 bit set where the least significant bit of mask is set - * - * For example,if mask is 01010, base should be 0010 and we count like this: - * 00010 (see this isn't so hard), - * then we add base to bits and get 0100. (bits & ~mask) is (0100 & 0100) so - * we add that to bits getting (0100 + 0100) = - * 01000 for our next value. - * then we add 0010 to get - * 01010 and we're done (easy as 1, 2, 3) - */ -#define GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) \ - if((bits) == (mask)) \ - break; \ - (bits) += (base); \ - while((bits) & ~(mask)) \ - (bits) += ((bits) & ~(mask)); -/* ID of server as client */ -#define SERVER_ID 0 - -typedef struct _colorResource -{ - Colormap mid; - int client; -} colorResource; - -/* Invariants: - * refcnt == 0 means entry is empty - * refcnt > 0 means entry is useable by many clients, so it can't be changed - * refcnt == AllocPrivate means entry owned by one client only - * fShared should only be set if refcnt == AllocPrivate, and only in red map - */ - - -/** - * Create and initialize the color map - * - * \param mid resource to use for this colormap - * \param alloc 1 iff all entries are allocated writable - */ -int -CreateColormap (Colormap mid, ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, - ColormapPtr *ppcmap, int alloc, int client) -{ - int class, size; - unsigned long sizebytes; - ColormapPtr pmap; - EntryPtr pent; - int i; - Pixel *ppix, **pptr; - - class = pVisual->class; - if(!(class & DynamicClass) && (alloc != AllocNone) && (client != SERVER_ID)) - return (BadMatch); - - size = pVisual->ColormapEntries; - sizebytes = (size * sizeof(Entry)) + - (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)) + - (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)); - if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) - sizebytes *= 3; - sizebytes += sizeof(ColormapRec); - pmap = xalloc(sizebytes); - if (!pmap) - return (BadAlloc); -#if defined(_XSERVER64) - pmap->pad0 = 0; - pmap->pad1 = 0; -#if (X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN) - pmap->pad2 = 0; -#endif -#endif - pmap->red = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap + sizeof(ColormapRec)); - sizebytes = size * sizeof(Entry); - pmap->clientPixelsRed = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->red + sizebytes); - pmap->numPixelsRed = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsRed + - (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *))); - pmap->mid = mid; - pmap->flags = 0; /* start out with all flags clear */ - if(mid == pScreen->defColormap) - pmap->flags |= IsDefault; - pmap->pScreen = pScreen; - pmap->pVisual = pVisual; - pmap->class = class; - if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) - size = NUMRED(pVisual); - pmap->freeRed = size; - bzero ((char *) pmap->red, (int)sizebytes); - bzero((char *) pmap->numPixelsRed, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)); - for (pptr = &pmap->clientPixelsRed[MAXCLIENTS]; --pptr >= pmap->clientPixelsRed; ) - *pptr = (Pixel *)NULL; - if (alloc == AllocAll) - { - if (class & DynamicClass) - pmap->flags |= AllAllocated; - for (pent = &pmap->red[size - 1]; pent >= pmap->red; pent--) - pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate; - pmap->freeRed = 0; - ppix = xalloc(size * sizeof(Pixel)); - if (!ppix) - { - xfree(pmap); - return (BadAlloc); - } - pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix; - for(i = 0; i < size; i++) - ppix[i] = i; - pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = size; - } - - if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) - { - pmap->freeGreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual); - pmap->green = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsRed + - (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int))); - pmap->clientPixelsGreen = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->green + sizebytes); - pmap->numPixelsGreen = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsGreen + - (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *))); - pmap->freeBlue = NUMBLUE(pVisual); - pmap->blue = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsGreen + - (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int))); - pmap->clientPixelsBlue = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->blue + sizebytes); - pmap->numPixelsBlue = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsBlue + - (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *))); - - bzero ((char *) pmap->green, (int)sizebytes); - bzero ((char *) pmap->blue, (int)sizebytes); - - memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsGreen, - (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed, - MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)); - memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsBlue, - (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed, - MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)); - bzero((char *) pmap->numPixelsGreen, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)); - bzero((char *) pmap->numPixelsBlue, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)); - - /* If every cell is allocated, mark its refcnt */ - if (alloc == AllocAll) - { - size = pmap->freeGreen; - for(pent = &pmap->green[size-1]; pent >= pmap->green; pent--) - pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate; - pmap->freeGreen = 0; - ppix = xalloc(size * sizeof(Pixel)); - if (!ppix) - { - xfree(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]); - xfree(pmap); - return(BadAlloc); - } - pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix; - for(i = 0; i < size; i++) - ppix[i] = i; - pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = size; - - size = pmap->freeBlue; - for(pent = &pmap->blue[size-1]; pent >= pmap->blue; pent--) - pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate; - pmap->freeBlue = 0; - ppix = xalloc(size * sizeof(Pixel)); - if (!ppix) - { - xfree(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]); - xfree(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]); - xfree(pmap); - return(BadAlloc); - } - pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix; - for(i = 0; i < size; i++) - ppix[i] = i; - pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = size; - } - } - pmap->devPrivates = NULL; - pmap->flags |= BeingCreated; - - if (!AddResource(mid, RT_COLORMAP, (pointer)pmap)) - return (BadAlloc); - - /* - * Security creation/labeling check - */ - i = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, clients[client], mid, RT_COLORMAP, - pmap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess); - if (i != Success) { - FreeResource(mid, RT_NONE); - return i; - } - - /* If the device wants a chance to initialize the colormap in any way, - * this is it. In specific, if this is a Static colormap, this is the - * time to fill in the colormap's values */ - if (!(*pScreen->CreateColormap)(pmap)) - { - FreeResource (mid, RT_NONE); - return BadAlloc; - } - pmap->flags &= ~BeingCreated; - *ppcmap = pmap; - return (Success); -} - -/** - * - * \param value must conform to DeleteType - */ -int -FreeColormap (pointer value, XID mid) -{ - int i; - EntryPtr pent; - ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr)value; - - if(CLIENT_ID(mid) != SERVER_ID) - { - (*pmap->pScreen->UninstallColormap) (pmap); - WalkTree(pmap->pScreen, (VisitWindowProcPtr)TellNoMap, (pointer) &mid); - } - - /* This is the device's chance to undo anything it needs to, especially - * to free any storage it allocated */ - (*pmap->pScreen->DestroyColormap)(pmap); - - if(pmap->clientPixelsRed) - { - for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++) - xfree(pmap->clientPixelsRed[i]); - } - - if ((pmap->class == PseudoColor) || (pmap->class == GrayScale)) - { - for(pent = &pmap->red[pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - 1]; - pent >= pmap->red; - pent--) - { - if(pent->fShared) - { - if (--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0) - xfree(pent->co.shco.red); - if (--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0) - xfree(pent->co.shco.green); - if (--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0) - xfree(pent->co.shco.blue); - } - } - } - if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) - { - for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++) - { - xfree(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[i]); - xfree(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[i]); - } - } - - dixFreePrivates(pmap->devPrivates); - xfree(pmap); - return(Success); -} - -/* Tell window that pmid has disappeared */ -static int -TellNoMap (WindowPtr pwin, Colormap *pmid) -{ - xEvent xE; - - if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid) - { - /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */ - xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify; - xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id; - xE.u.colormap.colormap = None; - xE.u.colormap.new = TRUE; - xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled; -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(noPanoramiXExtension || !pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) -#endif - DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL); - if (pwin->optional) { - pwin->optional->colormap = None; - CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pwin); - } - } - - return (WT_WALKCHILDREN); -} - -/* Tell window that pmid got uninstalled */ -int -TellLostMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value) -{ - Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value; - xEvent xE; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) - return WT_STOPWALKING; -#endif - if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid) - { - /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */ - xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify; - xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id; - xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid; - xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE; - xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled; - DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL); - } - - return (WT_WALKCHILDREN); -} - -/* Tell window that pmid got installed */ -int -TellGainedMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value) -{ - Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value; - xEvent xE; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) - return WT_STOPWALKING; -#endif - if (wColormap (pwin) == *pmid) - { - /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */ - xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify; - xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id; - xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid; - xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE; - xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapInstalled; - DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL); - } - - return (WT_WALKCHILDREN); -} - - -int -CopyColormapAndFree (Colormap mid, ColormapPtr pSrc, int client) -{ - ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr) NULL; - int result, alloc, size; - Colormap midSrc; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - VisualPtr pVisual; - - pScreen = pSrc->pScreen; - pVisual = pSrc->pVisual; - midSrc = pSrc->mid; - alloc = ((pSrc->flags & AllAllocated) && CLIENT_ID(midSrc) == client) ? - AllocAll : AllocNone; - size = pVisual->ColormapEntries; - - /* If the create returns non-0, it failed */ - result = CreateColormap (mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap, alloc, client); - if(result != Success) - return(result); - if(alloc == AllocAll) - { - memmove((char *)pmap->red, (char *)pSrc->red, size * sizeof(Entry)); - if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) - { - memmove((char *)pmap->green, (char *)pSrc->green, size * sizeof(Entry)); - memmove((char *)pmap->blue, (char *)pSrc->blue, size * sizeof(Entry)); - } - pSrc->flags &= ~AllAllocated; - FreePixels(pSrc, client); - UpdateColors(pmap); - return(Success); - } - - CopyFree(REDMAP, client, pSrc, pmap); - if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) - { - CopyFree(GREENMAP, client, pSrc, pmap); - CopyFree(BLUEMAP, client, pSrc, pmap); - } - if (pmap->class & DynamicClass) - UpdateColors(pmap); - /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */ - return(Success); -} - -/* Helper routine for freeing large numbers of cells from a map */ -static void -CopyFree (int channel, int client, ColormapPtr pmapSrc, ColormapPtr pmapDst) -{ - int z, npix; - EntryPtr pentSrcFirst, pentDstFirst; - EntryPtr pentSrc, pentDst; - Pixel *ppix; - int nalloc; - - switch(channel) - { - default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */ - case REDMAP: - ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client]; - npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client]; - pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->red; - pentDstFirst = pmapDst->red; - break; - case GREENMAP: - ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client]; - npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client]; - pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->green; - pentDstFirst = pmapDst->green; - break; - case BLUEMAP: - ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue)[client]; - npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue)[client]; - pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->blue; - pentDstFirst = pmapDst->blue; - break; - } - nalloc = 0; - if (pmapSrc->class & DynamicClass) - { - for(z = npix; --z >= 0; ppix++) - { - /* Copy entries */ - pentSrc = pentSrcFirst + *ppix; - pentDst = pentDstFirst + *ppix; - if (pentDst->refcnt > 0) - { - pentDst->refcnt++; - } - else - { - *pentDst = *pentSrc; - nalloc++; - if (pentSrc->refcnt > 0) - pentDst->refcnt = 1; - else - pentSrc->fShared = FALSE; - } - FreeCell(pmapSrc, *ppix, channel); - } - } - - /* Note that FreeCell has already fixed pmapSrc->free{Color} */ - switch(channel) - { - case REDMAP: - pmapDst->freeRed -= nalloc; - (pmapDst->clientPixelsRed)[client] = - (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client]; - (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; - (pmapDst->numPixelsRed)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client]; - (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client] = 0; - break; - case GREENMAP: - pmapDst->freeGreen -= nalloc; - (pmapDst->clientPixelsGreen)[client] = - (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client]; - (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; - (pmapDst->numPixelsGreen)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client]; - (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client] = 0; - break; - case BLUEMAP: - pmapDst->freeBlue -= nalloc; - pmapDst->clientPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client]; - pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; - pmapDst->numPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client]; - pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0; - break; - } -} - -/* Free the ith entry in a color map. Must handle freeing of - * colors allocated through AllocColorPlanes */ -static void -FreeCell (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel i, int channel) -{ - EntryPtr pent; - int *pCount; - - - switch (channel) - { - default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */ - case PSEUDOMAP: - case REDMAP: - pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->red[i]; - pCount = &pmap->freeRed; - break; - case GREENMAP: - pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->green[i]; - pCount = &pmap->freeGreen; - break; - case BLUEMAP: - pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->blue[i]; - pCount = &pmap->freeBlue; - break; - } - /* If it's not privately allocated and it's not time to free it, just - * decrement the count */ - if (pent->refcnt > 1) - pent->refcnt--; - else - { - /* If the color type is shared, find the sharedcolor. If decremented - * refcnt is 0, free the shared cell. */ - if (pent->fShared) - { - if(--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0) - xfree(pent->co.shco.red); - if(--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0) - xfree(pent->co.shco.green); - if(--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0) - xfree(pent->co.shco.blue); - pent->fShared = FALSE; - } - pent->refcnt = 0; - *pCount += 1; - } -} - -static void -UpdateColors (ColormapPtr pmap) -{ - xColorItem *defs; - xColorItem *pdef; - EntryPtr pent; - VisualPtr pVisual; - int i, n, size; - - pVisual = pmap->pVisual; - size = pVisual->ColormapEntries; - defs = xalloc(size * sizeof(xColorItem)); - if (!defs) - return; - n = 0; - pdef = defs; - if (pmap->class == DirectColor) - { - for (i = 0; i < size; i++) - { - if (!pmap->red[i].refcnt && - !pmap->green[i].refcnt && - !pmap->blue[i].refcnt) - continue; - pdef->pixel = ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetRed) | - ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetGreen) | - ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetBlue); - pdef->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red; - pdef->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green; - pdef->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue; - pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue; - pdef++; - n++; - } - } - else - { - for (i = 0, pent = pmap->red; i < size; i++, pent++) - { - if (!pent->refcnt) - continue; - pdef->pixel = i; - if(pent->fShared) - { - pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color; - pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color; - pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color; - } - else - { - pdef->red = pent->co.local.red; - pdef->green = pent->co.local.green; - pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue; - } - pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue; - pdef++; - n++; - } - } - if (n) - (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors)(pmap, n, defs); - xfree(defs); -} - -/* Get a read-only color from a ColorMap (probably slow for large maps) - * Returns by changing the value in pred, pgreen, pblue and pPix - */ -int -AllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, - unsigned short *pred, unsigned short *pgreen, unsigned short *pblue, - Pixel *pPix, int client) -{ - Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB; - int entries; - xrgb rgb; - int class; - VisualPtr pVisual; - int npix; - Pixel *ppix; - - pVisual = pmap->pVisual; - (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (pred, pgreen, pblue, pVisual); - rgb.red = *pred; - rgb.green = *pgreen; - rgb.blue = *pblue; - class = pmap->class; - entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries; - - /* If the colormap is being created, then we want to be able to change - * the colormap, even if it's a static type. Otherwise, we'd never be - * able to initialize static colormaps - */ - if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated) - class |= DynamicClass; - - /* If this is one of the static storage classes, and we're not initializing - * it, the best we can do is to find the closest color entry to the - * requested one and return that. - */ - switch (class) { - case StaticColor: - case StaticGray: - /* Look up all three components in the same pmap */ - *pPix = pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP); - *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red; - *pgreen = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.green; - *pblue = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.blue; - npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; - ppix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client], - (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel)); - if (!ppix) - return (BadAlloc); - ppix[npix] = pixR; - pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix; - pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++; - break; - - case TrueColor: - /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */ - pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP); - pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP); - pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP); - *pPix = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) | - (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) | - (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue) | - ALPHAMASK(pVisual); - - *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red; - *pgreen = pmap->green[pixG].co.local.green; - *pblue = pmap->blue[pixB].co.local.blue; - npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; - ppix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client], - (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel)); - if (!ppix) - return (BadAlloc); - ppix[npix] = pixR; - pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix; - npix = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; - ppix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client], - (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel)); - if (!ppix) - return (BadAlloc); - ppix[npix] = pixG; - pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix; - npix = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; - ppix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client], - (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel)); - if (!ppix) - return (BadAlloc); - ppix[npix] = pixB; - pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix; - pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++; - pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]++; - pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]++; - break; - - case GrayScale: - case PseudoColor: - if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap && - pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual) - { - ColormapPtr prootmap; - dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap, - RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess); - - if (pmap->class == prootmap->class) - FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb, - pPix, PSEUDOMAP, AllComp); - } - if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, pPix, PSEUDOMAP, - client, AllComp) != Success) - return (BadAlloc); - break; - - case DirectColor: - if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap && - pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual) - { - ColormapPtr prootmap; - dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap, - RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess); - - if (pmap->class == prootmap->class) - { - pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; - FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb, - &pixR, REDMAP, RedComp); - pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; - FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->green, entries, &rgb, - &pixG, GREENMAP, GreenComp); - pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; - FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->blue, entries, &rgb, - &pixB, BLUEMAP, BlueComp); - *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB; - } - } - - pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; - if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP, - client, RedComp) != Success) - return (BadAlloc); - pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; - if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG, - GREENMAP, client, GreenComp) != Success) - { - (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0); - return (BadAlloc); - } - pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; - if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP, - client, BlueComp) != Success) - { - (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, 1, &pixG, (Pixel)0); - (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0); - return (BadAlloc); - } - *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB | ALPHAMASK(pVisual); - - break; - } - - /* if this is the client's first pixel in this colormap, tell the - * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which - * should be freed when the client dies */ - if ((pmap->numPixelsRed[client] == 1) && - (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client) && - !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)) - { - colorResource *pcr; - - pcr = xalloc(sizeof(colorResource)); - if (!pcr) - { - (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, 1, pPix, (Pixel)0); - return (BadAlloc); - } - pcr->mid = pmap->mid; - pcr->client = client; - if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr)) - return (BadAlloc); - } - return (Success); -} - -/* - * FakeAllocColor -- fake an AllocColor request by - * returning a free pixel if availible, otherwise returning - * the closest matching pixel. This is used by the mi - * software sprite code to recolor cursors. A nice side-effect - * is that this routine will never return failure. - */ - -void -FakeAllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, xColorItem *item) -{ - Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB; - Pixel temp; - int entries; - xrgb rgb; - int class; - VisualPtr pVisual; - - pVisual = pmap->pVisual; - rgb.red = item->red; - rgb.green = item->green; - rgb.blue = item->blue; - (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (&rgb.red, &rgb.green, &rgb.blue, pVisual); - class = pmap->class; - entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries; - - switch (class) { - case GrayScale: - case PseudoColor: - temp = 0; - item->pixel = 0; - if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, &temp, PSEUDOMAP, - -1, AllComp) == Success) { - item->pixel = temp; - break; - } - /* fall through ... */ - case StaticColor: - case StaticGray: - item->pixel = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP); - break; - - case DirectColor: - /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */ - pixR = (item->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; - pixG = (item->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; - pixB = (item->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; - if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP, - -1, RedComp) != Success) - pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP) - << pVisual->offsetRed; - if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG, - GREENMAP, -1, GreenComp) != Success) - pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, - GREENMAP) << pVisual->offsetGreen; - if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP, - -1, BlueComp) != Success) - pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP) - << pVisual->offsetBlue; - item->pixel = pixR | pixG | pixB; - break; - - case TrueColor: - /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */ - pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP); - pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP); - pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP); - item->pixel = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) | - (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) | - (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue); - break; - } -} - -/* free a pixel value obtained from FakeAllocColor */ -void -FakeFreeColor(ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel pixel) -{ - VisualPtr pVisual; - Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB; - - switch (pmap->class) { - case GrayScale: - case PseudoColor: - if (pmap->red[pixel].refcnt == AllocTemporary) - pmap->red[pixel].refcnt = 0; - break; - case DirectColor: - pVisual = pmap->pVisual; - pixR = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; - pixG = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; - pixB = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; - if (pmap->red[pixR].refcnt == AllocTemporary) - pmap->red[pixR].refcnt = 0; - if (pmap->green[pixG].refcnt == AllocTemporary) - pmap->green[pixG].refcnt = 0; - if (pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt == AllocTemporary) - pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt = 0; - break; - } -} - -typedef unsigned short BigNumUpper; -typedef unsigned long BigNumLower; - -#define BIGNUMLOWERBITS 24 -#define BIGNUMUPPERBITS 16 -#define BIGNUMLOWER (1 << BIGNUMLOWERBITS) -#define BIGNUMUPPER (1 << BIGNUMUPPERBITS) -#define UPPERPART(i) ((i) >> BIGNUMLOWERBITS) -#define LOWERPART(i) ((i) & (BIGNUMLOWER - 1)) - -typedef struct _bignum { - BigNumUpper upper; - BigNumLower lower; -} BigNumRec, *BigNumPtr; - -#define BigNumGreater(x,y) (((x)->upper > (y)->upper) ||\ - ((x)->upper == (y)->upper && (x)->lower > (y)->lower)) - -#define UnsignedToBigNum(u,r) (((r)->upper = UPPERPART(u)), \ - ((r)->lower = LOWERPART(u))) - -#define MaxBigNum(r) (((r)->upper = BIGNUMUPPER-1), \ - ((r)->lower = BIGNUMLOWER-1)) - -static void -BigNumAdd (BigNumPtr x, BigNumPtr y, BigNumPtr r) -{ - BigNumLower lower, carry = 0; - - lower = x->lower + y->lower; - if (lower >= BIGNUMLOWER) { - lower -= BIGNUMLOWER; - carry = 1; - } - r->lower = lower; - r->upper = x->upper + y->upper + carry; -} - -static Pixel -FindBestPixel(EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, int channel) -{ - EntryPtr pent; - Pixel pixel, final; - long dr, dg, db; - unsigned long sq; - BigNumRec minval, sum, temp; - - final = 0; - MaxBigNum(&minval); - /* look for the minimal difference */ - for (pent = pentFirst, pixel = 0; pixel < size; pent++, pixel++) - { - dr = dg = db = 0; - switch(channel) - { - case PSEUDOMAP: - dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green; - db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue; - case REDMAP: - dr = (long) pent->co.local.red - prgb->red; - break; - case GREENMAP: - dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green; - break; - case BLUEMAP: - db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue; - break; - } - sq = dr * dr; - UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &sum); - sq = dg * dg; - UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp); - BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum); - sq = db * db; - UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp); - BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum); - if (BigNumGreater (&minval, &sum)) - { - final = pixel; - minval = sum; - } - } - return(final); -} - -static void -FindColorInRootCmap (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, - xrgb *prgb, Pixel *pPixel, int channel, - ColorCompareProcPtr comp) -{ - EntryPtr pent; - Pixel pixel; - int count; - - if ((pixel = *pPixel) >= size) - pixel = 0; - for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; pent++, pixel++) - { - if (pent->refcnt > 0 && (*comp) (pent, prgb)) - { - switch (channel) - { - case REDMAP: - pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; - break; - case GREENMAP: - pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; - break; - case BLUEMAP: - pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; - break; - default: /* PSEUDOMAP */ - break; - } - *pPixel = pixel; - } - } -} - -/* Tries to find a color in pmap that exactly matches the one requested in prgb - * if it can't it allocates one. - * Starts looking at pentFirst + *pPixel, so if you want a specific pixel, - * load *pPixel with that value, otherwise set it to 0 - */ -int -FindColor (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, - Pixel *pPixel, int channel, int client, - ColorCompareProcPtr comp) -{ - EntryPtr pent; - Bool foundFree; - Pixel pixel, Free = 0; - int npix, count, *nump = NULL; - Pixel **pixp = NULL, *ppix; - xColorItem def; - - foundFree = FALSE; - - if((pixel = *pPixel) >= size) - pixel = 0; - /* see if there is a match, and also look for a free entry */ - for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; ) - { - if (pent->refcnt > 0) - { - if ((*comp) (pent, prgb)) - { - if (client >= 0) - pent->refcnt++; - *pPixel = pixel; - switch(channel) - { - case REDMAP: - *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; - case PSEUDOMAP: - break; - case GREENMAP: - *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; - break; - case BLUEMAP: - *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; - break; - } - goto gotit; - } - } - else if (!foundFree && pent->refcnt == 0) - { - Free = pixel; - foundFree = TRUE; - /* If we're initializing the colormap, then we are looking for - * the first free cell we can find, not to minimize the number - * of entries we use. So don't look any further. */ - if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated) - break; - } - pixel++; - if(pixel >= size) - { - pent = pentFirst; - pixel = 0; - } - else - pent++; - } - - /* If we got here, we didn't find a match. If we also didn't find - * a free entry, we're out of luck. Otherwise, we'll usurp a free - * entry and fill it in */ - if (!foundFree) - return (BadAlloc); - pent = pentFirst + Free; - pent->fShared = FALSE; - pent->refcnt = (client >= 0) ? 1 : AllocTemporary; - - switch (channel) - { - case PSEUDOMAP: - pent->co.local.red = prgb->red; - pent->co.local.green = prgb->green; - pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue; - def.red = prgb->red; - def.green = prgb->green; - def.blue = prgb->blue; - def.flags = (DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue); - if (client >= 0) - pmap->freeRed--; - def.pixel = Free; - break; - - case REDMAP: - pent->co.local.red = prgb->red; - def.red = prgb->red; - def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green; - def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue; - def.flags = DoRed; - if (client >= 0) - pmap->freeRed--; - def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; - break; - - case GREENMAP: - pent->co.local.green = prgb->green; - def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red; - def.green = prgb->green; - def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue; - def.flags = DoGreen; - if (client >= 0) - pmap->freeGreen--; - def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; - break; - - case BLUEMAP: - pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue; - def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red; - def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green; - def.blue = prgb->blue; - def.flags = DoBlue; - if (client >= 0) - pmap->freeBlue--; - def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; - break; - } - (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &def); - pixel = Free; - *pPixel = def.pixel; - -gotit: - if (pmap->flags & BeingCreated || client == -1) - return(Success); - /* Now remember the pixel, for freeing later */ - switch (channel) - { - case PSEUDOMAP: - case REDMAP: - nump = pmap->numPixelsRed; - pixp = pmap->clientPixelsRed; - break; - - case GREENMAP: - nump = pmap->numPixelsGreen; - pixp = pmap->clientPixelsGreen; - break; - - case BLUEMAP: - nump = pmap->numPixelsBlue; - pixp = pmap->clientPixelsBlue; - break; - } - npix = nump[client]; - ppix = (Pixel *) xrealloc (pixp[client], (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel)); - if (!ppix) - { - pent->refcnt--; - if (!pent->fShared) - switch (channel) - { - case PSEUDOMAP: - case REDMAP: - pmap->freeRed++; - break; - case GREENMAP: - pmap->freeGreen++; - break; - case BLUEMAP: - pmap->freeBlue++; - break; - } - return(BadAlloc); - } - ppix[npix] = pixel; - pixp[client] = ppix; - nump[client]++; - - return(Success); -} - -/* Comparison functions -- passed to FindColor to determine if an - * entry is already the color we're looking for or not */ -static int -AllComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb) -{ - if((pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) && - (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) && - (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) ) - return (1); - return (0); -} - -static int -RedComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb) -{ - if (pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) - return (1); - return (0); -} - -static int -GreenComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb) -{ - if (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) - return (1); - return (0); -} - -static int -BlueComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb) -{ - if (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) - return (1); - return (0); -} - - -/* Read the color value of a cell */ - -int -QueryColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, Pixel *ppixIn, xrgb *prgbList) -{ - Pixel *ppix, pixel; - xrgb *prgb; - VisualPtr pVisual; - EntryPtr pent; - Pixel i; - int errVal = Success; - - pVisual = pmap->pVisual; - if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) - { - int numred, numgreen, numblue; - Pixel rgbbad; - - numred = NUMRED(pVisual); - numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual); - numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual); - rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual); - for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++) - { - pixel = *ppix; - if (pixel & rgbbad) { - clientErrorValue = pixel; - errVal = BadValue; - continue; - } - i = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; - if (i >= numred) - { - clientErrorValue = pixel; - errVal = BadValue; - continue; - } - prgb->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red; - i = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; - if (i >= numgreen) - { - clientErrorValue = pixel; - errVal = BadValue; - continue; - } - prgb->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green; - i = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; - if (i >= numblue) - { - clientErrorValue = pixel; - errVal = BadValue; - continue; - } - prgb->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue; - } - } - else - { - for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++) - { - pixel = *ppix; - if (pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries) - { - clientErrorValue = pixel; - errVal = BadValue; - } - else - { - pent = (EntryPtr)&pmap->red[pixel]; - if (pent->fShared) - { - prgb->red = pent->co.shco.red->color; - prgb->green = pent->co.shco.green->color; - prgb->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color; - } - else - { - prgb->red = pent->co.local.red; - prgb->green = pent->co.local.green; - prgb->blue = pent->co.local.blue; - } - } - } - } - return (errVal); -} - -static void -FreePixels(ColormapPtr pmap, int client) -{ - Pixel *ppix, *ppixStart; - int n; - int class; - - class = pmap->class; - ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]; - if (class & DynamicClass) - { - n = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; - for (ppix = ppixStart; --n >= 0; ) - { - FreeCell(pmap, *ppix, REDMAP); - ppix++; - } - } - - xfree(ppixStart); - pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; - pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = 0; - if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) - { - ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]; - if (class & DynamicClass) - for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; --n >= 0;) - FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, GREENMAP); - xfree(ppixStart); - pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; - pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = 0; - - ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client]; - if (class & DynamicClass) - for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; --n >= 0; ) - FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, BLUEMAP); - xfree(ppixStart); - pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL; - pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0; - } -} - -/** - * Frees all of a client's colors and cells. - * - * \param value must conform to DeleteType - * \unused fakeid - */ -int -FreeClientPixels (pointer value, XID fakeid) -{ - pointer pmap; - colorResource *pcr = value; - int rc; - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&pmap, pcr->mid, RT_COLORMAP, serverClient, - DixRemoveAccess); - if (rc == Success) - FreePixels((ColormapPtr)pmap, pcr->client); - xfree(pcr); - return Success; -} - -int -AllocColorCells (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, int planes, - Bool contig, Pixel *ppix, Pixel *masks) -{ - Pixel rmask, gmask, bmask, *ppixFirst, r, g, b; - int n, class; - int ok; - int oldcount; - colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL; - - class = pmap->class; - if (!(class & DynamicClass)) - return (BadAlloc); /* Shouldn't try on this type */ - oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; - if (pmap->class == DirectColor) - oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; - if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client)) - { - pcr = xalloc(sizeof(colorResource)); - if (!pcr) - return (BadAlloc); - } - - if (pmap->class == DirectColor) - { - ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, planes, planes, planes, - contig, ppix, &rmask, &gmask, &bmask); - if(ok == Success) - { - for (r = g = b = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r, g += g, b += b) - { - while(!(rmask & r)) - r += r; - while(!(gmask & g)) - g += g; - while(!(bmask & b)) - b += b; - *masks++ = r | g | b; - } - } - } - else - { - ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, planes, contig, ppix, &rmask, - &ppixFirst); - if(ok == Success) - { - for (r = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r) - { - while(!(rmask & r)) - r += r; - *masks++ = r; - } - } - } - - /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the - * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which - * should be freed when the client dies */ - if ((ok == Success) && pcr) - { - pcr->mid = pmap->mid; - pcr->client = client; - if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr)) - ok = BadAlloc; - } else if (pcr) - xfree(pcr); - - return (ok); -} - - -int -AllocColorPlanes (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, - int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, - Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask) -{ - int ok; - Pixel mask, *ppixFirst; - Pixel shift; - int i; - int class; - int oldcount; - colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL; - - class = pmap->class; - if (!(class & DynamicClass)) - return (BadAlloc); /* Shouldn't try on this type */ - oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; - if (class == DirectColor) - oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; - if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client)) - { - pcr = xalloc(sizeof(colorResource)); - if (!pcr) - return (BadAlloc); - } - - if (class == DirectColor) - { - ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, r, g, b, contig, pixels, - prmask, pgmask, pbmask); - } - else - { - /* Allocate the proper pixels */ - /* XXX This is sort of bad, because of contig is set, we force all - * r + g + b bits to be contiguous. Should only force contiguity - * per mask - */ - ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, r + g + b, contig, pixels, - &mask, &ppixFirst); - - if(ok == Success) - { - /* now split that mask into three */ - *prmask = *pgmask = *pbmask = 0; - shift = 1; - for (i = r; --i >= 0; shift += shift) - { - while (!(mask & shift)) - shift += shift; - *prmask |= shift; - } - for (i = g; --i >= 0; shift += shift) - { - while (!(mask & shift)) - shift += shift; - *pgmask |= shift; - } - for (i = b; --i >= 0; shift += shift) - { - while (!(mask & shift)) - shift += shift; - *pbmask |= shift; - } - - /* set up the shared color cells */ - if (!AllocShared(pmap, pixels, colors, r, g, b, - *prmask, *pgmask, *pbmask, ppixFirst)) - { - (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, colors, pixels, mask); - ok = BadAlloc; - } - } - } - - /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the - * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which - * should be freed when the client dies */ - if ((ok == Success) && pcr) - { - pcr->mid = pmap->mid; - pcr->client = client; - if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr)) - ok = BadAlloc; - } else if (pcr) - xfree(pcr); - - return (ok); -} - -static int -AllocDirect (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, - Pixel *pixels, Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask) -{ - Pixel *ppixRed, *ppixGreen, *ppixBlue; - Pixel *ppix, *pDst, *p; - int npix, npixR, npixG, npixB; - Bool okR, okG, okB; - Pixel *rpix = 0, *gpix = 0, *bpix = 0; - - npixR = c << r; - npixG = c << g; - npixB = c << b; - if ((r >= 32) || (g >= 32) || (b >= 32) || - (npixR > pmap->freeRed) || (npixR < c) || - (npixG > pmap->freeGreen) || (npixG < c) || - (npixB > pmap->freeBlue) || (npixB < c)) - return BadAlloc; - - /* start out with empty pixels */ - for(p = pixels; p < pixels + c; p++) - *p = 0; - - ppixRed = xalloc(npixR * sizeof(Pixel)); - ppixGreen = xalloc(npixG * sizeof(Pixel)); - ppixBlue = xalloc(npixB * sizeof(Pixel)); - if (!ppixRed || !ppixGreen || !ppixBlue) - { - if (ppixBlue) xfree(ppixBlue); - if (ppixGreen) xfree(ppixGreen); - if (ppixRed) xfree(ppixRed); - return(BadAlloc); - } - - okR = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixRed, prmask); - okG = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->green, c, g, contig, ppixGreen, pgmask); - okB = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->blue, c, b, contig, ppixBlue, pbmask); - - if (okR && okG && okB) - { - rpix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client], - (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + (c << r)) * - sizeof(Pixel)); - if (rpix) - pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = rpix; - gpix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client], - (pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + (c << g)) * - sizeof(Pixel)); - if (gpix) - pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = gpix; - bpix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client], - (pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] + (c << b)) * - sizeof(Pixel)); - if (bpix) - pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = bpix; - } - - if (!okR || !okG || !okB || !rpix || !gpix || !bpix) - { - if (okR) - for(ppix = ppixRed, npix = npixR; --npix >= 0; ppix++) - pmap->red[*ppix].refcnt = 0; - if (okG) - for(ppix = ppixGreen, npix = npixG; --npix >= 0; ppix++) - pmap->green[*ppix].refcnt = 0; - if (okB) - for(ppix = ppixBlue, npix = npixB; --npix >= 0; ppix++) - pmap->blue[*ppix].refcnt = 0; - xfree(ppixBlue); - xfree(ppixGreen); - xfree(ppixRed); - return(BadAlloc); - } - - *prmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; - *pgmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; - *pbmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; - - ppix = rpix + pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; - for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixRed; p < ppixRed + npixR; p++) - { - *ppix++ = *p; - if(p < ppixRed + c) - *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; - } - pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npixR; - pmap->freeRed -= npixR; - - ppix = gpix + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; - for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixGreen; p < ppixGreen + npixG; p++) - { - *ppix++ = *p; - if(p < ppixGreen + c) - *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; - } - pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] += npixG; - pmap->freeGreen -= npixG; - - ppix = bpix + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; - for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixBlue; p < ppixBlue + npixB; p++) - { - *ppix++ = *p; - if(p < ppixBlue + c) - *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; - } - pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] += npixB; - pmap->freeBlue -= npixB; - - - for (pDst = pixels; pDst < pixels + c; pDst++) - *pDst |= ALPHAMASK(pmap->pVisual); - - xfree(ppixBlue); - xfree(ppixGreen); - xfree(ppixRed); - - return (Success); -} - -static int -AllocPseudo (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, Bool contig, - Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pmask, Pixel **pppixFirst) -{ - Pixel *ppix, *p, *pDst, *ppixTemp; - int npix; - Bool ok; - - npix = c << r; - if ((r >= 32) || (npix > pmap->freeRed) || (npix < c)) - return(BadAlloc); - if(!(ppixTemp = xalloc(npix * sizeof(Pixel)))) - return(BadAlloc); - ok = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixTemp, pmask); - - if (ok) - { - - /* all the allocated pixels are added to the client pixel list, - * but only the unique ones are returned to the client */ - ppix = (Pixel *)xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client], - (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + npix) * sizeof(Pixel)); - if (!ppix) - { - for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++) - pmap->red[*p].refcnt = 0; - return (BadAlloc); - } - pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix; - ppix += pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; - *pppixFirst = ppix; - pDst = pixels; - for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++) - { - *ppix++ = *p; - if(p < ppixTemp + c) - *pDst++ = *p; - } - pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npix; - pmap->freeRed -= npix; - } - xfree(ppixTemp); - return (ok ? Success : BadAlloc); -} - -/* Allocates count << planes pixels from colormap pmap for client. If - * contig, then the plane mask is made of consecutive bits. Returns - * all count << pixels in the array pixels. The first count of those - * pixels are the unique pixels. *pMask has the mask to Or with the - * unique pixels to get the rest of them. - * - * Returns True iff all pixels could be allocated - * All cells allocated will have refcnt set to AllocPrivate and shared to FALSE - * (see AllocShared for why we care) - */ -static Bool -AllocCP (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int count, int planes, - Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pMask) -{ - EntryPtr ent; - Pixel pixel, base, entries, maxp, save; - int dplanes, found; - Pixel *ppix; - Pixel mask; - Pixel finalmask; - - dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes; - - /* Easy case. Allocate pixels only */ - if (planes == 0) - { - /* allocate writable entries */ - ppix = pixels; - ent = pentFirst; - pixel = 0; - while (--count >= 0) - { - /* Just find count unallocated cells */ - while (ent->refcnt) - { - ent++; - pixel++; - } - ent->refcnt = AllocPrivate; - *ppix++ = pixel; - ent->fShared = FALSE; - } - *pMask = 0; - return (TRUE); - } - else if (planes > dplanes) - { - return (FALSE); - } - - /* General case count pixels * 2 ^ planes cells to be allocated */ - - /* make room for new pixels */ - ent = pentFirst; - - /* first try for contiguous planes, since it's fastest */ - for (mask = (((Pixel)1) << planes) - 1, base = 1, dplanes -= (planes - 1); - --dplanes >= 0; - mask += mask, base += base) - { - ppix = pixels; - found = 0; - pixel = 0; - entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask; - while (pixel < entries) - { - save = pixel; - maxp = pixel + mask + base; - /* check if all are free */ - while (pixel != maxp && ent[pixel].refcnt == 0) - pixel += base; - if (pixel == maxp) - { - /* this one works */ - *ppix++ = save; - found++; - if (found == count) - { - /* found enough, allocate them all */ - while (--count >= 0) - { - pixel = pixels[count]; - maxp = pixel + mask; - while (1) - { - ent[pixel].refcnt = AllocPrivate; - ent[pixel].fShared = FALSE; - if (pixel == maxp) - break; - pixel += base; - *ppix++ = pixel; - } - } - *pMask = mask; - return (TRUE); - } - } - pixel = save + 1; - if (pixel & mask) - pixel += mask; - } - } - - dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes; - if (contig || planes == 1 || dplanes < 3) - return (FALSE); - - /* this will be very slow for large maps, need a better algorithm */ - - /* - we can generate the smallest and largest numbers that fits in dplanes - bits and contain exactly planes bits set as follows. First, we need to - check that it is possible to generate such a mask at all. - (Non-contiguous masks need one more bit than contiguous masks). Then - the smallest such mask consists of the rightmost planes-1 bits set, then - a zero, then a one in position planes + 1. The formula is - (3 << (planes-1)) -1 - The largest such masks consists of the leftmost planes-1 bits set, then - a zero, then a one bit in position dplanes-planes-1. If dplanes is - smaller than 32 (the number of bits in a word) then the formula is: - (1<<dplanes) - (1<<(dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<dplanes-planes-1) - If dplanes = 32, then we can't calculate (1<<dplanes) and we have - to use: - ( (1<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<(dplanes-planes-1)) - - << Thank you, Loretta>>> - - */ - - finalmask = - (((((Pixel)1)<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1)) + - (((Pixel)1)<<(dplanes-planes-1)); - for (mask = (((Pixel)3) << (planes -1)) - 1; mask <= finalmask; mask++) - { - /* next 3 magic statements count number of ones (HAKMEM #169) */ - pixel = (mask >> 1) & 033333333333; - pixel = mask - pixel - ((pixel >> 1) & 033333333333); - if ((((pixel + (pixel >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077) != planes) - continue; - ppix = pixels; - found = 0; - entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask; - base = lowbit (mask); - for (pixel = 0; pixel < entries; pixel++) - { - if (pixel & mask) - continue; - maxp = 0; - /* check if all are free */ - while (ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt == 0) - { - GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base); - } - if ((maxp < mask) || (ent[pixel + mask].refcnt != 0)) - continue; - /* this one works */ - *ppix++ = pixel; - found++; - if (found < count) - continue; - /* found enough, allocate them all */ - while (--count >= 0) - { - pixel = (pixels)[count]; - maxp = 0; - while (1) - { - ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt = AllocPrivate; - ent[pixel + maxp].fShared = FALSE; - GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base); - *ppix++ = pixel + maxp; - } - } - - *pMask = mask; - return (TRUE); - } - } - return (FALSE); -} - -/** - * - * \param ppixFirst First of the client's new pixels - */ -static Bool -AllocShared (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel *ppix, int c, int r, int g, int b, - Pixel rmask, Pixel gmask, Pixel bmask, Pixel *ppixFirst) -{ - Pixel *pptr, *cptr; - int npix, z, npixClientNew, npixShared; - Pixel basemask, base, bits, common; - SHAREDCOLOR *pshared, **ppshared, **psharedList; - - npixClientNew = c << (r + g + b); - npixShared = (c << r) + (c << g) + (c << b); - psharedList = xalloc(npixShared * sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR *)); - if (!psharedList) - return FALSE; - ppshared = psharedList; - for (z = npixShared; --z >= 0; ) - { - if (!(ppshared[z] = xalloc(sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR)))) - { - for (z++ ; z < npixShared; z++) - xfree(ppshared[z]); - return FALSE; - } - } - for(pptr = ppix, npix = c; --npix >= 0; pptr++) - { - basemask = ~(gmask | bmask); - common = *pptr & basemask; - if (rmask) - { - bits = 0; - base = lowbit (rmask); - while(1) - { - pshared = *ppshared++; - pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b); - for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) - { - if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits)) - { - pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE; - pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared; - } - } - GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, rmask, base); - } - } - else - { - pshared = *ppshared++; - pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b); - for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) - { - if ((*cptr & basemask) == common) - { - pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE; - pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared; - } - } - } - basemask = ~(rmask | bmask); - common = *pptr & basemask; - if (gmask) - { - bits = 0; - base = lowbit (gmask); - while(1) - { - pshared = *ppshared++; - pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + b); - for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) - { - if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits)) - { - pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared; - } - } - GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, gmask, base); - } - } - else - { - pshared = *ppshared++; - pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b); - for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) - { - if ((*cptr & basemask) == common) - { - pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared; - } - } - } - basemask = ~(rmask | gmask); - common = *pptr & basemask; - if (bmask) - { - bits = 0; - base = lowbit (bmask); - while(1) - { - pshared = *ppshared++; - pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + g); - for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) - { - if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits)) - { - pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared; - } - } - GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, bmask, base); - } - } - else - { - pshared = *ppshared++; - pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b); - for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++) - { - if ((*cptr & basemask) == common) - { - pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared; - } - } - } - } - xfree(psharedList); - return TRUE; -} - - -/** FreeColors - * Free colors and/or cells (probably slow for large numbers) - */ -int -FreeColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int count, Pixel *pixels, Pixel mask) -{ - int rval, result, class; - Pixel rmask; - - class = pmap->class; - if (pmap->flags & AllAllocated) - return(BadAccess); - if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) - { - rmask = mask & RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual); - result = FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, count, pixels, - mask & pmap->pVisual->redMask); - /* If any of the three calls fails, we must report that, if more - * than one fails, it's ok that we report the last one */ - rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, count, pixels, - mask & pmap->pVisual->greenMask); - if(rval != Success) - result = rval; - rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, BLUEMAP, count, pixels, - mask & pmap->pVisual->blueMask); - if(rval != Success) - result = rval; - } - else - { - rmask = mask & ((((Pixel)1) << pmap->pVisual->nplanes) - 1); - result = FreeCo(pmap, client, PSEUDOMAP, count, pixels, rmask); - } - if ((mask != rmask) && count) - { - clientErrorValue = *pixels | mask; - result = BadValue; - } - /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */ - return (result); -} - -/** - * Helper for FreeColors -- frees all combinations of *newpixels and mask bits - * which the client has allocated in channel colormap cells of pmap. - * doesn't change newpixels if it doesn't need to - * - * \param pmap which colormap head - * \param color which sub-map, eg, RED, BLUE, PSEUDO - * \param npixIn number of pixels passed in - * \param ppixIn number of base pixels - * \param mask mask client gave us - */ -static int -FreeCo (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int color, int npixIn, Pixel *ppixIn, Pixel mask) -{ - Pixel *ppixClient, pixTest; - int npixClient, npixNew, npix; - Pixel bits, base, cmask, rgbbad; - Pixel *pptr, *cptr; - int n, zapped; - int errVal = Success; - int offset, numents; - - if (npixIn == 0) - return (errVal); - bits = 0; - zapped = 0; - base = lowbit (mask); - - switch(color) - { - case REDMAP: - cmask = pmap->pVisual->redMask; - rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual); - offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetRed; - numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1; - ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]; - npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; - break; - case GREENMAP: - cmask = pmap->pVisual->greenMask; - rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual); - offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen; - numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1; - ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]; - npixClient = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; - break; - case BLUEMAP: - cmask = pmap->pVisual->blueMask; - rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual); - offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue; - numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1; - ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client]; - npixClient = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; - break; - default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */ - case PSEUDOMAP: - cmask = ~((Pixel)0); - rgbbad = 0; - offset = 0; - numents = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries; - ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]; - npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client]; - break; - } - - - /* zap all pixels which match */ - while (1) - { - /* go through pixel list */ - for (pptr = ppixIn, n = npixIn; --n >= 0; pptr++) - { - pixTest = ((*pptr | bits) & cmask) >> offset; - if ((pixTest >= numents) || (*pptr & rgbbad)) - { - clientErrorValue = *pptr | bits; - errVal = BadValue; - continue; - } - - /* find match in client list */ - for (cptr = ppixClient, npix = npixClient; - --npix >= 0 && *cptr != pixTest; - cptr++) ; - - if (npix >= 0) - { - if (pmap->class & DynamicClass) - { - FreeCell(pmap, pixTest, color); - } - *cptr = ~((Pixel)0); - zapped++; - } - else - errVal = BadAccess; - } - /* generate next bits value */ - GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base); - } - - /* delete freed pixels from client pixel list */ - if (zapped) - { - npixNew = npixClient - zapped; - if (npixNew) - { - /* Since the list can only get smaller, we can do a copy in - * place and then realloc to a smaller size */ - pptr = cptr = ppixClient; - - /* If we have all the new pixels, we don't have to examine the - * rest of the old ones */ - for(npix = 0; npix < npixNew; cptr++) - { - if (*cptr != ~((Pixel)0)) - { - *pptr++ = *cptr; - npix++; - } - } - pptr = (Pixel *)xrealloc(ppixClient, npixNew * sizeof(Pixel)); - if (pptr) - ppixClient = pptr; - npixClient = npixNew; - } - else - { - npixClient = 0; - xfree(ppixClient); - ppixClient = (Pixel *)NULL; - } - switch(color) - { - case PSEUDOMAP: - case REDMAP: - pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppixClient; - pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = npixClient; - break; - case GREENMAP: - pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppixClient; - pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = npixClient; - break; - case BLUEMAP: - pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppixClient; - pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = npixClient; - break; - } - } - return (errVal); -} - - - -/* Redefine color values */ -int -StoreColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, xColorItem *defs) -{ - Pixel pix; - xColorItem *pdef; - EntryPtr pent, pentT, pentLast; - VisualPtr pVisual; - SHAREDCOLOR *pred, *pgreen, *pblue; - int n, ChgRed, ChgGreen, ChgBlue, idef; - int class, errVal = Success; - int ok; - - - class = pmap->class; - if(!(class & DynamicClass) && !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)) - { - return(BadAccess); - } - pVisual = pmap->pVisual; - - idef = 0; - if((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) - { - int numred, numgreen, numblue; - Pixel rgbbad; - - numred = NUMRED(pVisual); - numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual); - numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual); - rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual); - for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++) - { - ok = TRUE; - (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) - (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual); - - if (pdef->pixel & rgbbad) - { - errVal = BadValue; - clientErrorValue = pdef->pixel; - continue; - } - pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; - if (pix >= numred) - { - errVal = BadValue; - ok = FALSE; - } - else if (pmap->red[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate) - { - errVal = BadAccess; - ok = FALSE; - } - else if (pdef->flags & DoRed) - { - pmap->red[pix].co.local.red = pdef->red; - } - else - { - pdef->red = pmap->red[pix].co.local.red; - } - - pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; - if (pix >= numgreen) - { - errVal = BadValue; - ok = FALSE; - } - else if (pmap->green[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate) - { - errVal = BadAccess; - ok = FALSE; - } - else if (pdef->flags & DoGreen) - { - pmap->green[pix].co.local.green = pdef->green; - } - else - { - pdef->green = pmap->green[pix].co.local.green; - } - - pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; - if (pix >= numblue) - { - errVal = BadValue; - ok = FALSE; - } - else if (pmap->blue[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate) - { - errVal = BadAccess; - ok = FALSE; - } - else if (pdef->flags & DoBlue) - { - pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue = pdef->blue; - } - else - { - pdef->blue = pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue; - } - /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list - * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've - * skipped one, we have to copy all the others. - */ - if(ok) - { - if(idef != n) - defs[idef] = defs[n]; - idef++; - } else - clientErrorValue = pdef->pixel; - } - } - else - { - for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++) - { - - ok = TRUE; - if (pdef->pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries) - { - clientErrorValue = pdef->pixel; - errVal = BadValue; - ok = FALSE; - } - else if (pmap->red[pdef->pixel].refcnt != AllocPrivate) - { - errVal = BadAccess; - ok = FALSE; - } - - /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list - * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've - * skipped one, we have to copy all the others. - */ - if(ok) - { - if(idef != n) - defs[idef] = defs[n]; - idef++; - } - else - continue; - - (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) - (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual); - - pent = &pmap->red[pdef->pixel]; - - if(pdef->flags & DoRed) - { - if(pent->fShared) - { - pent->co.shco.red->color = pdef->red; - if (pent->co.shco.red->refcnt > 1) - ok = FALSE; - } - else - pent->co.local.red = pdef->red; - } - else - { - if(pent->fShared) - pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color; - else - pdef->red = pent->co.local.red; - } - if(pdef->flags & DoGreen) - { - if(pent->fShared) - { - pent->co.shco.green->color = pdef->green; - if (pent->co.shco.green->refcnt > 1) - ok = FALSE; - } - else - pent->co.local.green = pdef->green; - } - else - { - if(pent->fShared) - pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color; - else - pdef->green = pent->co.local.green; - } - if(pdef->flags & DoBlue) - { - if(pent->fShared) - { - pent->co.shco.blue->color = pdef->blue; - if (pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt > 1) - ok = FALSE; - } - else - pent->co.local.blue = pdef->blue; - } - else - { - if(pent->fShared) - pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color; - else - pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue; - } - - if(!ok) - { - /* have to run through the colormap and change anybody who - * shares this value */ - pred = pent->co.shco.red; - pgreen = pent->co.shco.green; - pblue = pent->co.shco.blue; - ChgRed = pdef->flags & DoRed; - ChgGreen = pdef->flags & DoGreen; - ChgBlue = pdef->flags & DoBlue; - pentLast = pmap->red + pVisual->ColormapEntries; - - for(pentT = pmap->red; pentT < pentLast; pentT++) - { - if(pentT->fShared && (pentT != pent)) - { - xColorItem defChg; - - /* There are, alas, devices in this world too dumb - * to read their own hardware colormaps. Sick, but - * true. So we're going to be really nice and load - * the xColorItem with the proper value for all the - * fields. We will only set the flags for those - * fields that actually change. Smart devices can - * arrange to change only those fields. Dumb devices - * can rest assured that we have provided for them, - * and can change all three fields */ - - defChg.flags = 0; - if(ChgRed && pentT->co.shco.red == pred) - { - defChg.flags |= DoRed; - } - if(ChgGreen && pentT->co.shco.green == pgreen) - { - defChg.flags |= DoGreen; - } - if(ChgBlue && pentT->co.shco.blue == pblue) - { - defChg.flags |= DoBlue; - } - if(defChg.flags != 0) - { - defChg.pixel = pentT - pmap->red; - defChg.red = pentT->co.shco.red->color; - defChg.green = pentT->co.shco.green->color; - defChg.blue = pentT->co.shco.blue->color; - (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &defChg); - } - } - } - - } - } - } - /* Note that we use idef, the count of acceptable entries, and not - * count, the count of proposed entries */ - if (idef != 0) - ( *pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, idef, defs); - return (errVal); -} - -int -IsMapInstalled(Colormap map, WindowPtr pWin) -{ - Colormap *pmaps; - int imap, nummaps, found; - - pmaps = xalloc(pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps*sizeof(Colormap)); - if(!pmaps) - return(FALSE); - nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps) - (pWin->drawable.pScreen, pmaps); - found = FALSE; - for(imap = 0; imap < nummaps; imap++) - { - if(pmaps[imap] == map) - { - found = TRUE; - break; - } - } - xfree(pmaps); - return (found); -} - -struct colormap_lookup_data { - ScreenPtr pScreen; - VisualPtr visuals; -}; - -static void _colormap_find_resource(pointer value, XID id, - pointer cdata) -{ - struct colormap_lookup_data *cmap_data = cdata; - VisualPtr visuals = cmap_data->visuals; - ScreenPtr pScreen = cmap_data->pScreen; - ColormapPtr cmap = value; - int j; - - if (pScreen != cmap->pScreen) - return; - - j = cmap->pVisual - pScreen->visuals; - cmap->pVisual = &visuals[j]; -} - -/* something has realloced the visuals, instead of breaking - ABI fix it up here - glx and compsite did this wrong */ -Bool -ResizeVisualArray(ScreenPtr pScreen, int new_visual_count, - DepthPtr depth) -{ - struct colormap_lookup_data cdata; - int numVisuals; - VisualPtr visuals; - XID *vids, vid; - int first_new_vid, first_new_visual, i; - - first_new_vid = depth->numVids; - first_new_visual = pScreen->numVisuals; - - vids = xrealloc(depth->vids, (depth->numVids + new_visual_count) * sizeof(XID)); - if (!vids) - return FALSE; - - /* its realloced now no going back if we fail the next one */ - depth->vids = vids; - - numVisuals = pScreen->numVisuals + new_visual_count; - visuals = xrealloc(pScreen->visuals, numVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec)); - if (!visuals) { - return FALSE; - } - - cdata.visuals = visuals; - cdata.pScreen = pScreen; - FindClientResourcesByType(serverClient, RT_COLORMAP, _colormap_find_resource, &cdata); - - pScreen->visuals = visuals; - - for (i = 0; i < new_visual_count; i++) { - vid = FakeClientID(0); - pScreen->visuals[first_new_visual + i].vid = vid; - vids[first_new_vid + i] = vid; - } - - depth->numVids += new_visual_count; - pScreen->numVisuals += new_visual_count; - - return TRUE; -} +/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <strings.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "dix.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define UpdateColors thisUpdateColors
+#endif
+
+extern XID clientErrorValue;
+
+static Pixel FindBestPixel(
+ EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,
+ int /*size*/,
+ xrgb * /*prgb*/,
+ int /*channel*/
+);
+
+static int AllComp(
+ EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+ xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static int RedComp(
+ EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+ xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static int GreenComp(
+ EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+ xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static int BlueComp(
+ EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+ xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static void FreePixels(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ int /*client*/
+);
+
+static void CopyFree(
+ int /*channel*/,
+ int /*client*/,
+ ColormapPtr /*pmapSrc*/,
+ ColormapPtr /*pmapDst*/
+);
+
+static void FreeCell(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ Pixel /*i*/,
+ int /*channel*/
+);
+
+static void UpdateColors(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/
+);
+
+static int AllocDirect(
+ int /*client*/,
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ int /*c*/,
+ int /*r*/,
+ int /*g*/,
+ int /*b*/,
+ Bool /*contig*/,
+ Pixel * /*pixels*/,
+ Pixel * /*prmask*/,
+ Pixel * /*pgmask*/,
+ Pixel * /*pbmask*/
+);
+
+static int AllocPseudo(
+ int /*client*/,
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ int /*c*/,
+ int /*r*/,
+ Bool /*contig*/,
+ Pixel * /*pixels*/,
+ Pixel * /*pmask*/,
+ Pixel ** /*pppixFirst*/
+);
+
+static Bool AllocCP(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,
+ int /*count*/,
+ int /*planes*/,
+ Bool /*contig*/,
+ Pixel * /*pixels*/,
+ Pixel * /*pMask*/
+);
+
+static Bool AllocShared(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ Pixel * /*ppix*/,
+ int /*c*/,
+ int /*r*/,
+ int /*g*/,
+ int /*b*/,
+ Pixel /*rmask*/,
+ Pixel /*gmask*/,
+ Pixel /*bmask*/,
+ Pixel * /*ppixFirst*/
+);
+
+static int FreeCo(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ int /*client*/,
+ int /*color*/,
+ int /*npixIn*/,
+ Pixel * /*ppixIn*/,
+ Pixel /*mask*/
+);
+
+static int TellNoMap(
+ WindowPtr /*pwin*/,
+ Colormap * /*pmid*/
+);
+
+static void FindColorInRootCmap (
+ ColormapPtr /* pmap */,
+ EntryPtr /* pentFirst */,
+ int /* size */,
+ xrgb* /* prgb */,
+ Pixel* /* pPixel */,
+ int /* channel */,
+ ColorCompareProcPtr /* comp */
+);
+
+#define NUMRED(vis) ((vis->redMask >> vis->offsetRed) + 1)
+#define NUMGREEN(vis) ((vis->greenMask >> vis->offsetGreen) + 1)
+#define NUMBLUE(vis) ((vis->blueMask >> vis->offsetBlue) + 1)
+#if COMPOSITE
+#define ALPHAMASK(vis) ((vis)->nplanes < 32 ? 0 : \
+ (CARD32) ~((vis)->redMask|(vis)->greenMask|(vis)->blueMask))
+#else
+#define ALPHAMASK(vis) 0
+#endif
+
+#define RGBMASK(vis) (vis->redMask | vis->greenMask | vis->blueMask | ALPHAMASK(vis))
+
+/* GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) --
+ * (Suggestion: First read the macro, then read this explanation.
+ *
+ * Either generate the next value to OR in to a pixel or break out of this
+ * while loop
+ *
+ * This macro is used when we're trying to generate all 2^n combinations of
+ * bits in mask. What we're doing here is counting in binary, except that
+ * the bits we use to count may not be contiguous. This macro will be
+ * called 2^n times, returning a different value in bits each time. Then
+ * it will cause us to break out of a surrounding loop. (It will always be
+ * called from within a while loop.)
+ * On call: mask is the value we want to find all the combinations for
+ * base has 1 bit set where the least significant bit of mask is set
+ *
+ * For example,if mask is 01010, base should be 0010 and we count like this:
+ * 00010 (see this isn't so hard),
+ * then we add base to bits and get 0100. (bits & ~mask) is (0100 & 0100) so
+ * we add that to bits getting (0100 + 0100) =
+ * 01000 for our next value.
+ * then we add 0010 to get
+ * 01010 and we're done (easy as 1, 2, 3)
+ */
+#define GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) \
+ if((bits) == (mask)) \
+ break; \
+ (bits) += (base); \
+ while((bits) & ~(mask)) \
+ (bits) += ((bits) & ~(mask));
+/* ID of server as client */
+#define SERVER_ID 0
+
+typedef struct _colorResource
+{
+ Colormap mid;
+ int client;
+} colorResource;
+
+/* Invariants:
+ * refcnt == 0 means entry is empty
+ * refcnt > 0 means entry is useable by many clients, so it can't be changed
+ * refcnt == AllocPrivate means entry owned by one client only
+ * fShared should only be set if refcnt == AllocPrivate, and only in red map
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialize the color map
+ *
+ * \param mid resource to use for this colormap
+ * \param alloc 1 iff all entries are allocated writable
+ */
+int
+CreateColormap (Colormap mid, ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual,
+ ColormapPtr *ppcmap, int alloc, int client)
+{
+ int class, size;
+ unsigned long sizebytes;
+ ColormapPtr pmap;
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ int i;
+ Pixel *ppix, **pptr;
+
+ class = pVisual->class;
+ if(!(class & DynamicClass) && (alloc != AllocNone) && (client != SERVER_ID))
+ return (BadMatch);
+
+ size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+ sizebytes = (size * sizeof(Entry)) +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)) +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+ if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ sizebytes *= 3;
+ sizebytes += sizeof(ColormapRec);
+ pmap = xalloc(sizebytes);
+ if (!pmap)
+ return (BadAlloc);
+#if defined(_XSERVER64)
+ pmap->pad0 = 0;
+ pmap->pad1 = 0;
+#if (X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+ pmap->pad2 = 0;
+#endif
+#endif
+ pmap->red = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap + sizeof(ColormapRec));
+ sizebytes = size * sizeof(Entry);
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->red + sizebytes);
+ pmap->numPixelsRed = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsRed +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
+ pmap->mid = mid;
+ pmap->flags = 0; /* start out with all flags clear */
+ if(mid == pScreen->defColormap)
+ pmap->flags |= IsDefault;
+ pmap->pScreen = pScreen;
+ pmap->pVisual = pVisual;
+ pmap->class = class;
+ if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ size = NUMRED(pVisual);
+ pmap->freeRed = size;
+ bzero ((char *) pmap->red, (int)sizebytes);
+ bzero((char *) pmap->numPixelsRed, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+ for (pptr = &pmap->clientPixelsRed[MAXCLIENTS]; --pptr >= pmap->clientPixelsRed; )
+ *pptr = (Pixel *)NULL;
+ if (alloc == AllocAll)
+ {
+ if (class & DynamicClass)
+ pmap->flags |= AllAllocated;
+ for (pent = &pmap->red[size - 1]; pent >= pmap->red; pent--)
+ pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ pmap->freeRed = 0;
+ ppix = xalloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ {
+ xfree(pmap);
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ }
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+ for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
+ ppix[i] = i;
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = size;
+ }
+
+ if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ pmap->freeGreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
+ pmap->green = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsRed +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->green + sizebytes);
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsGreen +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
+ pmap->freeBlue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
+ pmap->blue = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsGreen +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->blue + sizebytes);
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsBlue +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
+
+ bzero ((char *) pmap->green, (int)sizebytes);
+ bzero ((char *) pmap->blue, (int)sizebytes);
+
+ memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsGreen,
+ (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,
+ MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));
+ memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsBlue,
+ (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,
+ MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));
+ bzero((char *) pmap->numPixelsGreen, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+ bzero((char *) pmap->numPixelsBlue, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+
+ /* If every cell is allocated, mark its refcnt */
+ if (alloc == AllocAll)
+ {
+ size = pmap->freeGreen;
+ for(pent = &pmap->green[size-1]; pent >= pmap->green; pent--)
+ pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ pmap->freeGreen = 0;
+ ppix = xalloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ {
+ xfree(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);
+ xfree(pmap);
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ }
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;
+ for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
+ ppix[i] = i;
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = size;
+
+ size = pmap->freeBlue;
+ for(pent = &pmap->blue[size-1]; pent >= pmap->blue; pent--)
+ pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ pmap->freeBlue = 0;
+ ppix = xalloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ {
+ xfree(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]);
+ xfree(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);
+ xfree(pmap);
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ }
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;
+ for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
+ ppix[i] = i;
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = size;
+ }
+ }
+ pmap->devPrivates = NULL;
+ pmap->flags |= BeingCreated;
+
+ if (!AddResource(mid, RT_COLORMAP, (pointer)pmap))
+ return (BadAlloc);
+
+ /*
+ * Security creation/labeling check
+ */
+ i = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, clients[client], mid, RT_COLORMAP,
+ pmap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+ if (i != Success) {
+ FreeResource(mid, RT_NONE);
+ return i;
+ }
+
+ /* If the device wants a chance to initialize the colormap in any way,
+ * this is it. In specific, if this is a Static colormap, this is the
+ * time to fill in the colormap's values */
+ if (!(*pScreen->CreateColormap)(pmap))
+ {
+ FreeResource (mid, RT_NONE);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pmap->flags &= ~BeingCreated;
+ *ppcmap = pmap;
+ return (Success);
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+FreeColormap (pointer value, XID mid)
+{
+ int i;
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr)value;
+
+ if(CLIENT_ID(mid) != SERVER_ID)
+ {
+ (*pmap->pScreen->UninstallColormap) (pmap);
+ WalkTree(pmap->pScreen, (VisitWindowProcPtr)TellNoMap, (pointer) &mid);
+ }
+
+ /* This is the device's chance to undo anything it needs to, especially
+ * to free any storage it allocated */
+ (*pmap->pScreen->DestroyColormap)(pmap);
+
+ if(pmap->clientPixelsRed)
+ {
+ for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)
+ xfree(pmap->clientPixelsRed[i]);
+ }
+
+ if ((pmap->class == PseudoColor) || (pmap->class == GrayScale))
+ {
+ for(pent = &pmap->red[pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - 1];
+ pent >= pmap->red;
+ pent--)
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ {
+ if (--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)
+ xfree(pent->co.shco.red);
+ if (--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)
+ xfree(pent->co.shco.green);
+ if (--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)
+ xfree(pent->co.shco.blue);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)
+ {
+ xfree(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[i]);
+ xfree(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[i]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ dixFreePrivates(pmap->devPrivates);
+ xfree(pmap);
+ return(Success);
+}
+
+/* Tell window that pmid has disappeared */
+static int
+TellNoMap (WindowPtr pwin, Colormap *pmid)
+{
+ xEvent xE;
+
+ if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)
+ {
+ /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
+ xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
+ xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
+ xE.u.colormap.colormap = None;
+ xE.u.colormap.new = TRUE;
+ xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(noPanoramiXExtension || !pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+ DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
+ if (pwin->optional) {
+ pwin->optional->colormap = None;
+ CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pwin);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (WT_WALKCHILDREN);
+}
+
+/* Tell window that pmid got uninstalled */
+int
+TellLostMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)
+{
+ Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value;
+ xEvent xE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+ return WT_STOPWALKING;
+#endif
+ if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)
+ {
+ /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
+ xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
+ xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
+ xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;
+ xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;
+ xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;
+ DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
+ }
+
+ return (WT_WALKCHILDREN);
+}
+
+/* Tell window that pmid got installed */
+int
+TellGainedMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)
+{
+ Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value;
+ xEvent xE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+ return WT_STOPWALKING;
+#endif
+ if (wColormap (pwin) == *pmid)
+ {
+ /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
+ xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
+ xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
+ xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;
+ xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;
+ xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapInstalled;
+ DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
+ }
+
+ return (WT_WALKCHILDREN);
+}
+
+
+int
+CopyColormapAndFree (Colormap mid, ColormapPtr pSrc, int client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr) NULL;
+ int result, alloc, size;
+ Colormap midSrc;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+
+ pScreen = pSrc->pScreen;
+ pVisual = pSrc->pVisual;
+ midSrc = pSrc->mid;
+ alloc = ((pSrc->flags & AllAllocated) && CLIENT_ID(midSrc) == client) ?
+ AllocAll : AllocNone;
+ size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+ /* If the create returns non-0, it failed */
+ result = CreateColormap (mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap, alloc, client);
+ if(result != Success)
+ return(result);
+ if(alloc == AllocAll)
+ {
+ memmove((char *)pmap->red, (char *)pSrc->red, size * sizeof(Entry));
+ if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ memmove((char *)pmap->green, (char *)pSrc->green, size * sizeof(Entry));
+ memmove((char *)pmap->blue, (char *)pSrc->blue, size * sizeof(Entry));
+ }
+ pSrc->flags &= ~AllAllocated;
+ FreePixels(pSrc, client);
+ UpdateColors(pmap);
+ return(Success);
+ }
+
+ CopyFree(REDMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
+ if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ CopyFree(GREENMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
+ CopyFree(BLUEMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
+ }
+ if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)
+ UpdateColors(pmap);
+ /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */
+ return(Success);
+}
+
+/* Helper routine for freeing large numbers of cells from a map */
+static void
+CopyFree (int channel, int client, ColormapPtr pmapSrc, ColormapPtr pmapDst)
+{
+ int z, npix;
+ EntryPtr pentSrcFirst, pentDstFirst;
+ EntryPtr pentSrc, pentDst;
+ Pixel *ppix;
+ int nalloc;
+
+ switch(channel)
+ {
+ default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
+ case REDMAP:
+ ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];
+ npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];
+ pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->red;
+ pentDstFirst = pmapDst->red;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];
+ npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];
+ pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->green;
+ pentDstFirst = pmapDst->green;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue)[client];
+ npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue)[client];
+ pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->blue;
+ pentDstFirst = pmapDst->blue;
+ break;
+ }
+ nalloc = 0;
+ if (pmapSrc->class & DynamicClass)
+ {
+ for(z = npix; --z >= 0; ppix++)
+ {
+ /* Copy entries */
+ pentSrc = pentSrcFirst + *ppix;
+ pentDst = pentDstFirst + *ppix;
+ if (pentDst->refcnt > 0)
+ {
+ pentDst->refcnt++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *pentDst = *pentSrc;
+ nalloc++;
+ if (pentSrc->refcnt > 0)
+ pentDst->refcnt = 1;
+ else
+ pentSrc->fShared = FALSE;
+ }
+ FreeCell(pmapSrc, *ppix, channel);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Note that FreeCell has already fixed pmapSrc->free{Color} */
+ switch(channel)
+ {
+ case REDMAP:
+ pmapDst->freeRed -= nalloc;
+ (pmapDst->clientPixelsRed)[client] =
+ (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];
+ (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ (pmapDst->numPixelsRed)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];
+ (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client] = 0;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pmapDst->freeGreen -= nalloc;
+ (pmapDst->clientPixelsGreen)[client] =
+ (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];
+ (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ (pmapDst->numPixelsGreen)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];
+ (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client] = 0;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pmapDst->freeBlue -= nalloc;
+ pmapDst->clientPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client];
+ pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ pmapDst->numPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Free the ith entry in a color map. Must handle freeing of
+ * colors allocated through AllocColorPlanes */
+static void
+FreeCell (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel i, int channel)
+{
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ int *pCount;
+
+
+ switch (channel)
+ {
+ default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ case REDMAP:
+ pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->red[i];
+ pCount = &pmap->freeRed;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->green[i];
+ pCount = &pmap->freeGreen;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->blue[i];
+ pCount = &pmap->freeBlue;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* If it's not privately allocated and it's not time to free it, just
+ * decrement the count */
+ if (pent->refcnt > 1)
+ pent->refcnt--;
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the color type is shared, find the sharedcolor. If decremented
+ * refcnt is 0, free the shared cell. */
+ if (pent->fShared)
+ {
+ if(--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)
+ xfree(pent->co.shco.red);
+ if(--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)
+ xfree(pent->co.shco.green);
+ if(--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)
+ xfree(pent->co.shco.blue);
+ pent->fShared = FALSE;
+ }
+ pent->refcnt = 0;
+ *pCount += 1;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+UpdateColors (ColormapPtr pmap)
+{
+ xColorItem *defs;
+ xColorItem *pdef;
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ int i, n, size;
+
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+ size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+ defs = xalloc(size * sizeof(xColorItem));
+ if (!defs)
+ return;
+ n = 0;
+ pdef = defs;
+ if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+ {
+ if (!pmap->red[i].refcnt &&
+ !pmap->green[i].refcnt &&
+ !pmap->blue[i].refcnt)
+ continue;
+ pdef->pixel = ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetRed) |
+ ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
+ ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetBlue);
+ pdef->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;
+ pdef->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;
+ pdef->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;
+ pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
+ pdef++;
+ n++;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = 0, pent = pmap->red; i < size; i++, pent++)
+ {
+ if (!pent->refcnt)
+ continue;
+ pdef->pixel = i;
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ {
+ pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
+ pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
+ pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;
+ pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;
+ pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
+ }
+ pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
+ pdef++;
+ n++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (n)
+ (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors)(pmap, n, defs);
+ xfree(defs);
+}
+
+/* Get a read-only color from a ColorMap (probably slow for large maps)
+ * Returns by changing the value in pred, pgreen, pblue and pPix
+ */
+int
+AllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap,
+ unsigned short *pred, unsigned short *pgreen, unsigned short *pblue,
+ Pixel *pPix, int client)
+{
+ Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
+ int entries;
+ xrgb rgb;
+ int class;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ int npix;
+ Pixel *ppix;
+
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+ (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (pred, pgreen, pblue, pVisual);
+ rgb.red = *pred;
+ rgb.green = *pgreen;
+ rgb.blue = *pblue;
+ class = pmap->class;
+ entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+ /* If the colormap is being created, then we want to be able to change
+ * the colormap, even if it's a static type. Otherwise, we'd never be
+ * able to initialize static colormaps
+ */
+ if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)
+ class |= DynamicClass;
+
+ /* If this is one of the static storage classes, and we're not initializing
+ * it, the best we can do is to find the closest color entry to the
+ * requested one and return that.
+ */
+ switch (class) {
+ case StaticColor:
+ case StaticGray:
+ /* Look up all three components in the same pmap */
+ *pPix = pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);
+ *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;
+ *pgreen = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.green;
+ *pblue = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.blue;
+ npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ ppix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+ (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ ppix[npix] = pixR;
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;
+ break;
+
+ case TrueColor:
+ /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
+ pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);
+ pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);
+ pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);
+ *pPix = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |
+ (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
+ (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue) |
+ ALPHAMASK(pVisual);
+
+ *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;
+ *pgreen = pmap->green[pixG].co.local.green;
+ *pblue = pmap->blue[pixB].co.local.blue;
+ npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ ppix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+ (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ ppix[npix] = pixR;
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+ npix = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
+ ppix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],
+ (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ ppix[npix] = pixG;
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;
+ npix = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ ppix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],
+ (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ ppix[npix] = pixB;
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]++;
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]++;
+ break;
+
+ case GrayScale:
+ case PseudoColor:
+ if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&
+ pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)
+ {
+ ColormapPtr prootmap;
+ dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,
+ RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);
+
+ if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)
+ FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb,
+ pPix, PSEUDOMAP, AllComp);
+ }
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, pPix, PSEUDOMAP,
+ client, AllComp) != Success)
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ break;
+
+ case DirectColor:
+ if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&
+ pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)
+ {
+ ColormapPtr prootmap;
+ dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,
+ RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);
+
+ if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)
+ {
+ pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb,
+ &pixR, REDMAP, RedComp);
+ pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->green, entries, &rgb,
+ &pixG, GREENMAP, GreenComp);
+ pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->blue, entries, &rgb,
+ &pixB, BLUEMAP, BlueComp);
+ *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,
+ client, RedComp) != Success)
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,
+ GREENMAP, client, GreenComp) != Success)
+ {
+ (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ }
+ pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,
+ client, BlueComp) != Success)
+ {
+ (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, 1, &pixG, (Pixel)0);
+ (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ }
+ *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB | ALPHAMASK(pVisual);
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* if this is the client's first pixel in this colormap, tell the
+ * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
+ * should be freed when the client dies */
+ if ((pmap->numPixelsRed[client] == 1) &&
+ (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client) &&
+ !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))
+ {
+ colorResource *pcr;
+
+ pcr = xalloc(sizeof(colorResource));
+ if (!pcr)
+ {
+ (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, 1, pPix, (Pixel)0);
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ }
+ pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
+ pcr->client = client;
+ if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ }
+ return (Success);
+}
+
+/*
+ * FakeAllocColor -- fake an AllocColor request by
+ * returning a free pixel if availible, otherwise returning
+ * the closest matching pixel. This is used by the mi
+ * software sprite code to recolor cursors. A nice side-effect
+ * is that this routine will never return failure.
+ */
+
+void
+FakeAllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, xColorItem *item)
+{
+ Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
+ Pixel temp;
+ int entries;
+ xrgb rgb;
+ int class;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+ rgb.red = item->red;
+ rgb.green = item->green;
+ rgb.blue = item->blue;
+ (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (&rgb.red, &rgb.green, &rgb.blue, pVisual);
+ class = pmap->class;
+ entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+ switch (class) {
+ case GrayScale:
+ case PseudoColor:
+ temp = 0;
+ item->pixel = 0;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, &temp, PSEUDOMAP,
+ -1, AllComp) == Success) {
+ item->pixel = temp;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* fall through ... */
+ case StaticColor:
+ case StaticGray:
+ item->pixel = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);
+ break;
+
+ case DirectColor:
+ /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
+ pixR = (item->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ pixG = (item->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ pixB = (item->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,
+ -1, RedComp) != Success)
+ pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP)
+ << pVisual->offsetRed;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,
+ GREENMAP, -1, GreenComp) != Success)
+ pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb,
+ GREENMAP) << pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,
+ -1, BlueComp) != Success)
+ pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP)
+ << pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ item->pixel = pixR | pixG | pixB;
+ break;
+
+ case TrueColor:
+ /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
+ pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);
+ pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);
+ pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);
+ item->pixel = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |
+ (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
+ (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* free a pixel value obtained from FakeAllocColor */
+void
+FakeFreeColor(ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel pixel)
+{
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
+
+ switch (pmap->class) {
+ case GrayScale:
+ case PseudoColor:
+ if (pmap->red[pixel].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+ pmap->red[pixel].refcnt = 0;
+ break;
+ case DirectColor:
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+ pixR = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ pixG = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ pixB = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ if (pmap->red[pixR].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+ pmap->red[pixR].refcnt = 0;
+ if (pmap->green[pixG].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+ pmap->green[pixG].refcnt = 0;
+ if (pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+ pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+typedef unsigned short BigNumUpper;
+typedef unsigned long BigNumLower;
+
+#define BIGNUMLOWERBITS 24
+#define BIGNUMUPPERBITS 16
+#define BIGNUMLOWER (1 << BIGNUMLOWERBITS)
+#define BIGNUMUPPER (1 << BIGNUMUPPERBITS)
+#define UPPERPART(i) ((i) >> BIGNUMLOWERBITS)
+#define LOWERPART(i) ((i) & (BIGNUMLOWER - 1))
+
+typedef struct _bignum {
+ BigNumUpper upper;
+ BigNumLower lower;
+} BigNumRec, *BigNumPtr;
+
+#define BigNumGreater(x,y) (((x)->upper > (y)->upper) ||\
+ ((x)->upper == (y)->upper && (x)->lower > (y)->lower))
+
+#define UnsignedToBigNum(u,r) (((r)->upper = UPPERPART(u)), \
+ ((r)->lower = LOWERPART(u)))
+
+#define MaxBigNum(r) (((r)->upper = BIGNUMUPPER-1), \
+ ((r)->lower = BIGNUMLOWER-1))
+
+static void
+BigNumAdd (BigNumPtr x, BigNumPtr y, BigNumPtr r)
+{
+ BigNumLower lower, carry = 0;
+
+ lower = x->lower + y->lower;
+ if (lower >= BIGNUMLOWER) {
+ lower -= BIGNUMLOWER;
+ carry = 1;
+ }
+ r->lower = lower;
+ r->upper = x->upper + y->upper + carry;
+}
+
+static Pixel
+FindBestPixel(EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, int channel)
+{
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ Pixel pixel, final;
+ long dr, dg, db;
+ unsigned long sq;
+ BigNumRec minval, sum, temp;
+
+ final = 0;
+ MaxBigNum(&minval);
+ /* look for the minimal difference */
+ for (pent = pentFirst, pixel = 0; pixel < size; pent++, pixel++)
+ {
+ dr = dg = db = 0;
+ switch(channel)
+ {
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;
+ db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;
+ case REDMAP:
+ dr = (long) pent->co.local.red - prgb->red;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;
+ break;
+ }
+ sq = dr * dr;
+ UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &sum);
+ sq = dg * dg;
+ UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);
+ BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);
+ sq = db * db;
+ UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);
+ BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);
+ if (BigNumGreater (&minval, &sum))
+ {
+ final = pixel;
+ minval = sum;
+ }
+ }
+ return(final);
+}
+
+static void
+FindColorInRootCmap (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size,
+ xrgb *prgb, Pixel *pPixel, int channel,
+ ColorCompareProcPtr comp)
+{
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ Pixel pixel;
+ int count;
+
+ if ((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)
+ pixel = 0;
+ for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; pent++, pixel++)
+ {
+ if (pent->refcnt > 0 && (*comp) (pent, prgb))
+ {
+ switch (channel)
+ {
+ case REDMAP:
+ pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ break;
+ default: /* PSEUDOMAP */
+ break;
+ }
+ *pPixel = pixel;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Tries to find a color in pmap that exactly matches the one requested in prgb
+ * if it can't it allocates one.
+ * Starts looking at pentFirst + *pPixel, so if you want a specific pixel,
+ * load *pPixel with that value, otherwise set it to 0
+ */
+int
+FindColor (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb,
+ Pixel *pPixel, int channel, int client,
+ ColorCompareProcPtr comp)
+{
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ Bool foundFree;
+ Pixel pixel, Free = 0;
+ int npix, count, *nump = NULL;
+ Pixel **pixp = NULL, *ppix;
+ xColorItem def;
+
+ foundFree = FALSE;
+
+ if((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)
+ pixel = 0;
+ /* see if there is a match, and also look for a free entry */
+ for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; )
+ {
+ if (pent->refcnt > 0)
+ {
+ if ((*comp) (pent, prgb))
+ {
+ if (client >= 0)
+ pent->refcnt++;
+ *pPixel = pixel;
+ switch(channel)
+ {
+ case REDMAP:
+ *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ break;
+ }
+ goto gotit;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!foundFree && pent->refcnt == 0)
+ {
+ Free = pixel;
+ foundFree = TRUE;
+ /* If we're initializing the colormap, then we are looking for
+ * the first free cell we can find, not to minimize the number
+ * of entries we use. So don't look any further. */
+ if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)
+ break;
+ }
+ pixel++;
+ if(pixel >= size)
+ {
+ pent = pentFirst;
+ pixel = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ pent++;
+ }
+
+ /* If we got here, we didn't find a match. If we also didn't find
+ * a free entry, we're out of luck. Otherwise, we'll usurp a free
+ * entry and fill it in */
+ if (!foundFree)
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ pent = pentFirst + Free;
+ pent->fShared = FALSE;
+ pent->refcnt = (client >= 0) ? 1 : AllocTemporary;
+
+ switch (channel)
+ {
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;
+ pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;
+ pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;
+ def.red = prgb->red;
+ def.green = prgb->green;
+ def.blue = prgb->blue;
+ def.flags = (DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue);
+ if (client >= 0)
+ pmap->freeRed--;
+ def.pixel = Free;
+ break;
+
+ case REDMAP:
+ pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;
+ def.red = prgb->red;
+ def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;
+ def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;
+ def.flags = DoRed;
+ if (client >= 0)
+ pmap->freeRed--;
+ def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ break;
+
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;
+ def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;
+ def.green = prgb->green;
+ def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;
+ def.flags = DoGreen;
+ if (client >= 0)
+ pmap->freeGreen--;
+ def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ break;
+
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;
+ def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;
+ def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;
+ def.blue = prgb->blue;
+ def.flags = DoBlue;
+ if (client >= 0)
+ pmap->freeBlue--;
+ def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ break;
+ }
+ (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &def);
+ pixel = Free;
+ *pPixel = def.pixel;
+
+gotit:
+ if (pmap->flags & BeingCreated || client == -1)
+ return(Success);
+ /* Now remember the pixel, for freeing later */
+ switch (channel)
+ {
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ case REDMAP:
+ nump = pmap->numPixelsRed;
+ pixp = pmap->clientPixelsRed;
+ break;
+
+ case GREENMAP:
+ nump = pmap->numPixelsGreen;
+ pixp = pmap->clientPixelsGreen;
+ break;
+
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ nump = pmap->numPixelsBlue;
+ pixp = pmap->clientPixelsBlue;
+ break;
+ }
+ npix = nump[client];
+ ppix = (Pixel *) xrealloc (pixp[client], (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ {
+ pent->refcnt--;
+ if (!pent->fShared)
+ switch (channel)
+ {
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ case REDMAP:
+ pmap->freeRed++;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pmap->freeGreen++;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pmap->freeBlue++;
+ break;
+ }
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ }
+ ppix[npix] = pixel;
+ pixp[client] = ppix;
+ nump[client]++;
+
+ return(Success);
+}
+
+/* Comparison functions -- passed to FindColor to determine if an
+ * entry is already the color we're looking for or not */
+static int
+AllComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+ if((pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) &&
+ (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) &&
+ (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) )
+ return (1);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+RedComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+ if (pent->co.local.red == prgb->red)
+ return (1);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+GreenComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+ if (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green)
+ return (1);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+BlueComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+ if (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue)
+ return (1);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+
+/* Read the color value of a cell */
+
+int
+QueryColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, Pixel *ppixIn, xrgb *prgbList)
+{
+ Pixel *ppix, pixel;
+ xrgb *prgb;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ Pixel i;
+ int errVal = Success;
+
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+ if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ int numred, numgreen, numblue;
+ Pixel rgbbad;
+
+ numred = NUMRED(pVisual);
+ numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
+ numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
+ rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);
+ for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)
+ {
+ pixel = *ppix;
+ if (pixel & rgbbad) {
+ clientErrorValue = pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ continue;
+ }
+ i = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ if (i >= numred)
+ {
+ clientErrorValue = pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ continue;
+ }
+ prgb->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;
+ i = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ if (i >= numgreen)
+ {
+ clientErrorValue = pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ continue;
+ }
+ prgb->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;
+ i = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ if (i >= numblue)
+ {
+ clientErrorValue = pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ continue;
+ }
+ prgb->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)
+ {
+ pixel = *ppix;
+ if (pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)
+ {
+ clientErrorValue = pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pent = (EntryPtr)&pmap->red[pixel];
+ if (pent->fShared)
+ {
+ prgb->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
+ prgb->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
+ prgb->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prgb->red = pent->co.local.red;
+ prgb->green = pent->co.local.green;
+ prgb->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return (errVal);
+}
+
+static void
+FreePixels(ColormapPtr pmap, int client)
+{
+ Pixel *ppix, *ppixStart;
+ int n;
+ int class;
+
+ class = pmap->class;
+ ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
+ if (class & DynamicClass)
+ {
+ n = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ for (ppix = ppixStart; --n >= 0; )
+ {
+ FreeCell(pmap, *ppix, REDMAP);
+ ppix++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ xfree(ppixStart);
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = 0;
+ if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];
+ if (class & DynamicClass)
+ for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; --n >= 0;)
+ FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, GREENMAP);
+ xfree(ppixStart);
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = 0;
+
+ ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];
+ if (class & DynamicClass)
+ for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; --n >= 0; )
+ FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, BLUEMAP);
+ xfree(ppixStart);
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Frees all of a client's colors and cells.
+ *
+ * \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ * \unused fakeid
+ */
+int
+FreeClientPixels (pointer value, XID fakeid)
+{
+ pointer pmap;
+ colorResource *pcr = value;
+ int rc;
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&pmap, pcr->mid, RT_COLORMAP, serverClient,
+ DixRemoveAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ FreePixels((ColormapPtr)pmap, pcr->client);
+ xfree(pcr);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+AllocColorCells (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, int planes,
+ Bool contig, Pixel *ppix, Pixel *masks)
+{
+ Pixel rmask, gmask, bmask, *ppixFirst, r, g, b;
+ int n, class;
+ int ok;
+ int oldcount;
+ colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;
+
+ class = pmap->class;
+ if (!(class & DynamicClass))
+ return (BadAlloc); /* Shouldn't try on this type */
+ oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
+ oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))
+ {
+ pcr = xalloc(sizeof(colorResource));
+ if (!pcr)
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ }
+
+ if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
+ {
+ ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, planes, planes, planes,
+ contig, ppix, &rmask, &gmask, &bmask);
+ if(ok == Success)
+ {
+ for (r = g = b = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r, g += g, b += b)
+ {
+ while(!(rmask & r))
+ r += r;
+ while(!(gmask & g))
+ g += g;
+ while(!(bmask & b))
+ b += b;
+ *masks++ = r | g | b;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, planes, contig, ppix, &rmask,
+ &ppixFirst);
+ if(ok == Success)
+ {
+ for (r = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r)
+ {
+ while(!(rmask & r))
+ r += r;
+ *masks++ = r;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the
+ * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
+ * should be freed when the client dies */
+ if ((ok == Success) && pcr)
+ {
+ pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
+ pcr->client = client;
+ if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
+ ok = BadAlloc;
+ } else if (pcr)
+ xfree(pcr);
+
+ return (ok);
+}
+
+
+int
+AllocColorPlanes (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors,
+ int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, Pixel *pixels,
+ Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)
+{
+ int ok;
+ Pixel mask, *ppixFirst;
+ Pixel shift;
+ int i;
+ int class;
+ int oldcount;
+ colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;
+
+ class = pmap->class;
+ if (!(class & DynamicClass))
+ return (BadAlloc); /* Shouldn't try on this type */
+ oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ if (class == DirectColor)
+ oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))
+ {
+ pcr = xalloc(sizeof(colorResource));
+ if (!pcr)
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ }
+
+ if (class == DirectColor)
+ {
+ ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, r, g, b, contig, pixels,
+ prmask, pgmask, pbmask);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Allocate the proper pixels */
+ /* XXX This is sort of bad, because of contig is set, we force all
+ * r + g + b bits to be contiguous. Should only force contiguity
+ * per mask
+ */
+ ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, r + g + b, contig, pixels,
+ &mask, &ppixFirst);
+
+ if(ok == Success)
+ {
+ /* now split that mask into three */
+ *prmask = *pgmask = *pbmask = 0;
+ shift = 1;
+ for (i = r; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
+ {
+ while (!(mask & shift))
+ shift += shift;
+ *prmask |= shift;
+ }
+ for (i = g; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
+ {
+ while (!(mask & shift))
+ shift += shift;
+ *pgmask |= shift;
+ }
+ for (i = b; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
+ {
+ while (!(mask & shift))
+ shift += shift;
+ *pbmask |= shift;
+ }
+
+ /* set up the shared color cells */
+ if (!AllocShared(pmap, pixels, colors, r, g, b,
+ *prmask, *pgmask, *pbmask, ppixFirst))
+ {
+ (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, colors, pixels, mask);
+ ok = BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the
+ * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
+ * should be freed when the client dies */
+ if ((ok == Success) && pcr)
+ {
+ pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
+ pcr->client = client;
+ if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
+ ok = BadAlloc;
+ } else if (pcr)
+ xfree(pcr);
+
+ return (ok);
+}
+
+static int
+AllocDirect (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, int g, int b, Bool contig,
+ Pixel *pixels, Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)
+{
+ Pixel *ppixRed, *ppixGreen, *ppixBlue;
+ Pixel *ppix, *pDst, *p;
+ int npix, npixR, npixG, npixB;
+ Bool okR, okG, okB;
+ Pixel *rpix = 0, *gpix = 0, *bpix = 0;
+
+ npixR = c << r;
+ npixG = c << g;
+ npixB = c << b;
+ if ((r >= 32) || (g >= 32) || (b >= 32) ||
+ (npixR > pmap->freeRed) || (npixR < c) ||
+ (npixG > pmap->freeGreen) || (npixG < c) ||
+ (npixB > pmap->freeBlue) || (npixB < c))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ /* start out with empty pixels */
+ for(p = pixels; p < pixels + c; p++)
+ *p = 0;
+
+ ppixRed = xalloc(npixR * sizeof(Pixel));
+ ppixGreen = xalloc(npixG * sizeof(Pixel));
+ ppixBlue = xalloc(npixB * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppixRed || !ppixGreen || !ppixBlue)
+ {
+ if (ppixBlue) xfree(ppixBlue);
+ if (ppixGreen) xfree(ppixGreen);
+ if (ppixRed) xfree(ppixRed);
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ }
+
+ okR = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixRed, prmask);
+ okG = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->green, c, g, contig, ppixGreen, pgmask);
+ okB = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->blue, c, b, contig, ppixBlue, pbmask);
+
+ if (okR && okG && okB)
+ {
+ rpix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+ (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + (c << r)) *
+ sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (rpix)
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = rpix;
+ gpix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],
+ (pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + (c << g)) *
+ sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (gpix)
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = gpix;
+ bpix = (Pixel *) xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],
+ (pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] + (c << b)) *
+ sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (bpix)
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = bpix;
+ }
+
+ if (!okR || !okG || !okB || !rpix || !gpix || !bpix)
+ {
+ if (okR)
+ for(ppix = ppixRed, npix = npixR; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
+ pmap->red[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
+ if (okG)
+ for(ppix = ppixGreen, npix = npixG; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
+ pmap->green[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
+ if (okB)
+ for(ppix = ppixBlue, npix = npixB; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
+ pmap->blue[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
+ xfree(ppixBlue);
+ xfree(ppixGreen);
+ xfree(ppixRed);
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ }
+
+ *prmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ *pgmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ *pbmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+
+ ppix = rpix + pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixRed; p < ppixRed + npixR; p++)
+ {
+ *ppix++ = *p;
+ if(p < ppixRed + c)
+ *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ }
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npixR;
+ pmap->freeRed -= npixR;
+
+ ppix = gpix + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
+ for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixGreen; p < ppixGreen + npixG; p++)
+ {
+ *ppix++ = *p;
+ if(p < ppixGreen + c)
+ *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ }
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] += npixG;
+ pmap->freeGreen -= npixG;
+
+ ppix = bpix + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixBlue; p < ppixBlue + npixB; p++)
+ {
+ *ppix++ = *p;
+ if(p < ppixBlue + c)
+ *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ }
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] += npixB;
+ pmap->freeBlue -= npixB;
+
+
+ for (pDst = pixels; pDst < pixels + c; pDst++)
+ *pDst |= ALPHAMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+
+ xfree(ppixBlue);
+ xfree(ppixGreen);
+ xfree(ppixRed);
+
+ return (Success);
+}
+
+static int
+AllocPseudo (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, Bool contig,
+ Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pmask, Pixel **pppixFirst)
+{
+ Pixel *ppix, *p, *pDst, *ppixTemp;
+ int npix;
+ Bool ok;
+
+ npix = c << r;
+ if ((r >= 32) || (npix > pmap->freeRed) || (npix < c))
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ if(!(ppixTemp = xalloc(npix * sizeof(Pixel))))
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ ok = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixTemp, pmask);
+
+ if (ok)
+ {
+
+ /* all the allocated pixels are added to the client pixel list,
+ * but only the unique ones are returned to the client */
+ ppix = (Pixel *)xrealloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+ (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + npix) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ {
+ for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)
+ pmap->red[*p].refcnt = 0;
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ }
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+ ppix += pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ *pppixFirst = ppix;
+ pDst = pixels;
+ for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)
+ {
+ *ppix++ = *p;
+ if(p < ppixTemp + c)
+ *pDst++ = *p;
+ }
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npix;
+ pmap->freeRed -= npix;
+ }
+ xfree(ppixTemp);
+ return (ok ? Success : BadAlloc);
+}
+
+/* Allocates count << planes pixels from colormap pmap for client. If
+ * contig, then the plane mask is made of consecutive bits. Returns
+ * all count << pixels in the array pixels. The first count of those
+ * pixels are the unique pixels. *pMask has the mask to Or with the
+ * unique pixels to get the rest of them.
+ *
+ * Returns True iff all pixels could be allocated
+ * All cells allocated will have refcnt set to AllocPrivate and shared to FALSE
+ * (see AllocShared for why we care)
+ */
+static Bool
+AllocCP (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int count, int planes,
+ Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pMask)
+{
+ EntryPtr ent;
+ Pixel pixel, base, entries, maxp, save;
+ int dplanes, found;
+ Pixel *ppix;
+ Pixel mask;
+ Pixel finalmask;
+
+ dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;
+
+ /* Easy case. Allocate pixels only */
+ if (planes == 0)
+ {
+ /* allocate writable entries */
+ ppix = pixels;
+ ent = pentFirst;
+ pixel = 0;
+ while (--count >= 0)
+ {
+ /* Just find count unallocated cells */
+ while (ent->refcnt)
+ {
+ ent++;
+ pixel++;
+ }
+ ent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ *ppix++ = pixel;
+ ent->fShared = FALSE;
+ }
+ *pMask = 0;
+ return (TRUE);
+ }
+ else if (planes > dplanes)
+ {
+ return (FALSE);
+ }
+
+ /* General case count pixels * 2 ^ planes cells to be allocated */
+
+ /* make room for new pixels */
+ ent = pentFirst;
+
+ /* first try for contiguous planes, since it's fastest */
+ for (mask = (((Pixel)1) << planes) - 1, base = 1, dplanes -= (planes - 1);
+ --dplanes >= 0;
+ mask += mask, base += base)
+ {
+ ppix = pixels;
+ found = 0;
+ pixel = 0;
+ entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;
+ while (pixel < entries)
+ {
+ save = pixel;
+ maxp = pixel + mask + base;
+ /* check if all are free */
+ while (pixel != maxp && ent[pixel].refcnt == 0)
+ pixel += base;
+ if (pixel == maxp)
+ {
+ /* this one works */
+ *ppix++ = save;
+ found++;
+ if (found == count)
+ {
+ /* found enough, allocate them all */
+ while (--count >= 0)
+ {
+ pixel = pixels[count];
+ maxp = pixel + mask;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ ent[pixel].refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ ent[pixel].fShared = FALSE;
+ if (pixel == maxp)
+ break;
+ pixel += base;
+ *ppix++ = pixel;
+ }
+ }
+ *pMask = mask;
+ return (TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+ pixel = save + 1;
+ if (pixel & mask)
+ pixel += mask;
+ }
+ }
+
+ dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;
+ if (contig || planes == 1 || dplanes < 3)
+ return (FALSE);
+
+ /* this will be very slow for large maps, need a better algorithm */
+
+ /*
+ we can generate the smallest and largest numbers that fits in dplanes
+ bits and contain exactly planes bits set as follows. First, we need to
+ check that it is possible to generate such a mask at all.
+ (Non-contiguous masks need one more bit than contiguous masks). Then
+ the smallest such mask consists of the rightmost planes-1 bits set, then
+ a zero, then a one in position planes + 1. The formula is
+ (3 << (planes-1)) -1
+ The largest such masks consists of the leftmost planes-1 bits set, then
+ a zero, then a one bit in position dplanes-planes-1. If dplanes is
+ smaller than 32 (the number of bits in a word) then the formula is:
+ (1<<dplanes) - (1<<(dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<dplanes-planes-1)
+ If dplanes = 32, then we can't calculate (1<<dplanes) and we have
+ to use:
+ ( (1<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<(dplanes-planes-1))
+
+ << Thank you, Loretta>>>
+
+ */
+
+ finalmask =
+ (((((Pixel)1)<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1)) +
+ (((Pixel)1)<<(dplanes-planes-1));
+ for (mask = (((Pixel)3) << (planes -1)) - 1; mask <= finalmask; mask++)
+ {
+ /* next 3 magic statements count number of ones (HAKMEM #169) */
+ pixel = (mask >> 1) & 033333333333;
+ pixel = mask - pixel - ((pixel >> 1) & 033333333333);
+ if ((((pixel + (pixel >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077) != planes)
+ continue;
+ ppix = pixels;
+ found = 0;
+ entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;
+ base = lowbit (mask);
+ for (pixel = 0; pixel < entries; pixel++)
+ {
+ if (pixel & mask)
+ continue;
+ maxp = 0;
+ /* check if all are free */
+ while (ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt == 0)
+ {
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);
+ }
+ if ((maxp < mask) || (ent[pixel + mask].refcnt != 0))
+ continue;
+ /* this one works */
+ *ppix++ = pixel;
+ found++;
+ if (found < count)
+ continue;
+ /* found enough, allocate them all */
+ while (--count >= 0)
+ {
+ pixel = (pixels)[count];
+ maxp = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ ent[pixel + maxp].fShared = FALSE;
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);
+ *ppix++ = pixel + maxp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pMask = mask;
+ return (TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+ return (FALSE);
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \param ppixFirst First of the client's new pixels
+ */
+static Bool
+AllocShared (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel *ppix, int c, int r, int g, int b,
+ Pixel rmask, Pixel gmask, Pixel bmask, Pixel *ppixFirst)
+{
+ Pixel *pptr, *cptr;
+ int npix, z, npixClientNew, npixShared;
+ Pixel basemask, base, bits, common;
+ SHAREDCOLOR *pshared, **ppshared, **psharedList;
+
+ npixClientNew = c << (r + g + b);
+ npixShared = (c << r) + (c << g) + (c << b);
+ psharedList = xalloc(npixShared * sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR *));
+ if (!psharedList)
+ return FALSE;
+ ppshared = psharedList;
+ for (z = npixShared; --z >= 0; )
+ {
+ if (!(ppshared[z] = xalloc(sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR))))
+ {
+ for (z++ ; z < npixShared; z++)
+ xfree(ppshared[z]);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ for(pptr = ppix, npix = c; --npix >= 0; pptr++)
+ {
+ basemask = ~(gmask | bmask);
+ common = *pptr & basemask;
+ if (rmask)
+ {
+ bits = 0;
+ base = lowbit (rmask);
+ while(1)
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, rmask, base);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ basemask = ~(rmask | bmask);
+ common = *pptr & basemask;
+ if (gmask)
+ {
+ bits = 0;
+ base = lowbit (gmask);
+ while(1)
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + b);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, gmask, base);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ basemask = ~(rmask | gmask);
+ common = *pptr & basemask;
+ if (bmask)
+ {
+ bits = 0;
+ base = lowbit (bmask);
+ while(1)
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + g);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, bmask, base);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ xfree(psharedList);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/** FreeColors
+ * Free colors and/or cells (probably slow for large numbers)
+ */
+int
+FreeColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int count, Pixel *pixels, Pixel mask)
+{
+ int rval, result, class;
+ Pixel rmask;
+
+ class = pmap->class;
+ if (pmap->flags & AllAllocated)
+ return(BadAccess);
+ if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ rmask = mask & RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+ result = FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, count, pixels,
+ mask & pmap->pVisual->redMask);
+ /* If any of the three calls fails, we must report that, if more
+ * than one fails, it's ok that we report the last one */
+ rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, count, pixels,
+ mask & pmap->pVisual->greenMask);
+ if(rval != Success)
+ result = rval;
+ rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, BLUEMAP, count, pixels,
+ mask & pmap->pVisual->blueMask);
+ if(rval != Success)
+ result = rval;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rmask = mask & ((((Pixel)1) << pmap->pVisual->nplanes) - 1);
+ result = FreeCo(pmap, client, PSEUDOMAP, count, pixels, rmask);
+ }
+ if ((mask != rmask) && count)
+ {
+ clientErrorValue = *pixels | mask;
+ result = BadValue;
+ }
+ /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Helper for FreeColors -- frees all combinations of *newpixels and mask bits
+ * which the client has allocated in channel colormap cells of pmap.
+ * doesn't change newpixels if it doesn't need to
+ *
+ * \param pmap which colormap head
+ * \param color which sub-map, eg, RED, BLUE, PSEUDO
+ * \param npixIn number of pixels passed in
+ * \param ppixIn number of base pixels
+ * \param mask mask client gave us
+ */
+static int
+FreeCo (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int color, int npixIn, Pixel *ppixIn, Pixel mask)
+{
+ Pixel *ppixClient, pixTest;
+ int npixClient, npixNew, npix;
+ Pixel bits, base, cmask, rgbbad;
+ Pixel *pptr, *cptr;
+ int n, zapped;
+ int errVal = Success;
+ int offset, numents;
+
+ if (npixIn == 0)
+ return (errVal);
+ bits = 0;
+ zapped = 0;
+ base = lowbit (mask);
+
+ switch(color)
+ {
+ case REDMAP:
+ cmask = pmap->pVisual->redMask;
+ rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+ offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
+ ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
+ npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ cmask = pmap->pVisual->greenMask;
+ rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+ offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
+ ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];
+ npixClient = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ cmask = pmap->pVisual->blueMask;
+ rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+ offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
+ ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];
+ npixClient = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ break;
+ default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ cmask = ~((Pixel)0);
+ rgbbad = 0;
+ offset = 0;
+ numents = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+ ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
+ npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ break;
+ }
+
+
+ /* zap all pixels which match */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* go through pixel list */
+ for (pptr = ppixIn, n = npixIn; --n >= 0; pptr++)
+ {
+ pixTest = ((*pptr | bits) & cmask) >> offset;
+ if ((pixTest >= numents) || (*pptr & rgbbad))
+ {
+ clientErrorValue = *pptr | bits;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* find match in client list */
+ for (cptr = ppixClient, npix = npixClient;
+ --npix >= 0 && *cptr != pixTest;
+ cptr++) ;
+
+ if (npix >= 0)
+ {
+ if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)
+ {
+ FreeCell(pmap, pixTest, color);
+ }
+ *cptr = ~((Pixel)0);
+ zapped++;
+ }
+ else
+ errVal = BadAccess;
+ }
+ /* generate next bits value */
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base);
+ }
+
+ /* delete freed pixels from client pixel list */
+ if (zapped)
+ {
+ npixNew = npixClient - zapped;
+ if (npixNew)
+ {
+ /* Since the list can only get smaller, we can do a copy in
+ * place and then realloc to a smaller size */
+ pptr = cptr = ppixClient;
+
+ /* If we have all the new pixels, we don't have to examine the
+ * rest of the old ones */
+ for(npix = 0; npix < npixNew; cptr++)
+ {
+ if (*cptr != ~((Pixel)0))
+ {
+ *pptr++ = *cptr;
+ npix++;
+ }
+ }
+ pptr = (Pixel *)xrealloc(ppixClient, npixNew * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (pptr)
+ ppixClient = pptr;
+ npixClient = npixNew;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ npixClient = 0;
+ xfree(ppixClient);
+ ppixClient = (Pixel *)NULL;
+ }
+ switch(color)
+ {
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ case REDMAP:
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppixClient;
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = npixClient;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppixClient;
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = npixClient;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppixClient;
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = npixClient;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (errVal);
+}
+
+
+
+/* Redefine color values */
+int
+StoreColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, xColorItem *defs)
+{
+ Pixel pix;
+ xColorItem *pdef;
+ EntryPtr pent, pentT, pentLast;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ SHAREDCOLOR *pred, *pgreen, *pblue;
+ int n, ChgRed, ChgGreen, ChgBlue, idef;
+ int class, errVal = Success;
+ int ok;
+
+
+ class = pmap->class;
+ if(!(class & DynamicClass) && !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))
+ {
+ return(BadAccess);
+ }
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+
+ idef = 0;
+ if((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ int numred, numgreen, numblue;
+ Pixel rgbbad;
+
+ numred = NUMRED(pVisual);
+ numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
+ numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
+ rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);
+ for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)
+ {
+ ok = TRUE;
+ (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)
+ (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);
+
+ if (pdef->pixel & rgbbad)
+ {
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ clientErrorValue = pdef->pixel;
+ continue;
+ }
+ pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ if (pix >= numred)
+ {
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pmap->red[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+ {
+ errVal = BadAccess;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pdef->flags & DoRed)
+ {
+ pmap->red[pix].co.local.red = pdef->red;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdef->red = pmap->red[pix].co.local.red;
+ }
+
+ pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ if (pix >= numgreen)
+ {
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pmap->green[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+ {
+ errVal = BadAccess;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pdef->flags & DoGreen)
+ {
+ pmap->green[pix].co.local.green = pdef->green;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdef->green = pmap->green[pix].co.local.green;
+ }
+
+ pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ if (pix >= numblue)
+ {
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pmap->blue[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+ {
+ errVal = BadAccess;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pdef->flags & DoBlue)
+ {
+ pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue = pdef->blue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdef->blue = pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue;
+ }
+ /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list
+ * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've
+ * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.
+ */
+ if(ok)
+ {
+ if(idef != n)
+ defs[idef] = defs[n];
+ idef++;
+ } else
+ clientErrorValue = pdef->pixel;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)
+ {
+
+ ok = TRUE;
+ if (pdef->pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)
+ {
+ clientErrorValue = pdef->pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pmap->red[pdef->pixel].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+ {
+ errVal = BadAccess;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list
+ * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've
+ * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.
+ */
+ if(ok)
+ {
+ if(idef != n)
+ defs[idef] = defs[n];
+ idef++;
+ }
+ else
+ continue;
+
+ (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)
+ (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);
+
+ pent = &pmap->red[pdef->pixel];
+
+ if(pdef->flags & DoRed)
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ {
+ pent->co.shco.red->color = pdef->red;
+ if (pent->co.shco.red->refcnt > 1)
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ pent->co.local.red = pdef->red;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
+ else
+ pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;
+ }
+ if(pdef->flags & DoGreen)
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ {
+ pent->co.shco.green->color = pdef->green;
+ if (pent->co.shco.green->refcnt > 1)
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ pent->co.local.green = pdef->green;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
+ else
+ pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;
+ }
+ if(pdef->flags & DoBlue)
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ {
+ pent->co.shco.blue->color = pdef->blue;
+ if (pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt > 1)
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ pent->co.local.blue = pdef->blue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
+ else
+ pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
+ }
+
+ if(!ok)
+ {
+ /* have to run through the colormap and change anybody who
+ * shares this value */
+ pred = pent->co.shco.red;
+ pgreen = pent->co.shco.green;
+ pblue = pent->co.shco.blue;
+ ChgRed = pdef->flags & DoRed;
+ ChgGreen = pdef->flags & DoGreen;
+ ChgBlue = pdef->flags & DoBlue;
+ pentLast = pmap->red + pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+ for(pentT = pmap->red; pentT < pentLast; pentT++)
+ {
+ if(pentT->fShared && (pentT != pent))
+ {
+ xColorItem defChg;
+
+ /* There are, alas, devices in this world too dumb
+ * to read their own hardware colormaps. Sick, but
+ * true. So we're going to be really nice and load
+ * the xColorItem with the proper value for all the
+ * fields. We will only set the flags for those
+ * fields that actually change. Smart devices can
+ * arrange to change only those fields. Dumb devices
+ * can rest assured that we have provided for them,
+ * and can change all three fields */
+
+ defChg.flags = 0;
+ if(ChgRed && pentT->co.shco.red == pred)
+ {
+ defChg.flags |= DoRed;
+ }
+ if(ChgGreen && pentT->co.shco.green == pgreen)
+ {
+ defChg.flags |= DoGreen;
+ }
+ if(ChgBlue && pentT->co.shco.blue == pblue)
+ {
+ defChg.flags |= DoBlue;
+ }
+ if(defChg.flags != 0)
+ {
+ defChg.pixel = pentT - pmap->red;
+ defChg.red = pentT->co.shco.red->color;
+ defChg.green = pentT->co.shco.green->color;
+ defChg.blue = pentT->co.shco.blue->color;
+ (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &defChg);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Note that we use idef, the count of acceptable entries, and not
+ * count, the count of proposed entries */
+ if (idef != 0)
+ ( *pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, idef, defs);
+ return (errVal);
+}
+
+int
+IsMapInstalled(Colormap map, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ Colormap *pmaps;
+ int imap, nummaps, found;
+
+ pmaps = xalloc(pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps*sizeof(Colormap));
+ if(!pmaps)
+ return(FALSE);
+ nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps)
+ (pWin->drawable.pScreen, pmaps);
+ found = FALSE;
+ for(imap = 0; imap < nummaps; imap++)
+ {
+ if(pmaps[imap] == map)
+ {
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ xfree(pmaps);
+ return (found);
+}
+
+struct colormap_lookup_data {
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ VisualPtr visuals;
+};
+
+static void _colormap_find_resource(pointer value, XID id,
+ pointer cdata)
+{
+ struct colormap_lookup_data *cmap_data = cdata;
+ VisualPtr visuals = cmap_data->visuals;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = cmap_data->pScreen;
+ ColormapPtr cmap = value;
+ int j;
+
+ if (pScreen != cmap->pScreen)
+ return;
+
+ j = cmap->pVisual - pScreen->visuals;
+ cmap->pVisual = &visuals[j];
+}
+
+/* something has realloced the visuals, instead of breaking
+ ABI fix it up here - glx and compsite did this wrong */
+Bool
+ResizeVisualArray(ScreenPtr pScreen, int new_visual_count,
+ DepthPtr depth)
+{
+ struct colormap_lookup_data cdata;
+ int numVisuals;
+ VisualPtr visuals;
+ XID *vids, vid;
+ int first_new_vid, first_new_visual, i;
+
+ first_new_vid = depth->numVids;
+ first_new_visual = pScreen->numVisuals;
+
+ vids = xrealloc(depth->vids, (depth->numVids + new_visual_count) * sizeof(XID));
+ if (!vids)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* its realloced now no going back if we fail the next one */
+ depth->vids = vids;
+
+ numVisuals = pScreen->numVisuals + new_visual_count;
+ visuals = xrealloc(pScreen->visuals, numVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec));
+ if (!visuals) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ cdata.visuals = visuals;
+ cdata.pScreen = pScreen;
+ FindClientResourcesByType(serverClient, RT_COLORMAP, _colormap_find_resource, &cdata);
+
+ pScreen->visuals = visuals;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < new_visual_count; i++) {
+ vid = FakeClientID(0);
+ pScreen->visuals[first_new_visual + i].vid = vid;
+ vids[first_new_vid + i] = vid;
+ }
+
+ depth->numVids += new_visual_count;
+ pScreen->numVisuals += new_visual_count;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c b/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c index 414bd0404..3d5baeb4d 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c @@ -110,6 +110,10 @@ Equipment Corporation. #include <version-config.h> #endif +#ifdef CreateWindow +#undef CreateWindow +#endif + #ifdef PANORAMIX_DEBUG #include <stdio.h> int ProcInitialConnection(); @@ -409,6 +413,9 @@ Dispatch(void) start_tick = SmartScheduleTime; while (!isItTimeToYield) { +#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE + CARD8 StartMajorOp; +#endif if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1]) ProcessInputEvents(); @@ -433,7 +440,8 @@ Dispatch(void) client->sequence++; #ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE - XSERVER_REQUEST_START(LookupMajorName(MAJOROP), MAJOROP, + StartMajorOp=MAJOROP; + XSERVER_REQUEST_START(LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp), StartMajorOp, ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->length, client->index, client->requestBuffer); #endif @@ -446,8 +454,28 @@ Dispatch(void) XaceHookAuditEnd(client, result); } #ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE - XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(LookupMajorName(MAJOROP), MAJOROP, - client->sequence, client->index, result); + if (result!=Success) + { + char Message[255]; + sprintf(Message,"ERROR: %s (0x%x)",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),client->errorValue); + XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP, + client->sequence, client->index, result); + } + else + { + if (StartMajorOp!=MAJOROP) + { + char Message[255]; + sprintf(Message,"Changed request: %s -> %s",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),LookupMajorName(MAJOROP)); + XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP, + client->sequence, client->index, result); + } + else + { + XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(LookupMajorName(MAJOROP), MAJOROP, + client->sequence, client->index, result); + } + } #endif if (result != Success) diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c b/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c index 329318d5d..77c166ee5 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c @@ -1,2102 +1,2104 @@ -/************************************************************************ -Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. - - All Rights Reserved - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be -used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the -software without specific, written prior permission. - -DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING -ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL -DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR -ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, -ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS -SOFTWARE. - -************************************************************************/ -/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */ -/* -Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software. - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL -DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, -BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, -WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR -IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation -shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other -dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital -Equipment Corporation. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H -#include <dix-config.h> -#endif - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include <X11/Xmd.h> -#include <X11/Xproto.h> -#include "scrnintstr.h" -#include "resource.h" -#include "dixstruct.h" -#include "cursorstr.h" -#include "misc.h" -#include "opaque.h" -#include "dixfontstr.h" -#include "closestr.h" -#include "dixfont.h" -#include "xace.h" - -#ifdef DEBUG -#include <stdio.h> -#endif - -#ifdef XF86BIGFONT -#define _XF86BIGFONT_SERVER_ -#include <X11/extensions/xf86bigfont.h> -#endif - -#define QUERYCHARINFO(pci, pr) *(pr) = (pci)->metrics - -extern pointer fosNaturalParams; -extern FontPtr defaultFont; - -static FontPathElementPtr *font_path_elements = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0; -static int num_fpes = 0; -static FPEFunctions *fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0; -static int num_fpe_types = 0; - -static unsigned char *font_path_string; - -static int num_slept_fpes = 0; -static int size_slept_fpes = 0; -static FontPathElementPtr *slept_fpes = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0; -static FontPatternCachePtr patternCache; - -static int -FontToXError(int err) -{ - switch (err) { - case Successful: - return Success; - case AllocError: - return BadAlloc; - case BadFontName: - return BadName; - case BadFontPath: - case BadFontFormat: /* is there something better? */ - case BadCharRange: - return BadValue; - default: - return err; - } -} - -static int -LoadGlyphs(ClientPtr client, FontPtr pfont, unsigned nchars, int item_size, - unsigned char *data) -{ - if (fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs) - return (*fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs) - (client, pfont, 0, nchars, item_size, data); - else - return Successful; -} - -/* - * adding RT_FONT prevents conflict with default cursor font - */ -Bool -SetDefaultFont(char *defaultfontname) -{ - int err; - FontPtr pf; - XID fid; - - fid = FakeClientID(0); - err = OpenFont(serverClient, fid, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync, - (unsigned) strlen(defaultfontname), defaultfontname); - if (err != Success) - return FALSE; - err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pf, fid, RT_FONT, serverClient, - DixReadAccess); - if (err != Success) - return FALSE; - defaultFont = pf; - return TRUE; -} - -/* - * note that the font wakeup queue is not refcounted. this is because - * an fpe needs to be added when it's inited, and removed when it's finally - * freed, in order to handle any data that isn't requested, like FS events. - * - * since the only thing that should call these routines is the renderer's - * init_fpe() and free_fpe(), there shouldn't be any problem in using - * freed data. - */ -void -QueueFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe) -{ - int i; - FontPathElementPtr *new; - - for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) { - if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) { - return; - } - } - if (num_slept_fpes == size_slept_fpes) { - new = (FontPathElementPtr *) - xrealloc(slept_fpes, - sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * (size_slept_fpes + 4)); - if (!new) - return; - slept_fpes = new; - size_slept_fpes += 4; - } - slept_fpes[num_slept_fpes] = fpe; - num_slept_fpes++; -} - -void -RemoveFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe) -{ - int i, - j; - - for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) { - if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) { - for (j = i; j < num_slept_fpes; j++) { - slept_fpes[j] = slept_fpes[j + 1]; - } - num_slept_fpes--; - return; - } - } -} - -void -FontWakeup(pointer data, int count, pointer LastSelectMask) -{ - int i; - FontPathElementPtr fpe; - - if (count < 0) - return; - /* wake up any fpe's that may be waiting for information */ - for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) { - fpe = slept_fpes[i]; - (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].wakeup_fpe) (fpe, LastSelectMask); - } -} - -/* XXX -- these two funcs may want to be broken into macros */ -static void -UseFPE(FontPathElementPtr fpe) -{ - fpe->refcount++; -} - -static void -FreeFPE (FontPathElementPtr fpe) -{ - fpe->refcount--; - if (fpe->refcount == 0) { - (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].free_fpe) (fpe); - xfree(fpe->name); - xfree(fpe); - } -} - -static Bool -doOpenFont(ClientPtr client, OFclosurePtr c) -{ - FontPtr pfont = NullFont; - FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL; - ScreenPtr pScr; - int err = Successful; - int i; - char *alias, - *newname; - int newlen; - int aliascount = 20; - /* - * Decide at runtime what FontFormat to use. - */ - Mask FontFormat = - - ((screenInfo.imageByteOrder == LSBFirst) ? - BitmapFormatByteOrderLSB : BitmapFormatByteOrderMSB) | - - ((screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ? - BitmapFormatBitOrderLSB : BitmapFormatBitOrderMSB) | - - BitmapFormatImageRectMin | - -#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 1 - BitmapFormatScanlinePad8 | -#endif - -#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 2 - BitmapFormatScanlinePad16 | -#endif - -#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 4 - BitmapFormatScanlinePad32 | -#endif - -#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 8 - BitmapFormatScanlinePad64 | -#endif - - BitmapFormatScanlineUnit8; - - if (client->clientGone) - { - if (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes) - { - fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe]; - (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); - } - err = Successful; - goto bail; - } - while (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes) { - fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe]; - err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].open_font) - ((pointer) client, fpe, c->flags, - c->fontname, c->fnamelen, FontFormat, - BitmapFormatMaskByte | - BitmapFormatMaskBit | - BitmapFormatMaskImageRectangle | - BitmapFormatMaskScanLinePad | - BitmapFormatMaskScanLineUnit, - c->fontid, &pfont, &alias, - c->non_cachable_font && c->non_cachable_font->fpe == fpe ? - c->non_cachable_font : - (FontPtr)0); - - if (err == FontNameAlias && alias) { - newlen = strlen(alias); - newname = (char *) xrealloc(c->fontname, newlen); - if (!newname) { - err = AllocError; - break; - } - memmove(newname, alias, newlen); - c->fontname = newname; - c->fnamelen = newlen; - c->current_fpe = 0; - if (--aliascount <= 0) { - /* We've tried resolving this alias 20 times, we're - * probably stuck in an infinite loop of aliases pointing - * to each other - time to take emergency exit! - */ - err = BadImplementation; - break; - } - continue; - } - if (err == BadFontName) { - c->current_fpe++; - continue; - } - if (err == Suspended) { - if (!c->slept) { - c->slept = TRUE; - ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doOpenFont, (pointer) c); - } - return TRUE; - } - break; - } - - if (err != Successful) - goto bail; - if (!pfont) { - err = BadFontName; - goto bail; - } - /* check values for firstCol, lastCol, firstRow, and lastRow */ - if (pfont->info.firstCol > pfont->info.lastCol || - pfont->info.firstRow > pfont->info.lastRow || - pfont->info.lastCol - pfont->info.firstCol > 255) { - err = AllocError; - goto bail; - } - if (!pfont->fpe) - pfont->fpe = fpe; - pfont->refcnt++; - if (pfont->refcnt == 1) { - UseFPE(pfont->fpe); - for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) { - pScr = screenInfo.screens[i]; - if (pScr->RealizeFont) - { - if (!(*pScr->RealizeFont) (pScr, pfont)) - { - CloseFont (pfont, (Font) 0); - err = AllocError; - goto bail; - } - } - } - } - if (!AddResource(c->fontid, RT_FONT, (pointer) pfont)) { - err = AllocError; - goto bail; - } - if (patternCache && pfont != c->non_cachable_font) - CacheFontPattern(patternCache, c->origFontName, c->origFontNameLen, - pfont); -bail: - if (err != Successful && c->client != serverClient) { - SendErrorToClient(c->client, X_OpenFont, 0, - c->fontid, FontToXError(err)); - } - if (c->slept) - ClientWakeup(c->client); - for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) { - FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); - } - xfree(c->fpe_list); - xfree(c->fontname); - xfree(c); - return TRUE; -} - -int -OpenFont(ClientPtr client, XID fid, Mask flags, unsigned lenfname, char *pfontname) -{ - OFclosurePtr c; - int i; - FontPtr cached = (FontPtr)0; - -#ifdef FONTDEBUG - char *f; - f = xalloc(lenfname + 1); - memmove(f, pfontname, lenfname); - f[lenfname] = '\0'; - ErrorF("[dix] OpenFont: fontname is \"%s\"\n", f); - xfree(f); -#endif - if (!lenfname || lenfname > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN) - return BadName; - if (patternCache) - { - - /* - ** Check name cache. If we find a cached version of this font that - ** is cachable, immediately satisfy the request with it. If we find - ** a cached version of this font that is non-cachable, we do not - ** satisfy the request with it. Instead, we pass the FontPtr to the - ** FPE's open_font code (the fontfile FPE in turn passes the - ** information to the rasterizer; the fserve FPE ignores it). - ** - ** Presumably, the font is marked non-cachable because the FPE has - ** put some licensing restrictions on it. If the FPE, using - ** whatever logic it relies on, determines that it is willing to - ** share this existing font with the client, then it has the option - ** to return the FontPtr we passed it as the newly-opened font. - ** This allows the FPE to exercise its licensing logic without - ** having to create another instance of a font that already exists. - */ - - cached = FindCachedFontPattern(patternCache, pfontname, lenfname); - if (cached && cached->info.cachable) - { - if (!AddResource(fid, RT_FONT, (pointer) cached)) - return BadAlloc; - cached->refcnt++; - return Success; - } - } - c = xalloc(sizeof(OFclosureRec)); - if (!c) - return BadAlloc; - c->fontname = xalloc(lenfname); - c->origFontName = pfontname; - c->origFontNameLen = lenfname; - if (!c->fontname) { - xfree(c); - return BadAlloc; - } - /* - * copy the current FPE list, so that if it gets changed by another client - * while we're blocking, the request still appears atomic - */ - c->fpe_list = xalloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes); - if (!c->fpe_list) { - xfree(c->fontname); - xfree(c); - return BadAlloc; - } - memmove(c->fontname, pfontname, lenfname); - for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) { - c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i]; - UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); - } - c->client = client; - c->fontid = fid; - c->current_fpe = 0; - c->num_fpes = num_fpes; - c->fnamelen = lenfname; - c->slept = FALSE; - c->flags = flags; - c->non_cachable_font = cached; - - (void) doOpenFont(client, c); - return Success; -} - -/** - * Decrement font's ref count, and free storage if ref count equals zero - * - * \param value must conform to DeleteType - */ -int -CloseFont(pointer value, XID fid) -{ - int nscr; - ScreenPtr pscr; - FontPathElementPtr fpe; - FontPtr pfont = (FontPtr)value; - - if (pfont == NullFont) - return (Success); - if (--pfont->refcnt == 0) { - if (patternCache) - RemoveCachedFontPattern (patternCache, pfont); - /* - * since the last reference is gone, ask each screen to free any - * storage it may have allocated locally for it. - */ - for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) { - pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr]; - if (pscr->UnrealizeFont) - (*pscr->UnrealizeFont) (pscr, pfont); - } - if (pfont == defaultFont) - defaultFont = NULL; -#ifdef XF86BIGFONT - XF86BigfontFreeFontShm(pfont); -#endif - fpe = pfont->fpe; - (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].close_font) (fpe, pfont); - FreeFPE(fpe); - } - return (Success); -} - - -/***====================================================================***/ - -/** - * Sets up pReply as the correct QueryFontReply for pFont with the first - * nProtoCCIStructs char infos. - * - * \param pReply caller must allocate this storage - */ -void -QueryFont(FontPtr pFont, xQueryFontReply *pReply, int nProtoCCIStructs) -{ - FontPropPtr pFP; - int r, - c, - i; - xFontProp *prFP; - xCharInfo *prCI; - xCharInfo *charInfos[256]; - unsigned char chars[512]; - int ninfos; - unsigned long ncols; - unsigned long count; - - /* pr->length set in dispatch */ - pReply->minCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.firstCol; - pReply->defaultChar = pFont->info.defaultCh; - pReply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.lastCol; - pReply->drawDirection = pFont->info.drawDirection; - pReply->allCharsExist = pFont->info.allExist; - pReply->minByte1 = pFont->info.firstRow; - pReply->maxByte1 = pFont->info.lastRow; - pReply->fontAscent = pFont->info.fontAscent; - pReply->fontDescent = pFont->info.fontDescent; - - pReply->minBounds = pFont->info.ink_minbounds; - pReply->maxBounds = pFont->info.ink_maxbounds; - - pReply->nFontProps = pFont->info.nprops; - pReply->nCharInfos = nProtoCCIStructs; - - for (i = 0, pFP = pFont->info.props, prFP = (xFontProp *) (&pReply[1]); - i < pFont->info.nprops; - i++, pFP++, prFP++) { - prFP->name = pFP->name; - prFP->value = pFP->value; - } - - ninfos = 0; - ncols = (unsigned long) (pFont->info.lastCol - pFont->info.firstCol + 1); - prCI = (xCharInfo *) (prFP); - for (r = pFont->info.firstRow; - ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs && r <= (int)pFont->info.lastRow; - r++) { - i = 0; - for (c = pFont->info.firstCol; c <= (int)pFont->info.lastCol; c++) { - chars[i++] = r; - chars[i++] = c; - } - (*pFont->get_metrics) (pFont, ncols, chars, - TwoD16Bit, &count, charInfos); - i = 0; - for (i = 0; i < (int) count && ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs; i++) { - *prCI = *charInfos[i]; - prCI++; - ninfos++; - } - } - return; -} - -static Bool -doListFontsAndAliases(ClientPtr client, LFclosurePtr c) -{ - FontPathElementPtr fpe; - int err = Successful; - FontNamesPtr names = NULL; - char *name, *resolved=NULL; - int namelen, resolvedlen; - int nnames; - int stringLens; - int i; - xListFontsReply reply; - char *bufptr; - char *bufferStart; - int aliascount = 0; - - if (client->clientGone) - { - if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) - { - fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe]; - (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); - } - err = Successful; - goto bail; - } - - if (!c->current.patlen) - goto finish; - - while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) { - fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe]; - err = Successful; - - if (!fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases) - { - /* This FPE doesn't support/require list_fonts_and_aliases */ - - err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_fonts) - ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern, - c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames, - c->names); - - if (err == Suspended) { - if (!c->slept) { - c->slept = TRUE; - ClientSleep(client, - (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases, - (pointer) c); - } - return TRUE; - } - - err = BadFontName; - } - else - { - /* Start of list_fonts_and_aliases functionality. Modeled - after list_fonts_with_info in that it resolves aliases, - except that the information collected from FPEs is just - names, not font info. Each list_next_font_or_alias() - returns either a name into name/namelen or an alias into - name/namelen and its target name into resolved/resolvedlen. - The code at this level then resolves the alias by polling - the FPEs. */ - - if (!c->current.list_started) { - err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases) - ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern, - c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames, - &c->current.private); - if (err == Suspended) { - if (!c->slept) { - ClientSleep(client, - (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases, - (pointer) c); - c->slept = TRUE; - } - return TRUE; - } - if (err == Successful) - c->current.list_started = TRUE; - } - if (err == Successful) { - char *tmpname; - name = 0; - err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias) - ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &tmpname, - &resolvedlen, c->current.private); - if (err == Suspended) { - if (!c->slept) { - ClientSleep(client, - (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases, - (pointer) c); - c->slept = TRUE; - } - return TRUE; - } - if (err == FontNameAlias) { - if (resolved) xfree(resolved); - resolved = xalloc(resolvedlen + 1); - if (resolved) - memmove(resolved, tmpname, resolvedlen + 1); - } - } - - if (err == Successful) - { - if (c->haveSaved) - { - if (c->savedName) - (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, c->savedName, - c->savedNameLen); - } - else - (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, name, namelen); - } - - /* - * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to - * the start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As - * soon as a real font is found for the alias, pop back to the - * old state - */ - else if (err == FontNameAlias) { - char tmp_pattern[XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN]; - /* - * when an alias recurses, we need to give - * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call - * it again, and assume that the error returned - * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution - * is complete. - */ - memmove(tmp_pattern, resolved, resolvedlen); - if (c->haveSaved) - { - char *tmpname; - int tmpnamelen; - - tmpname = 0; - (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias) - ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, - &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, c->current.private); - if (--aliascount <= 0) - { - err = BadFontName; - goto ContBadFontName; - } - } - else - { - c->saved = c->current; - c->haveSaved = TRUE; - if (c->savedName) - xfree(c->savedName); - c->savedName = xalloc(namelen + 1); - if (c->savedName) - memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1); - c->savedNameLen = namelen; - aliascount = 20; - } - memmove(c->current.pattern, tmp_pattern, resolvedlen); - c->current.patlen = resolvedlen; - c->current.max_names = c->names->nnames + 1; - c->current.current_fpe = -1; - c->current.private = 0; - err = BadFontName; - } - } - /* - * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished - * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've collected enough - * font names, quit. - */ - if (err == BadFontName) { - ContBadFontName: ; - c->current.list_started = FALSE; - c->current.current_fpe++; - err = Successful; - if (c->haveSaved) - { - if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names || - c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes) { - c->haveSaved = FALSE; - c->current = c->saved; - /* Give the saved namelist a chance to clean itself up */ - continue; - } - } - if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names) - break; - } - } - - /* - * send the reply - */ - if (err != Successful) { - SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, FontToXError(err)); - goto bail; - } - -finish: - - names = c->names; - nnames = names->nnames; - client = c->client; - stringLens = 0; - for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++) - stringLens += (names->length[i] <= 255) ? names->length[i] : 0; - - memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsReply)); - reply.type = X_Reply; - reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames); - reply.nFonts = nnames; - reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - - bufptr = bufferStart = xalloc(reply.length << 2); - - if (!bufptr && reply.length) { - SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, BadAlloc); - goto bail; - } - /* - * since WriteToClient long word aligns things, copy to temp buffer and - * write all at once - */ - for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++) { - if (names->length[i] > 255) - reply.nFonts--; - else - { - *bufptr++ = names->length[i]; - memmove( bufptr, names->names[i], names->length[i]); - bufptr += names->length[i]; - } - } - nnames = reply.nFonts; - reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames); - client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFonts]; - WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, sizeof(xListFontsReply), &reply); - (void) WriteToClient(client, stringLens + nnames, bufferStart); - xfree(bufferStart); - -bail: - if (c->slept) - ClientWakeup(client); - for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) - FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); - xfree(c->fpe_list); - if (c->savedName) xfree(c->savedName); - FreeFontNames(names); - xfree(c); - if (resolved) xfree(resolved); - return TRUE; -} - -int -ListFonts(ClientPtr client, unsigned char *pattern, unsigned length, - unsigned max_names) -{ - int i; - LFclosurePtr c; - - /* - * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the - * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request. - * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e. - * a list containing zero fontnames. - */ - if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN) - return BadAlloc; - - i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess); - if (i != Success) - return i; - - if (!(c = xalloc(sizeof *c))) - return BadAlloc; - c->fpe_list = xalloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes); - if (!c->fpe_list) { - xfree(c); - return BadAlloc; - } - c->names = MakeFontNamesRecord(max_names < 100 ? max_names : 100); - if (!c->names) - { - xfree(c->fpe_list); - xfree(c); - return BadAlloc; - } - memmove( c->current.pattern, pattern, length); - for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) { - c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i]; - UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); - } - c->client = client; - c->num_fpes = num_fpes; - c->current.patlen = length; - c->current.current_fpe = 0; - c->current.max_names = max_names; - c->current.list_started = FALSE; - c->current.private = 0; - c->haveSaved = FALSE; - c->slept = FALSE; - c->savedName = 0; - doListFontsAndAliases(client, c); - return Success; -} - -int -doListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, LFWIclosurePtr c) -{ - FontPathElementPtr fpe; - int err = Successful; - char *name; - int namelen; - int numFonts; - FontInfoRec fontInfo, - *pFontInfo; - xListFontsWithInfoReply *reply; - int length; - xFontProp *pFP; - int i; - int aliascount = 0; - xListFontsWithInfoReply finalReply; - - if (client->clientGone) - { - if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) - { - fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe]; - (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); - } - err = Successful; - goto bail; - } - client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFontsWithInfo]; - if (!c->current.patlen) - goto finish; - while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) - { - fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe]; - err = Successful; - if (!c->current.list_started) - { - err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_with_info) - (client, fpe, c->current.pattern, c->current.patlen, - c->current.max_names, &c->current.private); - if (err == Suspended) - { - if (!c->slept) - { - ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c); - c->slept = TRUE; - } - return TRUE; - } - if (err == Successful) - c->current.list_started = TRUE; - } - if (err == Successful) - { - name = 0; - pFontInfo = &fontInfo; - err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info) - (client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &pFontInfo, - &numFonts, c->current.private); - if (err == Suspended) - { - if (!c->slept) - { - ClientSleep(client, - (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, - c); - c->slept = TRUE; - } - return TRUE; - } - } - /* - * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to the - * start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As soon as a real - * font is found for the alias, pop back to the old state - */ - if (err == FontNameAlias) - { - /* - * when an alias recurses, we need to give - * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call - * it again, and assume that the error returned - * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution - * is complete. - */ - if (c->haveSaved) - { - char *tmpname; - int tmpnamelen; - FontInfoPtr tmpFontInfo; - - tmpname = 0; - tmpFontInfo = &fontInfo; - (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info) - (client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, &tmpFontInfo, - &numFonts, c->current.private); - if (--aliascount <= 0) - { - err = BadFontName; - goto ContBadFontName; - } - } - else - { - c->saved = c->current; - c->haveSaved = TRUE; - c->savedNumFonts = numFonts; - if (c->savedName) - xfree(c->savedName); - c->savedName = xalloc(namelen + 1); - if (c->savedName) - memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1); - aliascount = 20; - } - memmove(c->current.pattern, name, namelen); - c->current.patlen = namelen; - c->current.max_names = 1; - c->current.current_fpe = 0; - c->current.private = 0; - c->current.list_started = FALSE; - } - /* - * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished - * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've sent enough font - * names, quit. Always wait for BadFontName to let the FPE - * have a chance to clean up. - */ - else if (err == BadFontName) - { - ContBadFontName: ; - c->current.list_started = FALSE; - c->current.current_fpe++; - err = Successful; - if (c->haveSaved) - { - if (c->current.max_names == 0 || - c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes) - { - c->haveSaved = FALSE; - c->saved.max_names -= (1 - c->current.max_names); - c->current = c->saved; - } - } - else if (c->current.max_names == 0) - break; - } - else if (err == Successful) - { - length = sizeof(*reply) + pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp); - reply = c->reply; - if (c->length < length) - { - reply = (xListFontsWithInfoReply *) xrealloc(c->reply, length); - if (!reply) - { - err = AllocError; - break; - } - memset((char*)reply + c->length, 0, length - c->length); - c->reply = reply; - c->length = length; - } - if (c->haveSaved) - { - numFonts = c->savedNumFonts; - name = c->savedName; - namelen = strlen(name); - } - reply->type = X_Reply; - reply->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof *reply - sizeof(xGenericReply) + - pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp) + - namelen); - reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - reply->nameLength = namelen; - reply->minBounds = pFontInfo->ink_minbounds; - reply->maxBounds = pFontInfo->ink_maxbounds; - reply->minCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->firstCol; - reply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->lastCol; - reply->defaultChar = pFontInfo->defaultCh; - reply->nFontProps = pFontInfo->nprops; - reply->drawDirection = pFontInfo->drawDirection; - reply->minByte1 = pFontInfo->firstRow; - reply->maxByte1 = pFontInfo->lastRow; - reply->allCharsExist = pFontInfo->allExist; - reply->fontAscent = pFontInfo->fontAscent; - reply->fontDescent = pFontInfo->fontDescent; - reply->nReplies = numFonts; - pFP = (xFontProp *) (reply + 1); - for (i = 0; i < pFontInfo->nprops; i++) - { - pFP->name = pFontInfo->props[i].name; - pFP->value = pFontInfo->props[i].value; - pFP++; - } - WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, reply); - (void) WriteToClient(client, namelen, name); - if (pFontInfo == &fontInfo) - { - xfree(fontInfo.props); - xfree(fontInfo.isStringProp); - } - --c->current.max_names; - } - } -finish: - length = sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply); - bzero((char *) &finalReply, sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply)); - finalReply.type = X_Reply; - finalReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - finalReply.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply) - - sizeof(xGenericReply)); - WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, &finalReply); -bail: - if (c->slept) - ClientWakeup(client); - for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) - FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); - xfree(c->reply); - xfree(c->fpe_list); - if (c->savedName) xfree(c->savedName); - xfree(c); - return TRUE; -} - -int -StartListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, int length, unsigned char *pattern, - int max_names) -{ - int i; - LFWIclosurePtr c; - - /* - * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the - * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request. - * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e. - * a list containing zero fontnames. - */ - if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN) - return BadAlloc; - - i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess); - if (i != Success) - return i; - - if (!(c = xalloc(sizeof *c))) - goto badAlloc; - c->fpe_list = xalloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes); - if (!c->fpe_list) - { - xfree(c); - goto badAlloc; - } - memmove(c->current.pattern, pattern, length); - for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) - { - c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i]; - UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]); - } - c->client = client; - c->num_fpes = num_fpes; - c->reply = 0; - c->length = 0; - c->current.patlen = length; - c->current.current_fpe = 0; - c->current.max_names = max_names; - c->current.list_started = FALSE; - c->current.private = 0; - c->savedNumFonts = 0; - c->haveSaved = FALSE; - c->slept = FALSE; - c->savedName = 0; - doListFontsWithInfo(client, c); - return Success; -badAlloc: - return BadAlloc; -} - -#define TextEltHeader 2 -#define FontShiftSize 5 -static XID clearGC[] = { CT_NONE }; -#define clearGCmask (GCClipMask) - -int -doPolyText(ClientPtr client, PTclosurePtr c) -{ - FontPtr pFont = c->pGC->font, oldpFont; - Font fid, oldfid; - int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */ - enum { NEVER_SLEPT, START_SLEEP, SLEEPING } client_state = NEVER_SLEPT; - FontPathElementPtr fpe; - GC *origGC = NULL; - - if (client->clientGone) - { - fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe; - (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); - - if (c->slept) - { - /* Client has died, but we cannot bail out right now. We - need to clean up after the work we did when going to - sleep. Setting the drawable pointer to 0 makes this - happen without any attempts to render or perform other - unnecessary activities. */ - c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0; - } - else - { - err = Success; - goto bail; - } - } - - /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */ - if (c->slept && c->pDraw) - { - DrawablePtr pDraw; - dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess); - if (c->pDraw != pDraw) { - /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask - the FPE code to clean up after client and avoid further - rendering while we clean up after ourself. */ - fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe; - (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); - c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0; - } - } - - client_state = c->slept ? SLEEPING : NEVER_SLEPT; - - while (c->endReq - c->pElt > TextEltHeader) - { - if (*c->pElt == FontChange) - { - if (c->endReq - c->pElt < FontShiftSize) - { - err = BadLength; - goto bail; - } - - oldpFont = pFont; - oldfid = fid; - - fid = ((Font)*(c->pElt+4)) /* big-endian */ - | ((Font)*(c->pElt+3)) << 8 - | ((Font)*(c->pElt+2)) << 16 - | ((Font)*(c->pElt+1)) << 24; - err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, fid, RT_FONT, - client, DixReadAccess); - if (err != Success) - { - err = (err == BadValue) ? BadFont : err; - /* restore pFont and fid for step 4 (described below) */ - pFont = oldpFont; - fid = oldfid; - - /* If we're in START_SLEEP mode, the following step - shortens the request... in the unlikely event that - the fid somehow becomes valid before we come through - again to actually execute the polytext, which would - then mess up our refcounting scheme badly. */ - c->err = err; - c->endReq = c->pElt; - - goto bail; - } - - /* Step 3 (described below) on our new font */ - if (client_state == START_SLEEP) - pFont->refcnt++; - else - { - if (pFont != c->pGC->font && c->pDraw) - { - ChangeGC( c->pGC, GCFont, &fid); - ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC); - if (c->reqType == X_PolyText8) - c->polyText = (PolyTextPtr) c->pGC->ops->PolyText8; - else - c->polyText = (PolyTextPtr) c->pGC->ops->PolyText16; - } - - /* Undo the refcnt++ we performed when going to sleep */ - if (client_state == SLEEPING) - (void)CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0); - } - c->pElt += FontShiftSize; - } - else /* print a string */ - { - unsigned char *pNextElt; - pNextElt = c->pElt + TextEltHeader + (*c->pElt)*c->itemSize; - if ( pNextElt > c->endReq) - { - err = BadLength; - goto bail; - } - if (client_state == START_SLEEP) - { - c->pElt = pNextElt; - continue; - } - if (c->pDraw) - { - lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, *c->pElt, c->itemSize, - c->pElt + TextEltHeader); - } - else lgerr = Successful; - - if (lgerr == Suspended) - { - if (!c->slept) { - int len; - GC *pGC; - PTclosurePtr new_closure; - - /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to do a few things - to ensure successful and atomic-appearing execution of the - remainder of the request. First, copy the remainder of the - request into a safe malloc'd area. Second, create a scratch GC - to use for the remainder of the request. Third, mark all fonts - referenced in the remainder of the request to prevent their - deallocation. Fourth, make the original GC look like the - request has completed... set its font to the final font value - from this request. These GC manipulations are for the unlikely - (but possible) event that some other client is using the GC. - Steps 3 and 4 are performed by running this procedure through - the remainder of the request in a special no-render mode - indicated by client_state = START_SLEEP. */ - - /* Step 1 */ - /* Allocate a malloc'd closure structure to replace - the local one we were passed */ - new_closure = xalloc(sizeof(PTclosureRec)); - if (!new_closure) - { - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - *new_closure = *c; - c = new_closure; - - len = c->endReq - c->pElt; - c->data = xalloc(len); - if (!c->data) - { - xfree(c); - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - memmove(c->data, c->pElt, len); - c->pElt = c->data; - c->endReq = c->pElt + len; - - /* Step 2 */ - - pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen); - if (!pGC) - { - xfree(c->data); - xfree(c); - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction | - GCPlaneMask | GCForeground | - GCBackground | GCFillStyle | - GCTile | GCStipple | - GCTileStipXOrigin | - GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont | - GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin | - GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) != - Success) - { - FreeScratchGC(pGC); - xfree(c->data); - xfree(c); - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - origGC = c->pGC; - c->pGC = pGC; - ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC); - - c->slept = TRUE; - ClientSleep(client, - (ClientSleepProcPtr)doPolyText, - (pointer) c); - - /* Set up to perform steps 3 and 4 */ - client_state = START_SLEEP; - continue; /* on to steps 3 and 4 */ - } - return TRUE; - } - else if (lgerr != Successful) - { - err = FontToXError(lgerr); - goto bail; - } - if (c->pDraw) - { - c->xorg += *((INT8 *)(c->pElt + 1)); /* must be signed */ - c->xorg = (* c->polyText)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg, - *c->pElt, c->pElt + TextEltHeader); - } - c->pElt = pNextElt; - } - } - -bail: - - if (client_state == START_SLEEP) - { - /* Step 4 */ - if (pFont != origGC->font) - { - ChangeGC(origGC, GCFont, &fid); - ValidateGC(c->pDraw, origGC); - } - - /* restore pElt pointer for execution of remainder of the request */ - c->pElt = c->data; - return TRUE; - } - - if (c->err != Success) err = c->err; - if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) { -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if (noPanoramiXExtension || !c->pGC->pScreen->myNum) -#endif - SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err); - } - if (c->slept) - { - ClientWakeup(c->client); - ChangeGC(c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC); - - /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */ - CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0); - c->pGC->font = NullFont; - - FreeScratchGC(c->pGC); - xfree(c->data); - xfree(c); - } - return TRUE; -} - -int -PolyText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, unsigned char *pElt, - unsigned char *endReq, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did) -{ - PTclosureRec local_closure; - - local_closure.pElt = pElt; - local_closure.endReq = endReq; - local_closure.client = client; - local_closure.pDraw = pDraw; - local_closure.xorg = xorg; - local_closure.yorg = yorg; - if ((local_closure.reqType = reqType) == X_PolyText8) - { - local_closure.polyText = (PolyTextPtr) pGC->ops->PolyText8; - local_closure.itemSize = 1; - } - else - { - local_closure.polyText = (PolyTextPtr) pGC->ops->PolyText16; - local_closure.itemSize = 2; - } - local_closure.pGC = pGC; - local_closure.did = did; - local_closure.err = Success; - local_closure.slept = FALSE; - - (void) doPolyText(client, &local_closure); - return Success; -} - - -#undef TextEltHeader -#undef FontShiftSize - -int -doImageText(ClientPtr client, ITclosurePtr c) -{ - int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */ - FontPathElementPtr fpe; - - if (client->clientGone) - { - fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe; - (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); - err = Success; - goto bail; - } - - /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */ - if (c->slept && c->pDraw) - { - DrawablePtr pDraw; - dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess); - if (c->pDraw != pDraw) { - /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask - the FPE code to clean up after client. */ - fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe; - (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); - err = Success; - goto bail; - } - } - - lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, c->nChars, c->itemSize, c->data); - if (lgerr == Suspended) - { - if (!c->slept) { - GC *pGC; - unsigned char *data; - ITclosurePtr new_closure; - - /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to - save some state. Similar problem to that handled - in doPolyText, but much simpler because the - request structure is much simpler. */ - - new_closure = xalloc(sizeof(ITclosureRec)); - if (!new_closure) - { - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - *new_closure = *c; - c = new_closure; - - data = xalloc(c->nChars * c->itemSize); - if (!data) - { - xfree(c); - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - memmove(data, c->data, c->nChars * c->itemSize); - c->data = data; - - pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen); - if (!pGC) - { - xfree(c->data); - xfree(c); - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction | GCPlaneMask | - GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFillStyle | - GCTile | GCStipple | GCTileStipXOrigin | - GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont | - GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin | - GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) != Success) - { - FreeScratchGC(pGC); - xfree(c->data); - xfree(c); - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - c->pGC = pGC; - ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC); - - c->slept = TRUE; - ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doImageText, (pointer) c); - } - return TRUE; - } - else if (lgerr != Successful) - { - err = FontToXError(lgerr); - goto bail; - } - if (c->pDraw) - { - (* c->imageText)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg, - c->nChars, c->data); - } - -bail: - - if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) { - SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err); - } - if (c->slept) - { - ClientWakeup(c->client); - ChangeGC(c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC); - - /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */ - CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0); - c->pGC->font = NullFont; - - FreeScratchGC(c->pGC); - xfree(c->data); - xfree(c); - } - return TRUE; -} - -int -ImageText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, int nChars, - unsigned char *data, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did) -{ - ITclosureRec local_closure; - - local_closure.client = client; - local_closure.pDraw = pDraw; - local_closure.pGC = pGC; - local_closure.nChars = nChars; - local_closure.data = data; - local_closure.xorg = xorg; - local_closure.yorg = yorg; - if ((local_closure.reqType = reqType) == X_ImageText8) - { - local_closure.imageText = (ImageTextPtr) pGC->ops->ImageText8; - local_closure.itemSize = 1; - } - else - { - local_closure.imageText = (ImageTextPtr) pGC->ops->ImageText16; - local_closure.itemSize = 2; - } - local_closure.did = did; - local_closure.slept = FALSE; - - (void) doImageText(client, &local_closure); - return Success; -} - - -/* does the necessary magic to figure out the fpe type */ -static int -DetermineFPEType(char *pathname) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) { - if ((*fpe_functions[i].name_check) (pathname)) - return i; - } - return -1; -} - - -static void -FreeFontPath(FontPathElementPtr *list, int n, Bool force) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { - if (force) { - /* Sanity check that all refcounts will be 0 by the time - we get to the end of the list. */ - int found = 1; /* the first reference is us */ - int j; - for (j = i+1; j < n; j++) { - if (list[j] == list[i]) - found++; - } - if (list[i]->refcount != found) { - list[i]->refcount = found; /* ensure it will get freed */ - } - } - FreeFPE(list[i]); - } - xfree(list); -} - -static FontPathElementPtr -find_existing_fpe(FontPathElementPtr *list, int num, unsigned char *name, int len) -{ - FontPathElementPtr fpe; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < num; i++) { - fpe = list[i]; - if (fpe->name_length == len && memcmp(name, fpe->name, len) == 0) - return fpe; - } - return (FontPathElementPtr) 0; -} - - -static int -SetFontPathElements(int npaths, unsigned char *paths, int *bad, Bool persist) -{ - int i, err = 0; - int valid_paths = 0; - unsigned int len; - unsigned char *cp = paths; - FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL, *fplist; - - fplist = xalloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * npaths); - if (!fplist) { - *bad = 0; - return BadAlloc; - } - for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) { - if (fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook) - (*fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook) (); - } - for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++) - { - len = (unsigned int) (*cp++); - - if (len == 0) - { - if (persist) - ErrorF("[dix] Removing empty element from the valid list of fontpaths\n"); - err = BadValue; - } - else - { - /* if it's already in our active list, just reset it */ - /* - * note that this can miss FPE's in limbo -- may be worth catching - * them, though it'd muck up refcounting - */ - fpe = find_existing_fpe(font_path_elements, num_fpes, cp, len); - if (fpe) - { - err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].reset_fpe) (fpe); - if (err == Successful) - { - UseFPE(fpe);/* since it'll be decref'd later when freed - * from the old list */ - } - else - fpe = 0; - } - /* if error or can't do it, act like it's a new one */ - if (!fpe) - { - fpe = xalloc(sizeof(FontPathElementRec)); - if (!fpe) - { - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - fpe->name = xalloc(len + 1); - if (!fpe->name) - { - xfree(fpe); - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - fpe->refcount = 1; - - strncpy(fpe->name, (char *) cp, (int) len); - fpe->name[len] = '\0'; - fpe->name_length = len; - fpe->type = DetermineFPEType(fpe->name); - if (fpe->type == -1) - err = BadValue; - else - err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].init_fpe) (fpe); - if (err != Successful) - { - if (persist) - { - ErrorF("[dix] Could not init font path element %s, removing from list!\n", - fpe->name); - } - xfree (fpe->name); - xfree (fpe); - } - } - } - if (err != Successful) - { - if (!persist) - goto bail; - } - else - { - fplist[valid_paths++] = fpe; - } - cp += len; - } - - FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, FALSE); - font_path_elements = fplist; - if (patternCache) - EmptyFontPatternCache(patternCache); - num_fpes = valid_paths; - - return Success; -bail: - *bad = i; - while (--valid_paths >= 0) - FreeFPE(fplist[valid_paths]); - xfree(fplist); - return FontToXError(err); -} - -/* XXX -- do we need to pass error down to each renderer? */ -int -SetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int npaths, unsigned char *paths, int *error) -{ - int err = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixManageAccess); - if (err != Success) - return err; - - if (npaths == 0) { - if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success) - return BadValue; - } else { - err = SetFontPathElements(npaths, paths, error, FALSE); - } - return err; -} - -int -SetDefaultFontPath(char *path) -{ - char *temp_path, - *start, - *end; - unsigned char *cp, - *pp, - *nump, - *newpath; - int num = 1, - len, - err, - size = 0, - bad; - - /* ensure temp_path contains "built-ins" */ - start = path; - while (1) { - start = strstr(start, "built-ins"); - if (start == NULL) - break; - end = start + strlen("built-ins"); - if ((start == path || start[-1] == ',') && (!*end || *end == ',')) - break; - start = end; - } - if (!start) { - temp_path = Xprintf("%s%sbuilt-ins", path, *path ? "," : ""); - } else { - temp_path = Xstrdup(path); - } - if (!temp_path) - return BadAlloc; - - /* get enough for string, plus values -- use up commas */ - len = strlen(temp_path) + 1; - nump = cp = newpath = xalloc(len); - if (!newpath) - return BadAlloc; - pp = (unsigned char *) temp_path; - cp++; - while (*pp) { - if (*pp == ',') { - *nump = (unsigned char) size; - nump = cp++; - pp++; - num++; - size = 0; - } else { - *cp++ = *pp++; - size++; - } - } - *nump = (unsigned char) size; - - err = SetFontPathElements(num, newpath, &bad, TRUE); - - xfree(newpath); - xfree(temp_path); - - return err; -} - -int -GetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int *count, int *length, unsigned char **result) -{ - int i; - unsigned char *c; - int len; - FontPathElementPtr fpe; - - i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess); - if (i != Success) - return i; - - len = 0; - for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) { - fpe = font_path_elements[i]; - len += fpe->name_length + 1; - } - font_path_string = (unsigned char *) xrealloc(font_path_string, len); - if (!font_path_string) - return BadAlloc; - - c = font_path_string; - *length = 0; - for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) { - fpe = font_path_elements[i]; - *c = fpe->name_length; - *length += *c++; - memmove(c, fpe->name, fpe->name_length); - c += fpe->name_length; - } - *count = num_fpes; - *result = font_path_string; - return Success; -} - -void -DeleteClientFontStuff(ClientPtr client) -{ - int i; - FontPathElementPtr fpe; - - for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) - { - fpe = font_path_elements[i]; - if (fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) - (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe); - } -} - -void -InitFonts (void) -{ - patternCache = MakeFontPatternCache(); - - BuiltinRegisterFpeFunctions(); - FontFileRegisterFpeFunctions(); - fs_register_fpe_functions(); -} - -int -GetDefaultPointSize (void) -{ - return 120; -} - - -FontResolutionPtr -GetClientResolutions (int *num) -{ - static struct _FontResolution res; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0]; - res.x_resolution = (pScreen->width * 25.4) / pScreen->mmWidth; - /* - * XXX - we'll want this as long as bitmap instances are prevalent - so that we can match them from scalable fonts - */ - if (res.x_resolution < 88) - res.x_resolution = 75; - else - res.x_resolution = 100; - res.y_resolution = (pScreen->height * 25.4) / pScreen->mmHeight; - if (res.y_resolution < 88) - res.y_resolution = 75; - else - res.y_resolution = 100; - res.point_size = 120; - *num = 1; - return &res; -} - -/* - * returns the type index of the new fpe - * - * should be called (only once!) by each type of fpe when initialized - */ - -int -RegisterFPEFunctions(NameCheckFunc name_func, - InitFpeFunc init_func, - FreeFpeFunc free_func, - ResetFpeFunc reset_func, - OpenFontFunc open_func, - CloseFontFunc close_func, - ListFontsFunc list_func, - StartLfwiFunc start_lfwi_func, - NextLfwiFunc next_lfwi_func, - WakeupFpeFunc wakeup_func, - ClientDiedFunc client_died, - LoadGlyphsFunc load_glyphs, - StartLaFunc start_list_alias_func, - NextLaFunc next_list_alias_func, - SetPathFunc set_path_func) -{ - FPEFunctions *new; - - /* grow the list */ - new = (FPEFunctions *) xrealloc(fpe_functions, - (num_fpe_types + 1) * sizeof(FPEFunctions)); - if (!new) - return -1; - fpe_functions = new; - - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].name_check = name_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].open_font = open_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].close_font = close_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].wakeup_fpe = wakeup_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_fonts = list_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_with_info = - start_lfwi_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_with_info = - next_lfwi_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].init_fpe = init_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].free_fpe = free_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].reset_fpe = reset_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].client_died = client_died; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].load_glyphs = load_glyphs; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_and_aliases = - start_list_alias_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_or_alias = - next_list_alias_func; - fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].set_path_hook = set_path_func; - - return num_fpe_types++; -} - -void -FreeFonts(void) -{ - if (patternCache) { - FreeFontPatternCache(patternCache); - patternCache = 0; - } - FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, TRUE); - font_path_elements = 0; - num_fpes = 0; - xfree(fpe_functions); - num_fpe_types = 0; - fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0; -} - -/* convenience functions for FS interface */ - -FontPtr -find_old_font(XID id) -{ - pointer pFont; - dixLookupResourceByType(&pFont, id, RT_NONE, serverClient, DixReadAccess); - return (FontPtr)pFont; -} - -Font -GetNewFontClientID(void) -{ - return FakeClientID(0); -} - -int -StoreFontClientFont(FontPtr pfont, Font id) -{ - return AddResource(id, RT_NONE, (pointer) pfont); -} - -void -DeleteFontClientID(Font id) -{ - FreeResource(id, RT_NONE); -} - -int -client_auth_generation(ClientPtr client) -{ - return 0; -} - -static int fs_handlers_installed = 0; -static unsigned int last_server_gen; - -int -init_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler) -{ - /* if server has reset, make sure the b&w handlers are reinstalled */ - if (last_server_gen < serverGeneration) { - last_server_gen = serverGeneration; - fs_handlers_installed = 0; - } - if (fs_handlers_installed == 0) { - if (!RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler, - FontWakeup, (pointer) 0)) - return AllocError; - fs_handlers_installed++; - } - QueueFontWakeup(fpe); - return Successful; -} - -void -remove_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler, Bool all) -{ - if (all) { - /* remove the handlers if no one else is using them */ - if (--fs_handlers_installed == 0) { - RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler, FontWakeup, - (pointer) 0); - } - } - RemoveFontWakeup(fpe); -} +/************************************************************************
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+************************************************************************/
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+#include "closestr.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef XF86BIGFONT
+#define _XF86BIGFONT_SERVER_
+#include <X11/extensions/xf86bigfont.h>
+#endif
+
+#define QUERYCHARINFO(pci, pr) *(pr) = (pci)->metrics
+
+extern pointer fosNaturalParams;
+extern FontPtr defaultFont;
+
+static FontPathElementPtr *font_path_elements = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;
+static int num_fpes = 0;
+static FPEFunctions *fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;
+static int num_fpe_types = 0;
+
+static unsigned char *font_path_string;
+
+static int num_slept_fpes = 0;
+static int size_slept_fpes = 0;
+static FontPathElementPtr *slept_fpes = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;
+static FontPatternCachePtr patternCache;
+
+static int
+FontToXError(int err)
+{
+ switch (err) {
+ case Successful:
+ return Success;
+ case AllocError:
+ return BadAlloc;
+ case BadFontName:
+ return BadName;
+ case BadFontPath:
+ case BadFontFormat: /* is there something better? */
+ case BadCharRange:
+ return BadValue;
+ default:
+ return err;
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+LoadGlyphs(ClientPtr client, FontPtr pfont, unsigned nchars, int item_size,
+ unsigned char *data)
+{
+ if (fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)
+ return (*fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)
+ (client, pfont, 0, nchars, item_size, data);
+ else
+ return Successful;
+}
+
+/*
+ * adding RT_FONT prevents conflict with default cursor font
+ */
+Bool
+SetDefaultFont(char *defaultfontname)
+{
+ int err;
+ FontPtr pf;
+ XID fid;
+ static FontPtr last_pf;
+
+ fid = FakeClientID(0);
+ err = OpenFont(serverClient, fid, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync,
+ (unsigned) strlen(defaultfontname), defaultfontname);
+ if (err != Success)
+ return FALSE;
+ err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pf, fid, RT_FONT, serverClient,
+ DixReadAccess);
+ if (err == Success) last_pf = pf;
+ if (last_pf == (FontPtr) NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ defaultFont = last_pf;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * note that the font wakeup queue is not refcounted. this is because
+ * an fpe needs to be added when it's inited, and removed when it's finally
+ * freed, in order to handle any data that isn't requested, like FS events.
+ *
+ * since the only thing that should call these routines is the renderer's
+ * init_fpe() and free_fpe(), there shouldn't be any problem in using
+ * freed data.
+ */
+void
+QueueFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+ int i;
+ FontPathElementPtr *new;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
+ if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ if (num_slept_fpes == size_slept_fpes) {
+ new = (FontPathElementPtr *)
+ xrealloc(slept_fpes,
+ sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * (size_slept_fpes + 4));
+ if (!new)
+ return;
+ slept_fpes = new;
+ size_slept_fpes += 4;
+ }
+ slept_fpes[num_slept_fpes] = fpe;
+ num_slept_fpes++;
+}
+
+void
+RemoveFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+ int i,
+ j;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
+ if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {
+ for (j = i; j < num_slept_fpes; j++) {
+ slept_fpes[j] = slept_fpes[j + 1];
+ }
+ num_slept_fpes--;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+FontWakeup(pointer data, int count, pointer LastSelectMask)
+{
+ int i;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return;
+ /* wake up any fpe's that may be waiting for information */
+ for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
+ fpe = slept_fpes[i];
+ (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].wakeup_fpe) (fpe, LastSelectMask);
+ }
+}
+
+/* XXX -- these two funcs may want to be broken into macros */
+static void
+UseFPE(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+ fpe->refcount++;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeFPE (FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+ fpe->refcount--;
+ if (fpe->refcount == 0) {
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].free_fpe) (fpe);
+ xfree(fpe->name);
+ xfree(fpe);
+ }
+}
+
+static Bool
+doOpenFont(ClientPtr client, OFclosurePtr c)
+{
+ FontPtr pfont = NullFont;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL;
+ ScreenPtr pScr;
+ int err = Successful;
+ int i;
+ char *alias,
+ *newname;
+ int newlen;
+ int aliascount = 20;
+ /*
+ * Decide at runtime what FontFormat to use.
+ */
+ Mask FontFormat =
+
+ ((screenInfo.imageByteOrder == LSBFirst) ?
+ BitmapFormatByteOrderLSB : BitmapFormatByteOrderMSB) |
+
+ ((screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ?
+ BitmapFormatBitOrderLSB : BitmapFormatBitOrderMSB) |
+
+ BitmapFormatImageRectMin |
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 1
+ BitmapFormatScanlinePad8 |
+#endif
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 2
+ BitmapFormatScanlinePad16 |
+#endif
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 4
+ BitmapFormatScanlinePad32 |
+#endif
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 8
+ BitmapFormatScanlinePad64 |
+#endif
+
+ BitmapFormatScanlineUnit8;
+
+ if (client->clientGone)
+ {
+ if (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+ {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ }
+ err = Successful;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ while (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].open_font)
+ ((pointer) client, fpe, c->flags,
+ c->fontname, c->fnamelen, FontFormat,
+ BitmapFormatMaskByte |
+ BitmapFormatMaskBit |
+ BitmapFormatMaskImageRectangle |
+ BitmapFormatMaskScanLinePad |
+ BitmapFormatMaskScanLineUnit,
+ c->fontid, &pfont, &alias,
+ c->non_cachable_font && c->non_cachable_font->fpe == fpe ?
+ c->non_cachable_font :
+ (FontPtr)0);
+
+ if (err == FontNameAlias && alias) {
+ newlen = strlen(alias);
+ newname = (char *) xrealloc(c->fontname, newlen);
+ if (!newname) {
+ err = AllocError;
+ break;
+ }
+ memmove(newname, alias, newlen);
+ c->fontname = newname;
+ c->fnamelen = newlen;
+ c->current_fpe = 0;
+ if (--aliascount <= 0) {
+ /* We've tried resolving this alias 20 times, we're
+ * probably stuck in an infinite loop of aliases pointing
+ * to each other - time to take emergency exit!
+ */
+ err = BadImplementation;
+ break;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (err == BadFontName) {
+ c->current_fpe++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (err == Suspended) {
+ if (!c->slept) {
+ c->slept = TRUE;
+ ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doOpenFont, (pointer) c);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (err != Successful)
+ goto bail;
+ if (!pfont) {
+ err = BadFontName;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ /* check values for firstCol, lastCol, firstRow, and lastRow */
+ if (pfont->info.firstCol > pfont->info.lastCol ||
+ pfont->info.firstRow > pfont->info.lastRow ||
+ pfont->info.lastCol - pfont->info.firstCol > 255) {
+ err = AllocError;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if (!pfont->fpe)
+ pfont->fpe = fpe;
+ pfont->refcnt++;
+ if (pfont->refcnt == 1) {
+ UseFPE(pfont->fpe);
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+ pScr = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ if (pScr->RealizeFont)
+ {
+ if (!(*pScr->RealizeFont) (pScr, pfont))
+ {
+ CloseFont (pfont, (Font) 0);
+ err = AllocError;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (!AddResource(c->fontid, RT_FONT, (pointer) pfont)) {
+ err = AllocError;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if (patternCache && pfont != c->non_cachable_font)
+ CacheFontPattern(patternCache, c->origFontName, c->origFontNameLen,
+ pfont);
+bail:
+ if (err != Successful && c->client != serverClient) {
+ SendErrorToClient(c->client, X_OpenFont, 0,
+ c->fontid, FontToXError(err));
+ }
+ if (c->slept)
+ ClientWakeup(c->client);
+ for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) {
+ FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ }
+ xfree(c->fpe_list);
+ xfree(c->fontname);
+ xfree(c);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+OpenFont(ClientPtr client, XID fid, Mask flags, unsigned lenfname, char *pfontname)
+{
+ OFclosurePtr c;
+ int i;
+ FontPtr cached = (FontPtr)0;
+
+#ifdef FONTDEBUG
+ char *f;
+ f = xalloc(lenfname + 1);
+ memmove(f, pfontname, lenfname);
+ f[lenfname] = '\0';
+ ErrorF("[dix] OpenFont: fontname is \"%s\"\n", f);
+ xfree(f);
+#endif
+ if (!lenfname || lenfname > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
+ return BadName;
+ if (patternCache)
+ {
+
+ /*
+ ** Check name cache. If we find a cached version of this font that
+ ** is cachable, immediately satisfy the request with it. If we find
+ ** a cached version of this font that is non-cachable, we do not
+ ** satisfy the request with it. Instead, we pass the FontPtr to the
+ ** FPE's open_font code (the fontfile FPE in turn passes the
+ ** information to the rasterizer; the fserve FPE ignores it).
+ **
+ ** Presumably, the font is marked non-cachable because the FPE has
+ ** put some licensing restrictions on it. If the FPE, using
+ ** whatever logic it relies on, determines that it is willing to
+ ** share this existing font with the client, then it has the option
+ ** to return the FontPtr we passed it as the newly-opened font.
+ ** This allows the FPE to exercise its licensing logic without
+ ** having to create another instance of a font that already exists.
+ */
+
+ cached = FindCachedFontPattern(patternCache, pfontname, lenfname);
+ if (cached && cached->info.cachable)
+ {
+ if (!AddResource(fid, RT_FONT, (pointer) cached))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ cached->refcnt++;
+ return Success;
+ }
+ }
+ c = xalloc(sizeof(OFclosureRec));
+ if (!c)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ c->fontname = xalloc(lenfname);
+ c->origFontName = pfontname;
+ c->origFontNameLen = lenfname;
+ if (!c->fontname) {
+ xfree(c);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ /*
+ * copy the current FPE list, so that if it gets changed by another client
+ * while we're blocking, the request still appears atomic
+ */
+ c->fpe_list = xalloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
+ if (!c->fpe_list) {
+ xfree(c->fontname);
+ xfree(c);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ memmove(c->fontname, pfontname, lenfname);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+ c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
+ UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ }
+ c->client = client;
+ c->fontid = fid;
+ c->current_fpe = 0;
+ c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
+ c->fnamelen = lenfname;
+ c->slept = FALSE;
+ c->flags = flags;
+ c->non_cachable_font = cached;
+
+ (void) doOpenFont(client, c);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Decrement font's ref count, and free storage if ref count equals zero
+ *
+ * \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+CloseFont(pointer value, XID fid)
+{
+ int nscr;
+ ScreenPtr pscr;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+ FontPtr pfont = (FontPtr)value;
+
+ if (pfont == NullFont)
+ return (Success);
+ if (--pfont->refcnt == 0) {
+ if (patternCache)
+ RemoveCachedFontPattern (patternCache, pfont);
+ /*
+ * since the last reference is gone, ask each screen to free any
+ * storage it may have allocated locally for it.
+ */
+ for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) {
+ pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+ if (pscr->UnrealizeFont)
+ (*pscr->UnrealizeFont) (pscr, pfont);
+ }
+ if (pfont == defaultFont)
+ defaultFont = NULL;
+#ifdef XF86BIGFONT
+ XF86BigfontFreeFontShm(pfont);
+#endif
+ fpe = pfont->fpe;
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].close_font) (fpe, pfont);
+ FreeFPE(fpe);
+ }
+ return (Success);
+}
+
+
+/***====================================================================***/
+
+/**
+ * Sets up pReply as the correct QueryFontReply for pFont with the first
+ * nProtoCCIStructs char infos.
+ *
+ * \param pReply caller must allocate this storage
+ */
+void
+QueryFont(FontPtr pFont, xQueryFontReply *pReply, int nProtoCCIStructs)
+{
+ FontPropPtr pFP;
+ int r,
+ c,
+ i;
+ xFontProp *prFP;
+ xCharInfo *prCI;
+ xCharInfo *charInfos[256];
+ unsigned char chars[512];
+ int ninfos;
+ unsigned long ncols;
+ unsigned long count;
+
+ /* pr->length set in dispatch */
+ pReply->minCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.firstCol;
+ pReply->defaultChar = pFont->info.defaultCh;
+ pReply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.lastCol;
+ pReply->drawDirection = pFont->info.drawDirection;
+ pReply->allCharsExist = pFont->info.allExist;
+ pReply->minByte1 = pFont->info.firstRow;
+ pReply->maxByte1 = pFont->info.lastRow;
+ pReply->fontAscent = pFont->info.fontAscent;
+ pReply->fontDescent = pFont->info.fontDescent;
+
+ pReply->minBounds = pFont->info.ink_minbounds;
+ pReply->maxBounds = pFont->info.ink_maxbounds;
+
+ pReply->nFontProps = pFont->info.nprops;
+ pReply->nCharInfos = nProtoCCIStructs;
+
+ for (i = 0, pFP = pFont->info.props, prFP = (xFontProp *) (&pReply[1]);
+ i < pFont->info.nprops;
+ i++, pFP++, prFP++) {
+ prFP->name = pFP->name;
+ prFP->value = pFP->value;
+ }
+
+ ninfos = 0;
+ ncols = (unsigned long) (pFont->info.lastCol - pFont->info.firstCol + 1);
+ prCI = (xCharInfo *) (prFP);
+ for (r = pFont->info.firstRow;
+ ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs && r <= (int)pFont->info.lastRow;
+ r++) {
+ i = 0;
+ for (c = pFont->info.firstCol; c <= (int)pFont->info.lastCol; c++) {
+ chars[i++] = r;
+ chars[i++] = c;
+ }
+ (*pFont->get_metrics) (pFont, ncols, chars,
+ TwoD16Bit, &count, charInfos);
+ i = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < (int) count && ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs; i++) {
+ *prCI = *charInfos[i];
+ prCI++;
+ ninfos++;
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+}
+
+static Bool
+doListFontsAndAliases(ClientPtr client, LFclosurePtr c)
+{
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+ int err = Successful;
+ FontNamesPtr names = NULL;
+ char *name, *resolved=NULL;
+ int namelen, resolvedlen;
+ int nnames;
+ int stringLens;
+ int i;
+ xListFontsReply reply;
+ char *bufptr;
+ char *bufferStart;
+ int aliascount = 0;
+
+ if (client->clientGone)
+ {
+ if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+ {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ }
+ err = Successful;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ if (!c->current.patlen)
+ goto finish;
+
+ while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+ err = Successful;
+
+ if (!fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)
+ {
+ /* This FPE doesn't support/require list_fonts_and_aliases */
+
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_fonts)
+ ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,
+ c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,
+ c->names);
+
+ if (err == Suspended) {
+ if (!c->slept) {
+ c->slept = TRUE;
+ ClientSleep(client,
+ (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
+ (pointer) c);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ err = BadFontName;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Start of list_fonts_and_aliases functionality. Modeled
+ after list_fonts_with_info in that it resolves aliases,
+ except that the information collected from FPEs is just
+ names, not font info. Each list_next_font_or_alias()
+ returns either a name into name/namelen or an alias into
+ name/namelen and its target name into resolved/resolvedlen.
+ The code at this level then resolves the alias by polling
+ the FPEs. */
+
+ if (!c->current.list_started) {
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)
+ ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,
+ c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,
+ &c->current.private);
+ if (err == Suspended) {
+ if (!c->slept) {
+ ClientSleep(client,
+ (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
+ (pointer) c);
+ c->slept = TRUE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ if (err == Successful)
+ c->current.list_started = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (err == Successful) {
+ char *tmpname;
+ name = 0;
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)
+ ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &tmpname,
+ &resolvedlen, c->current.private);
+ if (err == Suspended) {
+ if (!c->slept) {
+ ClientSleep(client,
+ (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
+ (pointer) c);
+ c->slept = TRUE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ if (err == FontNameAlias) {
+ if (resolved) xfree(resolved);
+ resolved = xalloc(resolvedlen + 1);
+ if (resolved)
+ memmove(resolved, tmpname, resolvedlen + 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (err == Successful)
+ {
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ if (c->savedName)
+ (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, c->savedName,
+ c->savedNameLen);
+ }
+ else
+ (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, name, namelen);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to
+ * the start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As
+ * soon as a real font is found for the alias, pop back to the
+ * old state
+ */
+ else if (err == FontNameAlias) {
+ char tmp_pattern[XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN];
+ /*
+ * when an alias recurses, we need to give
+ * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call
+ * it again, and assume that the error returned
+ * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution
+ * is complete.
+ */
+ memmove(tmp_pattern, resolved, resolvedlen);
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ char *tmpname;
+ int tmpnamelen;
+
+ tmpname = 0;
+ (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)
+ ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen,
+ &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, c->current.private);
+ if (--aliascount <= 0)
+ {
+ err = BadFontName;
+ goto ContBadFontName;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ c->saved = c->current;
+ c->haveSaved = TRUE;
+ if (c->savedName)
+ xfree(c->savedName);
+ c->savedName = xalloc(namelen + 1);
+ if (c->savedName)
+ memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);
+ c->savedNameLen = namelen;
+ aliascount = 20;
+ }
+ memmove(c->current.pattern, tmp_pattern, resolvedlen);
+ c->current.patlen = resolvedlen;
+ c->current.max_names = c->names->nnames + 1;
+ c->current.current_fpe = -1;
+ c->current.private = 0;
+ err = BadFontName;
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished
+ * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've collected enough
+ * font names, quit.
+ */
+ if (err == BadFontName) {
+ ContBadFontName: ;
+ c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+ c->current.current_fpe++;
+ err = Successful;
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names ||
+ c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes) {
+ c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+ c->current = c->saved;
+ /* Give the saved namelist a chance to clean itself up */
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * send the reply
+ */
+ if (err != Successful) {
+ SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, FontToXError(err));
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+finish:
+
+ names = c->names;
+ nnames = names->nnames;
+ client = c->client;
+ stringLens = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++)
+ stringLens += (names->length[i] <= 255) ? names->length[i] : 0;
+
+ memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsReply));
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);
+ reply.nFonts = nnames;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ bufptr = bufferStart = xalloc(reply.length << 2);
+
+ if (!bufptr && reply.length) {
+ SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, BadAlloc);
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ /*
+ * since WriteToClient long word aligns things, copy to temp buffer and
+ * write all at once
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++) {
+ if (names->length[i] > 255)
+ reply.nFonts--;
+ else
+ {
+ *bufptr++ = names->length[i];
+ memmove( bufptr, names->names[i], names->length[i]);
+ bufptr += names->length[i];
+ }
+ }
+ nnames = reply.nFonts;
+ reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFonts];
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, sizeof(xListFontsReply), &reply);
+ (void) WriteToClient(client, stringLens + nnames, bufferStart);
+ xfree(bufferStart);
+
+bail:
+ if (c->slept)
+ ClientWakeup(client);
+ for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)
+ FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ xfree(c->fpe_list);
+ if (c->savedName) xfree(c->savedName);
+ FreeFontNames(names);
+ xfree(c);
+ if (resolved) xfree(resolved);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+ListFonts(ClientPtr client, unsigned char *pattern, unsigned length,
+ unsigned max_names)
+{
+ int i;
+ LFclosurePtr c;
+
+ /*
+ * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the
+ * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.
+ * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.
+ * a list containing zero fontnames.
+ */
+ if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (i != Success)
+ return i;
+
+ if (!(c = xalloc(sizeof *c)))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ c->fpe_list = xalloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
+ if (!c->fpe_list) {
+ xfree(c);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ c->names = MakeFontNamesRecord(max_names < 100 ? max_names : 100);
+ if (!c->names)
+ {
+ xfree(c->fpe_list);
+ xfree(c);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ memmove( c->current.pattern, pattern, length);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+ c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
+ UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ }
+ c->client = client;
+ c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
+ c->current.patlen = length;
+ c->current.current_fpe = 0;
+ c->current.max_names = max_names;
+ c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+ c->current.private = 0;
+ c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+ c->slept = FALSE;
+ c->savedName = 0;
+ doListFontsAndAliases(client, c);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+doListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, LFWIclosurePtr c)
+{
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+ int err = Successful;
+ char *name;
+ int namelen;
+ int numFonts;
+ FontInfoRec fontInfo,
+ *pFontInfo;
+ xListFontsWithInfoReply *reply;
+ int length;
+ xFontProp *pFP;
+ int i;
+ int aliascount = 0;
+ xListFontsWithInfoReply finalReply;
+
+ if (client->clientGone)
+ {
+ if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+ {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ }
+ err = Successful;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFontsWithInfo];
+ if (!c->current.patlen)
+ goto finish;
+ while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+ {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+ err = Successful;
+ if (!c->current.list_started)
+ {
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_with_info)
+ (client, fpe, c->current.pattern, c->current.patlen,
+ c->current.max_names, &c->current.private);
+ if (err == Suspended)
+ {
+ if (!c->slept)
+ {
+ ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c);
+ c->slept = TRUE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ if (err == Successful)
+ c->current.list_started = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (err == Successful)
+ {
+ name = 0;
+ pFontInfo = &fontInfo;
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)
+ (client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &pFontInfo,
+ &numFonts, c->current.private);
+ if (err == Suspended)
+ {
+ if (!c->slept)
+ {
+ ClientSleep(client,
+ (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo,
+ c);
+ c->slept = TRUE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to the
+ * start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As soon as a real
+ * font is found for the alias, pop back to the old state
+ */
+ if (err == FontNameAlias)
+ {
+ /*
+ * when an alias recurses, we need to give
+ * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call
+ * it again, and assume that the error returned
+ * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution
+ * is complete.
+ */
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ char *tmpname;
+ int tmpnamelen;
+ FontInfoPtr tmpFontInfo;
+
+ tmpname = 0;
+ tmpFontInfo = &fontInfo;
+ (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)
+ (client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, &tmpFontInfo,
+ &numFonts, c->current.private);
+ if (--aliascount <= 0)
+ {
+ err = BadFontName;
+ goto ContBadFontName;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ c->saved = c->current;
+ c->haveSaved = TRUE;
+ c->savedNumFonts = numFonts;
+ if (c->savedName)
+ xfree(c->savedName);
+ c->savedName = xalloc(namelen + 1);
+ if (c->savedName)
+ memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);
+ aliascount = 20;
+ }
+ memmove(c->current.pattern, name, namelen);
+ c->current.patlen = namelen;
+ c->current.max_names = 1;
+ c->current.current_fpe = 0;
+ c->current.private = 0;
+ c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+ }
+ /*
+ * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished
+ * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've sent enough font
+ * names, quit. Always wait for BadFontName to let the FPE
+ * have a chance to clean up.
+ */
+ else if (err == BadFontName)
+ {
+ ContBadFontName: ;
+ c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+ c->current.current_fpe++;
+ err = Successful;
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ if (c->current.max_names == 0 ||
+ c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes)
+ {
+ c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+ c->saved.max_names -= (1 - c->current.max_names);
+ c->current = c->saved;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (c->current.max_names == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (err == Successful)
+ {
+ length = sizeof(*reply) + pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp);
+ reply = c->reply;
+ if (c->length < length)
+ {
+ reply = (xListFontsWithInfoReply *) xrealloc(c->reply, length);
+ if (!reply)
+ {
+ err = AllocError;
+ break;
+ }
+ memset((char*)reply + c->length, 0, length - c->length);
+ c->reply = reply;
+ c->length = length;
+ }
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ numFonts = c->savedNumFonts;
+ name = c->savedName;
+ namelen = strlen(name);
+ }
+ reply->type = X_Reply;
+ reply->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof *reply - sizeof(xGenericReply) +
+ pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp) +
+ namelen);
+ reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply->nameLength = namelen;
+ reply->minBounds = pFontInfo->ink_minbounds;
+ reply->maxBounds = pFontInfo->ink_maxbounds;
+ reply->minCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->firstCol;
+ reply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->lastCol;
+ reply->defaultChar = pFontInfo->defaultCh;
+ reply->nFontProps = pFontInfo->nprops;
+ reply->drawDirection = pFontInfo->drawDirection;
+ reply->minByte1 = pFontInfo->firstRow;
+ reply->maxByte1 = pFontInfo->lastRow;
+ reply->allCharsExist = pFontInfo->allExist;
+ reply->fontAscent = pFontInfo->fontAscent;
+ reply->fontDescent = pFontInfo->fontDescent;
+ reply->nReplies = numFonts;
+ pFP = (xFontProp *) (reply + 1);
+ for (i = 0; i < pFontInfo->nprops; i++)
+ {
+ pFP->name = pFontInfo->props[i].name;
+ pFP->value = pFontInfo->props[i].value;
+ pFP++;
+ }
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, reply);
+ (void) WriteToClient(client, namelen, name);
+ if (pFontInfo == &fontInfo)
+ {
+ xfree(fontInfo.props);
+ xfree(fontInfo.isStringProp);
+ }
+ --c->current.max_names;
+ }
+ }
+finish:
+ length = sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply);
+ bzero((char *) &finalReply, sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply));
+ finalReply.type = X_Reply;
+ finalReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ finalReply.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply)
+ - sizeof(xGenericReply));
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, &finalReply);
+bail:
+ if (c->slept)
+ ClientWakeup(client);
+ for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)
+ FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ xfree(c->reply);
+ xfree(c->fpe_list);
+ if (c->savedName) xfree(c->savedName);
+ xfree(c);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+StartListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, int length, unsigned char *pattern,
+ int max_names)
+{
+ int i;
+ LFWIclosurePtr c;
+
+ /*
+ * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the
+ * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.
+ * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.
+ * a list containing zero fontnames.
+ */
+ if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (i != Success)
+ return i;
+
+ if (!(c = xalloc(sizeof *c)))
+ goto badAlloc;
+ c->fpe_list = xalloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
+ if (!c->fpe_list)
+ {
+ xfree(c);
+ goto badAlloc;
+ }
+ memmove(c->current.pattern, pattern, length);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)
+ {
+ c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
+ UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ }
+ c->client = client;
+ c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
+ c->reply = 0;
+ c->length = 0;
+ c->current.patlen = length;
+ c->current.current_fpe = 0;
+ c->current.max_names = max_names;
+ c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+ c->current.private = 0;
+ c->savedNumFonts = 0;
+ c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+ c->slept = FALSE;
+ c->savedName = 0;
+ doListFontsWithInfo(client, c);
+ return Success;
+badAlloc:
+ return BadAlloc;
+}
+
+#define TextEltHeader 2
+#define FontShiftSize 5
+static XID clearGC[] = { CT_NONE };
+#define clearGCmask (GCClipMask)
+
+int
+doPolyText(ClientPtr client, PTclosurePtr c)
+{
+ FontPtr pFont = c->pGC->font, oldpFont;
+ Font fid, oldfid;
+ int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */
+ enum { NEVER_SLEPT, START_SLEEP, SLEEPING } client_state = NEVER_SLEPT;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+ GC *origGC = NULL;
+
+ if (client->clientGone)
+ {
+ fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+
+ if (c->slept)
+ {
+ /* Client has died, but we cannot bail out right now. We
+ need to clean up after the work we did when going to
+ sleep. Setting the drawable pointer to 0 makes this
+ happen without any attempts to render or perform other
+ unnecessary activities. */
+ c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ err = Success;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */
+ if (c->slept && c->pDraw)
+ {
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {
+ /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask
+ the FPE code to clean up after client and avoid further
+ rendering while we clean up after ourself. */
+ fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ client_state = c->slept ? SLEEPING : NEVER_SLEPT;
+
+ while (c->endReq - c->pElt > TextEltHeader)
+ {
+ if (*c->pElt == FontChange)
+ {
+ if (c->endReq - c->pElt < FontShiftSize)
+ {
+ err = BadLength;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ oldpFont = pFont;
+ oldfid = fid;
+
+ fid = ((Font)*(c->pElt+4)) /* big-endian */
+ | ((Font)*(c->pElt+3)) << 8
+ | ((Font)*(c->pElt+2)) << 16
+ | ((Font)*(c->pElt+1)) << 24;
+ err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, fid, RT_FONT,
+ client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (err != Success)
+ {
+ err = (err == BadValue) ? BadFont : err;
+ /* restore pFont and fid for step 4 (described below) */
+ pFont = oldpFont;
+ fid = oldfid;
+
+ /* If we're in START_SLEEP mode, the following step
+ shortens the request... in the unlikely event that
+ the fid somehow becomes valid before we come through
+ again to actually execute the polytext, which would
+ then mess up our refcounting scheme badly. */
+ c->err = err;
+ c->endReq = c->pElt;
+
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ /* Step 3 (described below) on our new font */
+ if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
+ pFont->refcnt++;
+ else
+ {
+ if (pFont != c->pGC->font && c->pDraw)
+ {
+ ChangeGC( c->pGC, GCFont, &fid);
+ ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
+ if (c->reqType == X_PolyText8)
+ c->polyText = (PolyTextPtr) c->pGC->ops->PolyText8;
+ else
+ c->polyText = (PolyTextPtr) c->pGC->ops->PolyText16;
+ }
+
+ /* Undo the refcnt++ we performed when going to sleep */
+ if (client_state == SLEEPING)
+ (void)CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
+ }
+ c->pElt += FontShiftSize;
+ }
+ else /* print a string */
+ {
+ unsigned char *pNextElt;
+ pNextElt = c->pElt + TextEltHeader + (*c->pElt)*c->itemSize;
+ if ( pNextElt > c->endReq)
+ {
+ err = BadLength;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
+ {
+ c->pElt = pNextElt;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c->pDraw)
+ {
+ lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, *c->pElt, c->itemSize,
+ c->pElt + TextEltHeader);
+ }
+ else lgerr = Successful;
+
+ if (lgerr == Suspended)
+ {
+ if (!c->slept) {
+ int len;
+ GC *pGC;
+ PTclosurePtr new_closure;
+
+ /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to do a few things
+ to ensure successful and atomic-appearing execution of the
+ remainder of the request. First, copy the remainder of the
+ request into a safe malloc'd area. Second, create a scratch GC
+ to use for the remainder of the request. Third, mark all fonts
+ referenced in the remainder of the request to prevent their
+ deallocation. Fourth, make the original GC look like the
+ request has completed... set its font to the final font value
+ from this request. These GC manipulations are for the unlikely
+ (but possible) event that some other client is using the GC.
+ Steps 3 and 4 are performed by running this procedure through
+ the remainder of the request in a special no-render mode
+ indicated by client_state = START_SLEEP. */
+
+ /* Step 1 */
+ /* Allocate a malloc'd closure structure to replace
+ the local one we were passed */
+ new_closure = xalloc(sizeof(PTclosureRec));
+ if (!new_closure)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ *new_closure = *c;
+ c = new_closure;
+
+ len = c->endReq - c->pElt;
+ c->data = xalloc(len);
+ if (!c->data)
+ {
+ xfree(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ memmove(c->data, c->pElt, len);
+ c->pElt = c->data;
+ c->endReq = c->pElt + len;
+
+ /* Step 2 */
+
+ pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);
+ if (!pGC)
+ {
+ xfree(c->data);
+ xfree(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction |
+ GCPlaneMask | GCForeground |
+ GCBackground | GCFillStyle |
+ GCTile | GCStipple |
+ GCTileStipXOrigin |
+ GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |
+ GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |
+ GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) !=
+ Success)
+ {
+ FreeScratchGC(pGC);
+ xfree(c->data);
+ xfree(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ origGC = c->pGC;
+ c->pGC = pGC;
+ ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
+
+ c->slept = TRUE;
+ ClientSleep(client,
+ (ClientSleepProcPtr)doPolyText,
+ (pointer) c);
+
+ /* Set up to perform steps 3 and 4 */
+ client_state = START_SLEEP;
+ continue; /* on to steps 3 and 4 */
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (lgerr != Successful)
+ {
+ err = FontToXError(lgerr);
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if (c->pDraw)
+ {
+ c->xorg += *((INT8 *)(c->pElt + 1)); /* must be signed */
+ c->xorg = (* c->polyText)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
+ *c->pElt, c->pElt + TextEltHeader);
+ }
+ c->pElt = pNextElt;
+ }
+ }
+
+bail:
+
+ if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
+ {
+ /* Step 4 */
+ if (pFont != origGC->font)
+ {
+ ChangeGC(origGC, GCFont, &fid);
+ ValidateGC(c->pDraw, origGC);
+ }
+
+ /* restore pElt pointer for execution of remainder of the request */
+ c->pElt = c->data;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (c->err != Success) err = c->err;
+ if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension || !c->pGC->pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+ SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);
+ }
+ if (c->slept)
+ {
+ ClientWakeup(c->client);
+ ChangeGC(c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);
+
+ /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */
+ CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
+ c->pGC->font = NullFont;
+
+ FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);
+ xfree(c->data);
+ xfree(c);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+PolyText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, unsigned char *pElt,
+ unsigned char *endReq, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)
+{
+ PTclosureRec local_closure;
+
+ local_closure.pElt = pElt;
+ local_closure.endReq = endReq;
+ local_closure.client = client;
+ local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;
+ local_closure.xorg = xorg;
+ local_closure.yorg = yorg;
+ if ((local_closure.reqType = reqType) == X_PolyText8)
+ {
+ local_closure.polyText = (PolyTextPtr) pGC->ops->PolyText8;
+ local_closure.itemSize = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ local_closure.polyText = (PolyTextPtr) pGC->ops->PolyText16;
+ local_closure.itemSize = 2;
+ }
+ local_closure.pGC = pGC;
+ local_closure.did = did;
+ local_closure.err = Success;
+ local_closure.slept = FALSE;
+
+ (void) doPolyText(client, &local_closure);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+#undef TextEltHeader
+#undef FontShiftSize
+
+int
+doImageText(ClientPtr client, ITclosurePtr c)
+{
+ int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+
+ if (client->clientGone)
+ {
+ fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ err = Success;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */
+ if (c->slept && c->pDraw)
+ {
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {
+ /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask
+ the FPE code to clean up after client. */
+ fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ err = Success;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ }
+
+ lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, c->nChars, c->itemSize, c->data);
+ if (lgerr == Suspended)
+ {
+ if (!c->slept) {
+ GC *pGC;
+ unsigned char *data;
+ ITclosurePtr new_closure;
+
+ /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to
+ save some state. Similar problem to that handled
+ in doPolyText, but much simpler because the
+ request structure is much simpler. */
+
+ new_closure = xalloc(sizeof(ITclosureRec));
+ if (!new_closure)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ *new_closure = *c;
+ c = new_closure;
+
+ data = xalloc(c->nChars * c->itemSize);
+ if (!data)
+ {
+ xfree(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ memmove(data, c->data, c->nChars * c->itemSize);
+ c->data = data;
+
+ pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);
+ if (!pGC)
+ {
+ xfree(c->data);
+ xfree(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction | GCPlaneMask |
+ GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFillStyle |
+ GCTile | GCStipple | GCTileStipXOrigin |
+ GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |
+ GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |
+ GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) != Success)
+ {
+ FreeScratchGC(pGC);
+ xfree(c->data);
+ xfree(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ c->pGC = pGC;
+ ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
+
+ c->slept = TRUE;
+ ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doImageText, (pointer) c);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (lgerr != Successful)
+ {
+ err = FontToXError(lgerr);
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if (c->pDraw)
+ {
+ (* c->imageText)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
+ c->nChars, c->data);
+ }
+
+bail:
+
+ if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {
+ SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);
+ }
+ if (c->slept)
+ {
+ ClientWakeup(c->client);
+ ChangeGC(c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);
+
+ /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */
+ CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
+ c->pGC->font = NullFont;
+
+ FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);
+ xfree(c->data);
+ xfree(c);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+ImageText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, int nChars,
+ unsigned char *data, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)
+{
+ ITclosureRec local_closure;
+
+ local_closure.client = client;
+ local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;
+ local_closure.pGC = pGC;
+ local_closure.nChars = nChars;
+ local_closure.data = data;
+ local_closure.xorg = xorg;
+ local_closure.yorg = yorg;
+ if ((local_closure.reqType = reqType) == X_ImageText8)
+ {
+ local_closure.imageText = (ImageTextPtr) pGC->ops->ImageText8;
+ local_closure.itemSize = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ local_closure.imageText = (ImageTextPtr) pGC->ops->ImageText16;
+ local_closure.itemSize = 2;
+ }
+ local_closure.did = did;
+ local_closure.slept = FALSE;
+
+ (void) doImageText(client, &local_closure);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/* does the necessary magic to figure out the fpe type */
+static int
+DetermineFPEType(char *pathname)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {
+ if ((*fpe_functions[i].name_check) (pathname))
+ return i;
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+FreeFontPath(FontPathElementPtr *list, int n, Bool force)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ if (force) {
+ /* Sanity check that all refcounts will be 0 by the time
+ we get to the end of the list. */
+ int found = 1; /* the first reference is us */
+ int j;
+ for (j = i+1; j < n; j++) {
+ if (list[j] == list[i])
+ found++;
+ }
+ if (list[i]->refcount != found) {
+ list[i]->refcount = found; /* ensure it will get freed */
+ }
+ }
+ FreeFPE(list[i]);
+ }
+ xfree(list);
+}
+
+static FontPathElementPtr
+find_existing_fpe(FontPathElementPtr *list, int num, unsigned char *name, int len)
+{
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
+ fpe = list[i];
+ if (fpe->name_length == len && memcmp(name, fpe->name, len) == 0)
+ return fpe;
+ }
+ return (FontPathElementPtr) 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+SetFontPathElements(int npaths, unsigned char *paths, int *bad, Bool persist)
+{
+ int i, err = 0;
+ int valid_paths = 0;
+ unsigned int len;
+ unsigned char *cp = paths;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL, *fplist;
+
+ fplist = xalloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * npaths);
+ if (!fplist) {
+ *bad = 0;
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {
+ if (fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook)
+ (*fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook) ();
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
+ {
+ len = (unsigned int) (*cp++);
+
+ if (len == 0)
+ {
+ if (persist)
+ ErrorF("[dix] Removing empty element from the valid list of fontpaths\n");
+ err = BadValue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* if it's already in our active list, just reset it */
+ /*
+ * note that this can miss FPE's in limbo -- may be worth catching
+ * them, though it'd muck up refcounting
+ */
+ fpe = find_existing_fpe(font_path_elements, num_fpes, cp, len);
+ if (fpe)
+ {
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].reset_fpe) (fpe);
+ if (err == Successful)
+ {
+ UseFPE(fpe);/* since it'll be decref'd later when freed
+ * from the old list */
+ }
+ else
+ fpe = 0;
+ }
+ /* if error or can't do it, act like it's a new one */
+ if (!fpe)
+ {
+ fpe = xalloc(sizeof(FontPathElementRec));
+ if (!fpe)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ fpe->name = xalloc(len + 1);
+ if (!fpe->name)
+ {
+ xfree(fpe);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ fpe->refcount = 1;
+
+ strncpy(fpe->name, (char *) cp, (int) len);
+ fpe->name[len] = '\0';
+ fpe->name_length = len;
+ fpe->type = DetermineFPEType(fpe->name);
+ if (fpe->type == -1)
+ err = BadValue;
+ else
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].init_fpe) (fpe);
+ if (err != Successful)
+ {
+ if (persist)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] Could not init font path element %s, removing from list!\n",
+ fpe->name);
+ }
+ xfree (fpe->name);
+ xfree (fpe);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (err != Successful)
+ {
+ if (!persist)
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ fplist[valid_paths++] = fpe;
+ }
+ cp += len;
+ }
+
+ FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, FALSE);
+ font_path_elements = fplist;
+ if (patternCache)
+ EmptyFontPatternCache(patternCache);
+ num_fpes = valid_paths;
+
+ return Success;
+bail:
+ *bad = i;
+ while (--valid_paths >= 0)
+ FreeFPE(fplist[valid_paths]);
+ xfree(fplist);
+ return FontToXError(err);
+}
+
+/* XXX -- do we need to pass error down to each renderer? */
+int
+SetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int npaths, unsigned char *paths, int *error)
+{
+ int err = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixManageAccess);
+ if (err != Success)
+ return err;
+
+ if (npaths == 0) {
+ if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success)
+ return BadValue;
+ } else {
+ err = SetFontPathElements(npaths, paths, error, FALSE);
+ }
+ return err;
+}
+
+int
+SetDefaultFontPath(char *path)
+{
+ char *temp_path,
+ *start,
+ *end;
+ unsigned char *cp,
+ *pp,
+ *nump,
+ *newpath;
+ int num = 1,
+ len,
+ err,
+ size = 0,
+ bad;
+
+ /* ensure temp_path contains "built-ins" */
+ start = path;
+ while (1) {
+ start = strstr(start, "built-ins");
+ if (start == NULL)
+ break;
+ end = start + strlen("built-ins");
+ if ((start == path || start[-1] == ',') && (!*end || *end == ','))
+ break;
+ start = end;
+ }
+ if (!start) {
+ temp_path = Xprintf("%s%sbuilt-ins", path, *path ? "," : "");
+ } else {
+ temp_path = Xstrdup(path);
+ }
+ if (!temp_path)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ /* get enough for string, plus values -- use up commas */
+ len = strlen(temp_path) + 1;
+ nump = cp = newpath = xalloc(len);
+ if (!newpath)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ pp = (unsigned char *) temp_path;
+ cp++;
+ while (*pp) {
+ if (*pp == ',') {
+ *nump = (unsigned char) size;
+ nump = cp++;
+ pp++;
+ num++;
+ size = 0;
+ } else {
+ *cp++ = *pp++;
+ size++;
+ }
+ }
+ *nump = (unsigned char) size;
+
+ err = SetFontPathElements(num, newpath, &bad, TRUE);
+
+ xfree(newpath);
+ xfree(temp_path);
+
+ return err;
+}
+
+int
+GetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int *count, int *length, unsigned char **result)
+{
+ int i;
+ unsigned char *c;
+ int len;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+
+ i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (i != Success)
+ return i;
+
+ len = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+ fpe = font_path_elements[i];
+ len += fpe->name_length + 1;
+ }
+ font_path_string = (unsigned char *) xrealloc(font_path_string, len);
+ if (!font_path_string)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ c = font_path_string;
+ *length = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+ fpe = font_path_elements[i];
+ *c = fpe->name_length;
+ *length += *c++;
+ memmove(c, fpe->name, fpe->name_length);
+ c += fpe->name_length;
+ }
+ *count = num_fpes;
+ *result = font_path_string;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+void
+DeleteClientFontStuff(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int i;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)
+ {
+ fpe = font_path_elements[i];
+ if (fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died)
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+InitFonts (void)
+{
+ patternCache = MakeFontPatternCache();
+
+ BuiltinRegisterFpeFunctions();
+ FontFileRegisterFpeFunctions();
+ fs_register_fpe_functions();
+}
+
+int
+GetDefaultPointSize (void)
+{
+ return 120;
+}
+
+
+FontResolutionPtr
+GetClientResolutions (int *num)
+{
+ static struct _FontResolution res;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+ res.x_resolution = (pScreen->width * 25.4) / pScreen->mmWidth;
+ /*
+ * XXX - we'll want this as long as bitmap instances are prevalent
+ so that we can match them from scalable fonts
+ */
+ if (res.x_resolution < 88)
+ res.x_resolution = 75;
+ else
+ res.x_resolution = 100;
+ res.y_resolution = (pScreen->height * 25.4) / pScreen->mmHeight;
+ if (res.y_resolution < 88)
+ res.y_resolution = 75;
+ else
+ res.y_resolution = 100;
+ res.point_size = 120;
+ *num = 1;
+ return &res;
+}
+
+/*
+ * returns the type index of the new fpe
+ *
+ * should be called (only once!) by each type of fpe when initialized
+ */
+
+int
+RegisterFPEFunctions(NameCheckFunc name_func,
+ InitFpeFunc init_func,
+ FreeFpeFunc free_func,
+ ResetFpeFunc reset_func,
+ OpenFontFunc open_func,
+ CloseFontFunc close_func,
+ ListFontsFunc list_func,
+ StartLfwiFunc start_lfwi_func,
+ NextLfwiFunc next_lfwi_func,
+ WakeupFpeFunc wakeup_func,
+ ClientDiedFunc client_died,
+ LoadGlyphsFunc load_glyphs,
+ StartLaFunc start_list_alias_func,
+ NextLaFunc next_list_alias_func,
+ SetPathFunc set_path_func)
+{
+ FPEFunctions *new;
+
+ /* grow the list */
+ new = (FPEFunctions *) xrealloc(fpe_functions,
+ (num_fpe_types + 1) * sizeof(FPEFunctions));
+ if (!new)
+ return -1;
+ fpe_functions = new;
+
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].name_check = name_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].open_font = open_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].close_font = close_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].wakeup_fpe = wakeup_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_fonts = list_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_with_info =
+ start_lfwi_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_with_info =
+ next_lfwi_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].init_fpe = init_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].free_fpe = free_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].reset_fpe = reset_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].client_died = client_died;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].load_glyphs = load_glyphs;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_and_aliases =
+ start_list_alias_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_or_alias =
+ next_list_alias_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].set_path_hook = set_path_func;
+
+ return num_fpe_types++;
+}
+
+void
+FreeFonts(void)
+{
+ if (patternCache) {
+ FreeFontPatternCache(patternCache);
+ patternCache = 0;
+ }
+ FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, TRUE);
+ font_path_elements = 0;
+ num_fpes = 0;
+ xfree(fpe_functions);
+ num_fpe_types = 0;
+ fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;
+}
+
+/* convenience functions for FS interface */
+
+FontPtr
+find_old_font(XID id)
+{
+ pointer pFont;
+ dixLookupResourceByType(&pFont, id, RT_NONE, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+ return (FontPtr)pFont;
+}
+
+Font
+GetNewFontClientID(void)
+{
+ return FakeClientID(0);
+}
+
+int
+StoreFontClientFont(FontPtr pfont, Font id)
+{
+ return AddResource(id, RT_NONE, (pointer) pfont);
+}
+
+void
+DeleteFontClientID(Font id)
+{
+ FreeResource(id, RT_NONE);
+}
+
+int
+client_auth_generation(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int fs_handlers_installed = 0;
+static unsigned int last_server_gen;
+
+int
+init_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler)
+{
+ /* if server has reset, make sure the b&w handlers are reinstalled */
+ if (last_server_gen < serverGeneration) {
+ last_server_gen = serverGeneration;
+ fs_handlers_installed = 0;
+ }
+ if (fs_handlers_installed == 0) {
+ if (!RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler,
+ FontWakeup, (pointer) 0))
+ return AllocError;
+ fs_handlers_installed++;
+ }
+ QueueFontWakeup(fpe);
+ return Successful;
+}
+
+void
+remove_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler, Bool all)
+{
+ if (all) {
+ /* remove the handlers if no one else is using them */
+ if (--fs_handlers_installed == 0) {
+ RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler, FontWakeup,
+ (pointer) 0);
+ }
+ }
+ RemoveFontWakeup(fpe);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/events.c b/xorg-server/dix/events.c index 7e0867c82..93ca66ac7 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/events.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/events.c @@ -1,5910 +1,5913 @@ -/************************************************************ - -Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group - -Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its -documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that -the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be -used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings -in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. - - -Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. - - All Rights Reserved - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be -used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the -software without specific, written prior permission. - -DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING -ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL -DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR -ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, -ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS -SOFTWARE. - -********************************************************/ - -/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */ -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software. - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL -DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING, -BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY, -WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR -IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation -shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other -dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital -Equipment Corporation. - -******************************************************************/ - -/***************************************************************** - -Copyright 2003-2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - -All rights reserved. - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a -copy of this software and associated documentation files (the -"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including -without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, -distribute, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons -to whom the Software is furnished to do so, provided that the above -copyright notice(s) and this permission notice appear in all copies of -the Software and that both the above copyright notice(s) and this -permission notice appear in supporting documentation. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS -OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF -MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT -OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR -HOLDERS INCLUDED IN THIS NOTICE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL -INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING -FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, -NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION -WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - -Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder -shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use -or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization -of the copyright holder. - -******************************************************************/ - -/** @file events.c - * This file handles event delivery and a big part of the server-side protocol - * handling (the parts for input devices). - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H -#include <dix-config.h> -#endif - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include "misc.h" -#include "resource.h" -#include <X11/Xproto.h> -#include "windowstr.h" -#include "inputstr.h" -#include "scrnintstr.h" -#include "cursorstr.h" - -#include "dixstruct.h" -#ifdef PANORAMIX -#include "panoramiX.h" -#include "panoramiXsrv.h" -#endif -#include "globals.h" - -#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h> -#include "xkbsrv.h" -#include "xace.h" - -#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE -#include <sys/types.h> -typedef const char *string; -#include "Xserver-dtrace.h" -#endif - -#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h> -#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h> -#include <X11/extensions/XI.h> -#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h> -#include "exglobals.h" -#include "exevents.h" -#include "exglobals.h" -#include "extnsionst.h" - -#include "dixevents.h" -#include "dixgrabs.h" -#include "dispatch.h" - -#include <X11/extensions/ge.h> -#include "geext.h" -#include "geint.h" - -#include "eventstr.h" -#include "enterleave.h" -#include "eventconvert.h" - -/* Extension events type numbering starts at EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE. */ -#define NoSuchEvent 0x80000000 /* so doesn't match NoEventMask */ -#define StructureAndSubMask ( StructureNotifyMask | SubstructureNotifyMask ) -#define AllButtonsMask ( \ - Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask | Button4Mask | Button5Mask ) -#define MotionMask ( \ - PointerMotionMask | Button1MotionMask | \ - Button2MotionMask | Button3MotionMask | Button4MotionMask | \ - Button5MotionMask | ButtonMotionMask ) -#define PropagateMask ( \ - KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \ - MotionMask ) -#define PointerGrabMask ( \ - ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \ - EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | \ - PointerMotionHintMask | KeymapStateMask | \ - MotionMask ) -#define AllModifiersMask ( \ - ShiftMask | LockMask | ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod2Mask | \ - Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask | Mod5Mask ) -#define LastEventMask OwnerGrabButtonMask -#define AllEventMasks (LastEventMask|(LastEventMask-1)) - - -#define CORE_EVENT(event) \ - (!((event)->u.u.type & EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE) && \ - (event)->u.u.type != GenericEvent) -#define XI2_EVENT(event) \ - (((event)->u.u.type == GenericEvent) && \ - ((xGenericEvent*)(event))->extension == IReqCode) - -/** - * Used to indicate a implicit passive grab created by a ButtonPress event. - * See DeliverEventsToWindow(). - */ -#define ImplicitGrabMask (1 << 7) - -#define WID(w) ((w) ? ((w)->drawable.id) : 0) - -#define XE_KBPTR (xE->u.keyButtonPointer) - - -#define rClient(obj) (clients[CLIENT_ID((obj)->resource)]) - -CallbackListPtr EventCallback; -CallbackListPtr DeviceEventCallback; - -#define DNPMCOUNT 8 - -Mask DontPropagateMasks[DNPMCOUNT]; -static int DontPropagateRefCnts[DNPMCOUNT]; - -static void CheckVirtualMotion( DeviceIntPtr pDev, QdEventPtr qe, WindowPtr pWin); -static void CheckPhysLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev, - CursorPtr cursor, - Bool generateEvents, - Bool confineToScreen, - ScreenPtr pScreen); -static Bool CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(WindowPtr pWin, - DeviceIntPtr device, - DeviceEvent *event, - BOOL checkCore); - -/** Key repeat hack. Do not use but in TryClientEvents */ -extern BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event); - -/** - * Main input device struct. - * inputInfo.pointer - * is the core pointer. Referred to as "virtual core pointer", "VCP", - * "core pointer" or inputInfo.pointer. The VCP is the first master - * pointer device and cannot be deleted. - * - * inputInfo.keyboard - * is the core keyboard ("virtual core keyboard", "VCK", "core keyboard"). - * See inputInfo.pointer. - * - * inputInfo.devices - * linked list containing all devices including VCP and VCK. - * - * inputInfo.off_devices - * Devices that have not been initialized and are thus turned off. - * - * inputInfo.numDevices - * Total number of devices. - * - * inputInfo.all_devices - * Virtual device used for XIAllDevices passive grabs. This device is - * not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for - * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device - * reference. - * - * inputInfo.all_master_devices - * Virtual device used for XIAllMasterDevices passive grabs. This device - * is not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for - * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device - * reference. - */ -InputInfo inputInfo; - -/** - * syncEvents is the global structure for queued events. - * - * Devices can be frozen through GrabModeSync pointer grabs. If this is the - * case, events from these devices are added to "pending" instead of being - * processed normally. When the device is unfrozen, events in "pending" are - * replayed and processed as if they would come from the device directly. - */ -static struct { - QdEventPtr pending, /**< list of queued events */ - *pendtail; /**< last event in list */ - /** The device to replay events for. Only set in AllowEvents(), in which - * case it is set to the device specified in the request. */ - DeviceIntPtr replayDev; /* kludgy rock to put flag for */ - - /** - * The window the events are supposed to be replayed on. - * This window may be set to the grab's window (but only when - * Replay{Pointer|Keyboard} is given in the XAllowEvents() - * request. */ - WindowPtr replayWin; /* ComputeFreezes */ - /** - * Flag to indicate whether we're in the process of - * replaying events. Only set in ComputeFreezes(). */ - Bool playingEvents; - TimeStamp time; -} syncEvents; - -/** - * The root window the given device is currently on. - */ -#define RootWindow(dev) dev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[0] - -static xEvent* swapEvent = NULL; -static int swapEventLen = 0; - -void -NotImplemented(xEvent *from, xEvent *to) -{ - FatalError("Not implemented"); -} - -/** - * Convert the given event type from an XI event to a core event. - * @param[in] The XI 1.x event type. - * @return The matching core event type or 0 if there is none. - */ -int -XItoCoreType(int xitype) -{ - int coretype = 0; - if (xitype == DeviceMotionNotify) - coretype = MotionNotify; - else if (xitype == DeviceButtonPress) - coretype = ButtonPress; - else if (xitype == DeviceButtonRelease) - coretype = ButtonRelease; - else if (xitype == DeviceKeyPress) - coretype = KeyPress; - else if (xitype == DeviceKeyRelease) - coretype = KeyRelease; - - return coretype; -} - -/** - * @return true if the device owns a cursor, false if device shares a cursor - * sprite with another device. - */ -Bool -DevHasCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev) -{ - return pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner; -} - -/* - * @return true if a device is a pointer, check is the same as used by XI to - * fill the 'use' field. - */ -Bool -IsPointerDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev) -{ - return (dev->type == MASTER_POINTER) || - (dev->valuator && dev->button) || - (dev->valuator && !dev->key); -} - -/* - * @return true if a device is a keyboard, check is the same as used by XI to - * fill the 'use' field. - * - * Some pointer devices have keys as well (e.g. multimedia keys). Try to not - * count them as keyboard devices. - */ -Bool -IsKeyboardDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev) -{ - return (dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD) || - ((dev->key && dev->kbdfeed) && !IsPointerDevice(dev)); -} - -Bool -IsMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev) -{ - return (dev->type == MASTER_POINTER || dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD); -} - -static WindowPtr XYToWindow( - DeviceIntPtr pDev, - int x, - int y -); - -/** - * Max event opcode. - */ -extern int lastEvent; - -extern int DeviceMotionNotify; - -#define CantBeFiltered NoEventMask -/** - * Event masks for each event type. - * - * One set of filters for each device, but only the first layer - * is initialized. The rest is memcpy'd in InitEvents. - * - * Filters are used whether a given event may be delivered to a client, - * usually in the form of if (window-event-mask & filter); then deliver event. - * - * One notable filter is for PointerMotion/DevicePointerMotion events. Each - * time a button is pressed, the filter is modified to also contain the - * matching ButtonXMotion mask. - */ -static Mask filters[MAXDEVICES][128] = { -{ - NoSuchEvent, /* 0 */ - NoSuchEvent, /* 1 */ - KeyPressMask, /* KeyPress */ - KeyReleaseMask, /* KeyRelease */ - ButtonPressMask, /* ButtonPress */ - ButtonReleaseMask, /* ButtonRelease */ - PointerMotionMask, /* MotionNotify (initial state) */ - EnterWindowMask, /* EnterNotify */ - LeaveWindowMask, /* LeaveNotify */ - FocusChangeMask, /* FocusIn */ - FocusChangeMask, /* FocusOut */ - KeymapStateMask, /* KeymapNotify */ - ExposureMask, /* Expose */ - CantBeFiltered, /* GraphicsExpose */ - CantBeFiltered, /* NoExpose */ - VisibilityChangeMask, /* VisibilityNotify */ - SubstructureNotifyMask, /* CreateNotify */ - StructureAndSubMask, /* DestroyNotify */ - StructureAndSubMask, /* UnmapNotify */ - StructureAndSubMask, /* MapNotify */ - SubstructureRedirectMask, /* MapRequest */ - StructureAndSubMask, /* ReparentNotify */ - StructureAndSubMask, /* ConfigureNotify */ - SubstructureRedirectMask, /* ConfigureRequest */ - StructureAndSubMask, /* GravityNotify */ - ResizeRedirectMask, /* ResizeRequest */ - StructureAndSubMask, /* CirculateNotify */ - SubstructureRedirectMask, /* CirculateRequest */ - PropertyChangeMask, /* PropertyNotify */ - CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionClear */ - CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionRequest */ - CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionNotify */ - ColormapChangeMask, /* ColormapNotify */ - CantBeFiltered, /* ClientMessage */ - CantBeFiltered /* MappingNotify */ -}}; - -/** - * For the given event, return the matching event filter. This filter may then - * be AND'ed with the selected event mask. - * - * For XI2 events, the returned filter is simply the byte containing the event - * mask we're interested in. E.g. for a mask of (1 << 13), this would be - * byte[1]. - * - * @param[in] dev The device the event belongs to, may be NULL. - * @param[in] event The event to get the filter for. Only the type of the - * event matters, or the extension + evtype for GenericEvents. - * @return The filter mask for the given event. - * - * @see GetEventMask - */ -Mask -GetEventFilter(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event) -{ - if (event->u.u.type != GenericEvent) - return filters[dev ? dev->id : 0][event->u.u.type]; - else if (XI2_EVENT(event)) - return (1 << (((xXIDeviceEvent*)event)->evtype % 8)); - ErrorF("[dix] Unknown device type %d. No filter\n", event->u.u.type); - return 0; -} - -/** - * Return the windows complete XI2 mask for the given XI2 event type. - */ -Mask -GetWindowXI2Mask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent* ev) -{ - OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win); - int filter; - int evtype; - - if (!inputMasks || !XI2_EVENT(ev)) - return 0; - - evtype = ((xGenericEvent*)ev)->evtype; - filter = GetEventFilter(dev, ev); - - return ((inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][evtype/8] & filter) || - inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] || - (inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] && IsMaster(dev))); -} - -static Mask -GetEventMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event, InputClients* other) -{ - /* XI2 filters are only ever 8 bit, so let's return a 8 bit mask */ - if (XI2_EVENT(event)) - { - int byte = ((xGenericEvent*)event)->evtype / 8; - return (other->xi2mask[dev->id][byte] | - other->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][byte] | - (IsMaster(dev)? other->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][byte] : 0)); - } else if (CORE_EVENT(event)) - return other->mask[XIAllDevices]; - else - return other->mask[dev->id]; -} - - -static CARD8 criticalEvents[32] = -{ - 0x7c, 0x30, 0x40 /* key, button, expose, and configure events */ -}; - -static void -SyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, int x, int y) { - int screenno = 0; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - screenno = dev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum; -#endif - PostSyntheticMotion(dev, x, y, screenno, - (syncEvents.playingEvents) ? syncEvents.time.milliseconds : currentTime.milliseconds); - -} - -#ifdef PANORAMIX -static void PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev); - -static Bool -XineramaSetCursorPosition( - DeviceIntPtr pDev, - int x, - int y, - Bool generateEvent -){ - ScreenPtr pScreen; - BoxRec box; - int i; - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - - /* x,y are in Screen 0 coordinates. We need to decide what Screen - to send the message too and what the coordinates relative to - that screen are. */ - - pScreen = pSprite->screen; - x += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - y += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - - if(!POINT_IN_REGION(pScreen, &XineramaScreenRegions[pScreen->myNum], - x, y, &box)) - { - FOR_NSCREENS(i) - { - if(i == pScreen->myNum) - continue; - if(POINT_IN_REGION(pScreen, &XineramaScreenRegions[i], x, y, &box)) - { - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i]; - break; - } - } - } - - pSprite->screen = pScreen; - pSprite->hotPhys.x = x - panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - pSprite->hotPhys.y = y - panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - x -= panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].x; - y -= panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].y; - - return (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(pDev, pScreen, x, y, generateEvent); -} - - -static void -XineramaConstrainCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev) -{ - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - BoxRec newBox; - - pScreen = pSprite->screen; - newBox = pSprite->physLimits; - - /* Translate the constraining box to the screen - the sprite is actually on */ - newBox.x1 += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x - panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].x; - newBox.x2 += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x - panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].x; - newBox.y1 += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y - panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].y; - newBox.y2 += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y - panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].y; - - (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &newBox); -} - - -static Bool -XineramaSetWindowPntrs(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin) -{ - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - - if(pWin == WindowTable[0]) { - memcpy(pSprite->windows, WindowTable, - PanoramiXNumScreens*sizeof(WindowPtr)); - } else { - PanoramiXRes *win; - int rc, i; - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, pWin->drawable.id, - XRT_WINDOW, serverClient, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return FALSE; - - for(i = 0; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) { - rc = dixLookupWindow(pSprite->windows + i, win->info[i].id, - serverClient, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) /* window is being unmapped */ - return FALSE; - } - } - return TRUE; -} - -static void -XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, - WindowPtr pWin, - Bool generateEvents) -{ - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - - int x, y, off_x, off_y, i; - - if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) - return; - - i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1; - - REGION_COPY(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1, - &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize); - off_x = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x; - off_y = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y; - - while(i--) { - x = off_x - panoramiXdataPtr[i].x; - y = off_y - panoramiXdataPtr[i].y; - - if(x || y) - REGION_TRANSLATE(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1, x, y); - - REGION_UNION(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1, &pSprite->Reg1, - &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize); - - off_x = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x; - off_y = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y; - } - - pSprite->hotLimits = *REGION_EXTENTS(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1); - - if(REGION_NUM_RECTS(&pSprite->Reg1) > 1) - pSprite->hotShape = &pSprite->Reg1; - else - pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion; - - pSprite->confined = FALSE; - pSprite->confineWin = (pWin == WindowTable[0]) ? NullWindow : pWin; - - CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents, FALSE, NULL); -} - -#endif /* PANORAMIX */ - -/** - * Modifies the filter for the given protocol event type to the given masks. - * - * There's only two callers: UpdateDeviceState() and XI's SetMaskForExtEvent(). - * The latter initialises masks for the matching XI events, it's a once-off - * setting. - * UDS however changes the mask for MotionNotify and DeviceMotionNotify each - * time a button is pressed to include the matching ButtonXMotion mask in the - * filter. - * - * @param[in] deviceid The device to modify the filter for. - * @param[in] mask The new filter mask. - * @param[in] event Protocol event type. - */ -void -SetMaskForEvent(int deviceid, Mask mask, int event) -{ - if (deviceid < 0 || deviceid >= MAXDEVICES) - FatalError("SetMaskForEvent: bogus device id"); - filters[deviceid][event] = mask; -} - -void -SetCriticalEvent(int event) -{ - if (event >= 128) - FatalError("SetCriticalEvent: bogus event number"); - criticalEvents[event >> 3] |= 1 << (event & 7); -} - -void -ConfineToShape(DeviceIntPtr pDev, RegionPtr shape, int *px, int *py) -{ - BoxRec box; - int x = *px, y = *py; - int incx = 1, incy = 1; - SpritePtr pSprite; - - pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - if (POINT_IN_REGION(pSprite->hot.pScreen, shape, x, y, &box)) - return; - box = *REGION_EXTENTS(pSprite->hot.pScreen, shape); - /* this is rather crude */ - do { - x += incx; - if (x >= box.x2) - { - incx = -1; - x = *px - 1; - } - else if (x < box.x1) - { - incx = 1; - x = *px; - y += incy; - if (y >= box.y2) - { - incy = -1; - y = *py - 1; - } - else if (y < box.y1) - return; /* should never get here! */ - } - } while (!POINT_IN_REGION(pSprite->hot.pScreen, shape, x, y, &box)); - *px = x; - *py = y; -} - -static void -CheckPhysLimits( - DeviceIntPtr pDev, - CursorPtr cursor, - Bool generateEvents, - Bool confineToScreen, /* unused if PanoramiX on */ - ScreenPtr pScreen) /* unused if PanoramiX on */ -{ - HotSpot new; - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - - if (!cursor) - return; - new = pSprite->hotPhys; -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - /* I don't care what the DDX has to say about it */ - pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits; - else -#endif - { - if (pScreen) - new.pScreen = pScreen; - else - pScreen = new.pScreen; - (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev, pScreen, cursor, &pSprite->hotLimits, - &pSprite->physLimits); - pSprite->confined = confineToScreen; - (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits); - } - - /* constrain the pointer to those limits */ - if (new.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1) - new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1; - else - if (new.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2) - new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1; - if (new.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1) - new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1; - else - if (new.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2) - new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1; - if (pSprite->hotShape) - ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &new.x, &new.y); - if ((pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) || - (new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y)) - { -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - XineramaSetCursorPosition (pDev, new.x, new.y, generateEvents); - else -#endif - { - if (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) - pSprite->hotPhys = new; - (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) - (pDev, pScreen, new.x, new.y, generateEvents); - } - if (!generateEvents) - SyntheticMotion(pDev, new.x, new.y); - } - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - /* Tell DDX what the limits are */ - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - XineramaConstrainCursor(pDev); -#endif -} - -static void -CheckVirtualMotion( - DeviceIntPtr pDev, - QdEventPtr qe, - WindowPtr pWin) -{ - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - RegionPtr reg = NULL; - DeviceEvent *ev = NULL; - - if (qe) - { - ev = &qe->event->device_event; - switch(ev->type) - { - case ET_Motion: - case ET_ButtonPress: - case ET_ButtonRelease: - case ET_KeyPress: - case ET_KeyRelease: - case ET_ProximityIn: - case ET_ProximityOut: - pSprite->hot.pScreen = qe->pScreen; - pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x; - pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y; - pWin = pDev->deviceGrab.grab ? pDev->deviceGrab.grab->confineTo : NullWindow; - break; - default: - break; - } - } - if (pWin) - { - BoxRec lims; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) { - int x, y, off_x, off_y, i; - - if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) - return; - - i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1; - - REGION_COPY(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg2, - &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize); - off_x = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x; - off_y = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y; - - while(i--) { - x = off_x - panoramiXdataPtr[i].x; - y = off_y - panoramiXdataPtr[i].y; - - if(x || y) - REGION_TRANSLATE(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg2, x, y); - - REGION_UNION(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg2, &pSprite->Reg2, - &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize); - - off_x = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x; - off_y = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y; - } - } else -#endif - { - if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pWin->drawable.pScreen) - { - pSprite->hot.pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->hot.y = 0; - } - } - - lims = *REGION_EXTENTS(pWin->drawable.pScreen, &pWin->borderSize); - if (pSprite->hot.x < lims.x1) - pSprite->hot.x = lims.x1; - else if (pSprite->hot.x >= lims.x2) - pSprite->hot.x = lims.x2 - 1; - if (pSprite->hot.y < lims.y1) - pSprite->hot.y = lims.y1; - else if (pSprite->hot.y >= lims.y2) - pSprite->hot.y = lims.y2 - 1; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - { - if (REGION_NUM_RECTS(&pSprite->Reg2) > 1) - reg = &pSprite->Reg2; - - } else -#endif - { - if (wBoundingShape(pWin)) - reg = &pWin->borderSize; - } - - if (reg) - ConfineToShape(pDev, reg, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y); - - if (qe && ev) - { - qe->pScreen = pSprite->hot.pScreen; - ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x; - ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y; - } - } -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if (noPanoramiXExtension) /* No typo. Only set the root win if disabled */ -#endif - RootWindow(pDev) = WindowTable[pSprite->hot.pScreen->myNum]; -} - -static void -ConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, Bool generateEvents, Bool confineToScreen) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - - if (syncEvents.playingEvents) - { - CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, (QdEventPtr)NULL, pWin); - SyntheticMotion(pDev, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y); - } - else - { -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { - XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, pWin, generateEvents); - return; - } -#endif - pSprite->hotLimits = *REGION_EXTENTS( pScreen, &pWin->borderSize); - pSprite->hotShape = wBoundingShape(pWin) ? &pWin->borderSize - : NullRegion; - CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents, - confineToScreen, pScreen); - } -} - -Bool -PointerConfinedToScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev) -{ - return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->confined; -} - -/** - * Update the sprite cursor to the given cursor. - * - * ChangeToCursor() will display the new cursor and free the old cursor (if - * applicable). If the provided cursor is already the updated cursor, nothing - * happens. - */ -static void -ChangeToCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CursorPtr cursor) -{ - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - - if (cursor != pSprite->current) - { - if ((pSprite->current->bits->xhot != cursor->bits->xhot) || - (pSprite->current->bits->yhot != cursor->bits->yhot)) - CheckPhysLimits(pDev, cursor, FALSE, pSprite->confined, - (ScreenPtr)NULL); -#ifdef PANORAMIX - /* XXX: is this really necessary?? (whot) */ - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - pScreen = pSprite->screen; - else -#endif - pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen; - - (*pScreen->DisplayCursor)(pDev, pScreen, cursor); - FreeCursor(pSprite->current, (Cursor)0); - pSprite->current = cursor; - pSprite->current->refcnt++; - } -} - -/** - * @returns true if b is a descendent of a - */ -Bool -IsParent(WindowPtr a, WindowPtr b) -{ - for (b = b->parent; b; b = b->parent) - if (b == a) return TRUE; - return FALSE; -} - -/** - * Update the cursor displayed on the screen. - * - * Called whenever a cursor may have changed shape or position. - */ -static void -PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev) -{ - WindowPtr win; - GrabPtr grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab; - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - CursorPtr pCursor; - - if (syncEvents.playingEvents) - return; - if (grab) - { - if (grab->cursor) - { - ChangeToCursor(pDev, grab->cursor); - return; - } - if (IsParent(grab->window, pSprite->win)) - win = pSprite->win; - else - win = grab->window; - } - else - win = pSprite->win; - for (; win; win = win->parent) - { - if (win->optional) - { - pCursor = WindowGetDeviceCursor(win, pDev); - if (!pCursor && win->optional->cursor != NullCursor) - pCursor = win->optional->cursor; - if (pCursor) - { - ChangeToCursor(pDev, pCursor); - return; - } - } - } -} - - -/** - * @param dev device which you want to know its current root window - * @return root window where dev's sprite is located - */ -WindowPtr -GetCurrentRootWindow(DeviceIntPtr dev) -{ - return RootWindow(dev); -} - -/** - * @return window underneath the cursor sprite. - */ -WindowPtr -GetSpriteWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev) -{ - return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->win; -} - -/** - * @return current sprite cursor. - */ -CursorPtr -GetSpriteCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev) -{ - return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->current; -} - -/** - * Set x/y current sprite position in screen coordinates. - */ -void -GetSpritePosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int *px, int *py) -{ - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - *px = pSprite->hotPhys.x; - *py = pSprite->hotPhys.y; -} - -#ifdef PANORAMIX -int -XineramaGetCursorScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev) -{ - if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { - return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum; - } else { - return 0; - } -} -#endif /* PANORAMIX */ - -#define TIMESLOP (5 * 60 * 1000) /* 5 minutes */ - -static void -MonthChangedOrBadTime(InternalEvent *ev) -{ - /* If the ddx/OS is careless about not processing timestamped events from - * different sources in sorted order, then it's possible for time to go - * backwards when it should not. Here we ensure a decent time. - */ - if ((currentTime.milliseconds - ev->any.time) > TIMESLOP) - currentTime.months++; - else - ev->any.time = currentTime.milliseconds; -} - -static void -NoticeTime(InternalEvent *ev) -{ - if (ev->any.time < currentTime.milliseconds) - MonthChangedOrBadTime(ev); - currentTime.milliseconds = ev->any.time; - lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime; -} - -void -NoticeEventTime(InternalEvent *ev) -{ - if (!syncEvents.playingEvents) - NoticeTime(ev); -} - -/************************************************************************** - * The following procedures deal with synchronous events * - **************************************************************************/ - -/** - * EnqueueEvent is a device's processInputProc if a device is frozen. - * Instead of delivering the events to the client, the event is tacked onto a - * linked list for later delivery. - */ -void -EnqueueEvent(InternalEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device) -{ - QdEventPtr tail = *syncEvents.pendtail; - QdEventPtr qe; - SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite; - int eventlen; - DeviceEvent *event = &ev->device_event; - - NoticeTime((InternalEvent*)event); - - /* Fix for key repeating bug. */ - if (device->key != NULL && device->key->xkbInfo != NULL && - event->type == ET_KeyRelease) - AccessXCancelRepeatKey(device->key->xkbInfo, event->detail.key); - -#if 0 - /* FIXME: I'm broken now. Please fix me. */ - if (DeviceEventCallback) - { - DeviceEventInfoRec eventinfo; - /* The RECORD spec says that the root window field of motion events - * must be valid. At this point, it hasn't been filled in yet, so - * we do it here. The long expression below is necessary to get - * the current root window; the apparently reasonable alternative - * GetCurrentRootWindow()->drawable.id doesn't give you the right - * answer on the first motion event after a screen change because - * the data that GetCurrentRootWindow relies on hasn't been - * updated yet. - */ - if (xE->u.u.type == DeviceMotionNotify) - XE_KBPTR.root = - WindowTable[pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->myNum]->drawable.id; - eventinfo.events = xE; - eventinfo.count = nevents; - CallCallbacks(&DeviceEventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo); - } -#endif - if (event->type == ET_Motion) - { -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { - event->root_x += panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].x - - panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - event->root_y += panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].y - - panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - } -#endif - pSprite->hotPhys.x = event->root_x; - pSprite->hotPhys.y = event->root_y; - /* do motion compression, but not if from different devices */ - if (tail && - (tail->event->any.type == ET_Motion) && - (tail->device == device) && - (tail->pScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)) - { - DeviceEvent *tailev = &tail->event->device_event; - tailev->root_x = pSprite->hotPhys.x; - tailev->root_y = pSprite->hotPhys.y; - tailev->time = event->time; - tail->months = currentTime.months; - return; - } - } - - eventlen = event->length; - - qe = xalloc(sizeof(QdEventRec) + eventlen); - if (!qe) - return; - qe->next = (QdEventPtr)NULL; - qe->device = device; - qe->pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen; - qe->months = currentTime.months; - qe->event = (InternalEvent *)(qe + 1); - memcpy(qe->event, event, eventlen); - if (tail) - syncEvents.pendtail = &tail->next; - *syncEvents.pendtail = qe; -} - -/** - * Run through the list of events queued up in syncEvents. - * For each event do: - * If the device for this event is not frozen anymore, take it and process it - * as usually. - * After that, check if there's any devices in the list that are not frozen. - * If there is none, we're done. If there is at least one device that is not - * frozen, then re-run from the beginning of the event queue. - */ -static void -PlayReleasedEvents(void) -{ - QdEventPtr *prev, qe; - DeviceIntPtr dev; - DeviceIntPtr pDev; - - prev = &syncEvents.pending; - while ( (qe = *prev) ) - { - if (!qe->device->deviceGrab.sync.frozen) - { - *prev = qe->next; - pDev = qe->device; - if (*syncEvents.pendtail == *prev) - syncEvents.pendtail = prev; - if (qe->event->any.type == ET_Motion) - CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, qe, NullWindow); - syncEvents.time.months = qe->months; - syncEvents.time.milliseconds = qe->event->any.time; -#ifdef PANORAMIX - /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc - will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry - to the DIX layer */ - if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { - DeviceEvent *ev = &qe->event->device_event; - switch(ev->type) - { - case ET_Motion: - case ET_ButtonPress: - case ET_ButtonRelease: - case ET_KeyPress: - case ET_KeyRelease: - case ET_ProximityIn: - case ET_ProximityOut: - ev->root_x += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x - - panoramiXdataPtr[pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum].x; - ev->root_y += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y - - panoramiXdataPtr[pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum].y; - break; - default: - break; - } - - } -#endif - (*qe->device->public.processInputProc)(qe->event, qe->device); - xfree(qe); - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev && dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen; dev = dev->next) - ; - if (!dev) - break; - /* Playing the event may have unfrozen another device. */ - /* So to play it safe, restart at the head of the queue */ - prev = &syncEvents.pending; - } - else - prev = &qe->next; - } -} - -/** - * Freeze or thaw the given devices. The device's processing proc is - * switched to either the real processing proc (in case of thawing) or an - * enqueuing processing proc (usually EnqueueEvent()). - * - * @param dev The device to freeze/thaw - * @param frozen True to freeze or false to thaw. - */ -static void -FreezeThaw(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool frozen) -{ - dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen = frozen; - if (frozen) - dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.enqueueInputProc; - else - dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.realInputProc; -} - -/** - * Unfreeze devices and replay all events to the respective clients. - * - * ComputeFreezes takes the first event in the device's frozen event queue. It - * runs up the sprite tree (spriteTrace) and searches for the window to replay - * the events from. If it is found, it checks for passive grabs one down from - * the window or delivers the events. - */ -static void -ComputeFreezes(void) -{ - DeviceIntPtr replayDev = syncEvents.replayDev; - int i; - WindowPtr w; - GrabPtr grab; - DeviceIntPtr dev; - - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - FreezeThaw(dev, dev->deviceGrab.sync.other || - (dev->deviceGrab.sync.state >= FROZEN)); - if (syncEvents.playingEvents || (!replayDev && !syncEvents.pending)) - return; - syncEvents.playingEvents = TRUE; - if (replayDev) - { - DeviceEvent* event = replayDev->deviceGrab.sync.event; - - syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; - - w = XYToWindow(replayDev, event->root_x, event->root_y); - for (i = 0; i < replayDev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood; i++) - { - if (syncEvents.replayWin == - replayDev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i]) - { - if (!CheckDeviceGrabs(replayDev, event, i+1)) { - if (replayDev->focus && !IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event)) - DeliverFocusedEvent(replayDev, (InternalEvent*)event, w); - else - DeliverDeviceEvents(w, (InternalEvent*)event, NullGrab, - NullWindow, replayDev); - } - goto playmore; - } - } - /* must not still be in the same stack */ - if (replayDev->focus && !IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event)) - DeliverFocusedEvent(replayDev, (InternalEvent*)event, w); - else - DeliverDeviceEvents(w, (InternalEvent*)event, NullGrab, - NullWindow, replayDev); - } -playmore: - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (!dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen) - { - PlayReleasedEvents(); - break; - } - } - syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE; - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (DevHasCursor(dev)) - { - /* the following may have been skipped during replay, - so do it now */ - if ((grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) - { - if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen != - dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen) - dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = - dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0; - ConfineCursorToWindow(dev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE); - } - else - ConfineCursorToWindow(dev, - WindowTable[dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->myNum], - TRUE, FALSE); - PostNewCursor(dev); - } - } -} - -#ifdef RANDR -void -ScreenRestructured (ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - GrabPtr grab; - DeviceIntPtr pDev; - - for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) - { - if (!DevHasCursor(pDev)) - continue; - - /* GrabDevice doesn't have a confineTo field, so we don't need to - * worry about it. */ - if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) - { - if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen - != pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen) - pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0; - ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE); - } - else - ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, - WindowTable[pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->myNum], - TRUE, FALSE); - } -} -#endif - -static void -CheckGrabForSyncs(DeviceIntPtr thisDev, Bool thisMode, Bool otherMode) -{ - GrabPtr grab = thisDev->deviceGrab.grab; - DeviceIntPtr dev; - - if (thisMode == GrabModeSync) - thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT; - else - { /* free both if same client owns both */ - thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = THAWED; - if (thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other && - (CLIENT_BITS(thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) == - CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource))) - thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab; - } - - /* - XXX: Direct slave grab won't freeze the paired master device. - The correct thing to do would be to freeze all SDs attached to the - paired master device. - */ - if (IsMaster(thisDev)) - { - dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev); - if (otherMode == GrabModeSync) - dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab; - else - { /* free both if same client owns both */ - if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other && - (CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) == - CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource))) - dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab; - } - } - ComputeFreezes(); -} - -/* Only ever used if a grab is called on an attached slave device. */ -static int GrabPrivateKeyIndex; -static DevPrivateKey GrabPrivateKey = &GrabPrivateKeyIndex; - -/** - * Save the device's master device in the devPrivates. This needs to be done - * if a client directly grabs a slave device that is attached to a master. For - * the duration of the grab, the device is detached, ungrabbing re-attaches it - * though. - * - * We store the ID of the master device only in case the master disappears - * while the device has a grab. - */ -static void -DetachFromMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev) -{ - intptr_t id; - if (!dev->u.master) - return; - - id = dev->u.master->id; - - dixSetPrivate(&dev->devPrivates, GrabPrivateKey, (void *)id); - AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL); -} - -static void -ReattachToOldMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev) -{ - int id; - void *p; - DeviceIntPtr master = NULL; - - if (IsMaster(dev)) - return; - - - p = dixLookupPrivate(&dev->devPrivates, GrabPrivateKey); - id = (intptr_t) p; /* silence gcc warnings */ - dixLookupDevice(&master, id, serverClient, DixUseAccess); - - if (master) - { - AttachDevice(serverClient, dev, master); - dixSetPrivate(&dev->devPrivates, GrabPrivateKey, NULL); - } -} - -/** - * Activate a pointer grab on the given device. A pointer grab will cause all - * core pointer events of this device to be delivered to the grabbing client only. - * No other device will send core events to the grab client while the grab is - * on, but core events will be sent to other clients. - * Can cause the cursor to change if a grab cursor is set. - * - * Note that parameter autoGrab may be (True & ImplicitGrabMask) if the grab - * is an implicit grab caused by a ButtonPress event. - * - * @param mouse The device to grab. - * @param grab The grab structure, needs to be setup. - * @param autoGrab True if the grab was caused by a button down event and not - * explicitely by a client. - */ -void -ActivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse, GrabPtr grab, - TimeStamp time, Bool autoGrab) -{ - GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &mouse->deviceGrab; - WindowPtr oldWin = (grabinfo->grab) ? - grabinfo->grab->window - : mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win; - Bool isPassive = autoGrab & ~ImplicitGrabMask; - - /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */ - if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 && - !(autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask) && !IsMaster(mouse)) - DetachFromMaster(mouse); - - if (grab->confineTo) - { - if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen - != mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen) - mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = - mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0; - ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, grab->confineTo, FALSE, TRUE); - } - DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab); - mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; - if (syncEvents.playingEvents) - grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time; - else - grabinfo->grabTime = time; - if (grab->cursor) - grab->cursor->refcnt++; - grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab; - grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab; - grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = isPassive; - grabinfo->implicitGrab = autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask; - PostNewCursor(mouse); - CheckGrabForSyncs(mouse,(Bool)grab->pointerMode, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode); -} - -/** - * Delete grab on given device, update the sprite. - * - * Extension devices are set up for ActivateKeyboardGrab(). - */ -void -DeactivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse) -{ - GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab; - DeviceIntPtr dev; - Bool wasImplicit = (mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab && - mouse->deviceGrab.implicitGrab); - - mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; - mouse->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab; - mouse->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED; - mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE; - - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab) - dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab; - } - DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, grab->window, - mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win, NotifyUngrab); - if (grab->confineTo) - ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, RootWindow(mouse), FALSE, FALSE); - PostNewCursor(mouse); - if (grab->cursor) - FreeCursor(grab->cursor, (Cursor)0); - - if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2) - ReattachToOldMaster(mouse); - - ComputeFreezes(); -} - -/** - * Activate a keyboard grab on the given device. - * - * Extension devices have ActivateKeyboardGrab() set as their grabbing proc. - */ -void -ActivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd, GrabPtr grab, TimeStamp time, Bool passive) -{ - GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &keybd->deviceGrab; - WindowPtr oldWin; - - /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */ - if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 && - !(passive & ImplicitGrabMask) && - !IsMaster(keybd)) - DetachFromMaster(keybd); - - if (grabinfo->grab) - oldWin = grabinfo->grab->window; - else if (keybd->focus) - oldWin = keybd->focus->win; - else - oldWin = keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win; - if (oldWin == FollowKeyboardWin) - oldWin = keybd->focus->win; - if (keybd->valuator) - keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; - DoFocusEvents(keybd, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab); - if (syncEvents.playingEvents) - grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time; - else - grabinfo->grabTime = time; - grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab; - grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab; - grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = passive; - grabinfo->implicitGrab = passive & ImplicitGrabMask; - CheckGrabForSyncs(keybd, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode, (Bool)grab->pointerMode); -} - -/** - * Delete keyboard grab for the given device. - */ -void -DeactivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd) -{ - GrabPtr grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab; - DeviceIntPtr dev; - WindowPtr focusWin = keybd->focus ? keybd->focus->win - : keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win; - Bool wasImplicit = (keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab && - keybd->deviceGrab.implicitGrab); - - if (focusWin == FollowKeyboardWin) - focusWin = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win; - if (keybd->valuator) - keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; - keybd->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab; - keybd->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED; - keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE; - - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab) - dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab; - } - DoFocusEvents(keybd, grab->window, focusWin, NotifyUngrab); - - if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2) - ReattachToOldMaster(keybd); - - ComputeFreezes(); -} - -void -AllowSome(ClientPtr client, - TimeStamp time, - DeviceIntPtr thisDev, - int newState) -{ - Bool thisGrabbed, otherGrabbed, othersFrozen, thisSynced; - TimeStamp grabTime; - DeviceIntPtr dev; - GrabInfoPtr devgrabinfo, - grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab; - - thisGrabbed = grabinfo->grab && SameClient(grabinfo->grab, client); - thisSynced = FALSE; - otherGrabbed = FALSE; - othersFrozen = FALSE; - grabTime = grabinfo->grabTime; - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab; - - if (dev == thisDev) - continue; - if (devgrabinfo->grab && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client)) - { - if (!(thisGrabbed || otherGrabbed) || - (CompareTimeStamps(devgrabinfo->grabTime, grabTime) == LATER)) - grabTime = devgrabinfo->grabTime; - otherGrabbed = TRUE; - if (grabinfo->sync.other == devgrabinfo->grab) - thisSynced = TRUE; - if (devgrabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN) - othersFrozen = TRUE; - } - } - if (!((thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN) || thisSynced)) - return; - if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) || - (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabTime) == EARLIER)) - return; - switch (newState) - { - case THAWED: /* Async */ - if (thisGrabbed) - grabinfo->sync.state = THAWED; - if (thisSynced) - grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; - ComputeFreezes(); - break; - case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT: /* Sync */ - if (thisGrabbed) - { - grabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT; - if (thisSynced) - grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; - ComputeFreezes(); - } - break; - case THAWED_BOTH: /* AsyncBoth */ - if (othersFrozen) - { - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab; - if (devgrabinfo->grab - && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client)) - devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED; - if (devgrabinfo->sync.other && - SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client)) - devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; - } - ComputeFreezes(); - } - break; - case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT: /* SyncBoth */ - if (othersFrozen) - { - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab; - if (devgrabinfo->grab - && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client)) - devgrabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT; - if (devgrabinfo->sync.other - && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client)) - devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; - } - ComputeFreezes(); - } - break; - case NOT_GRABBED: /* Replay */ - if (thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_WITH_EVENT) - { - if (thisSynced) - grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; - syncEvents.replayDev = thisDev; - syncEvents.replayWin = grabinfo->grab->window; - (*grabinfo->DeactivateGrab)(thisDev); - syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; - } - break; - case THAW_OTHERS: /* AsyncOthers */ - if (othersFrozen) - { - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (dev == thisDev) - continue; - devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab; - if (devgrabinfo->grab - && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client)) - devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED; - if (devgrabinfo->sync.other - && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client)) - devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab; - } - ComputeFreezes(); - } - break; - } -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for AllowEvents request. - * - * Release some events from a frozen device. - */ -int -ProcAllowEvents(ClientPtr client) -{ - TimeStamp time; - DeviceIntPtr mouse = NULL; - DeviceIntPtr keybd = NULL; - REQUEST(xAllowEventsReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllowEventsReq); - time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time); - - mouse = PickPointer(client); - keybd = PickKeyboard(client); - - switch (stuff->mode) - { - case ReplayPointer: - AllowSome(client, time, mouse, NOT_GRABBED); - break; - case SyncPointer: - AllowSome(client, time, mouse, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT); - break; - case AsyncPointer: - AllowSome(client, time, mouse, THAWED); - break; - case ReplayKeyboard: - AllowSome(client, time, keybd, NOT_GRABBED); - break; - case SyncKeyboard: - AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT); - break; - case AsyncKeyboard: - AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED); - break; - case SyncBoth: - AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT); - break; - case AsyncBoth: - AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED_BOTH); - break; - default: - client->errorValue = stuff->mode; - return BadValue; - } - return Success; -} - -/** - * Deactivate grabs from any device that has been grabbed by the client. - */ -void -ReleaseActiveGrabs(ClientPtr client) -{ - DeviceIntPtr dev; - Bool done; - - /* XXX CloseDownClient should remove passive grabs before - * releasing active grabs. - */ - do { - done = TRUE; - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client)) - { - (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev); - done = FALSE; - } - } - } while (!done); -} - -/************************************************************************** - * The following procedures deal with delivering events * - **************************************************************************/ - -/** - * Deliver the given events to the given client. - * - * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with - * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events. - * - * TryClientEvents() is the last station before actually writing the events to - * the socket. Anything that is not filtered here, will get delivered to the - * client. - * An event is only delivered if - * - mask and filter match up. - * - no other client has a grab on the device that caused the event. - * - * - * @param client The target client to deliver to. - * @param dev The device the event came from. May be NULL. - * @param pEvents The events to be delivered. - * @param count Number of elements in pEvents. - * @param mask Event mask as set by the window. - * @param filter Mask based on event type. - * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event. - * - * @return 1 if event was delivered, 0 if not or -1 if grab was not set by the - * client. - */ -int -TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents, - int count, Mask mask, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab) -{ - int i; - int type; - -#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS - ErrorF("[dix] Event([%d, %d], mask=0x%lx), client=%d%s", - pEvents->u.u.type, pEvents->u.u.detail, mask, - client ? client->index : -1, - (client && client->clientGone) ? " (gone)" : ""); -#endif - - if (!client || client == serverClient || client->clientGone) { -#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS - ErrorF(" not delivered to fake/dead client\n"); -#endif - return 0; - } - - if (filter != CantBeFiltered && !(mask & filter)) - { - #ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS - ErrorF(" filtered\n"); - #endif - return 0; - } - - if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) - { -#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS - ErrorF(" not delivered due to grab\n"); -#endif - return -1; /* don't send, but notify caller */ - } - - type = pEvents->u.u.type; - if (type == MotionNotify) - { - if (mask & PointerMotionHintMask) - { - if (WID(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow) == - pEvents->u.keyButtonPointer.event) - { -#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS - ErrorF("[dix] \n"); - ErrorF("[dix] motionHintWindow == keyButtonPointer.event\n"); -#endif - return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */ - } - pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyHint; - } - else - { - pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyNormal; - } - } - else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify) - { - if (MaybeSendDeviceMotionNotifyHint((deviceKeyButtonPointer*)pEvents, - mask) != 0) - return 1; - } else if (type == KeyPress) - { - if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents)) - { - if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client)) - { - xEvent release = *pEvents; - release.u.u.type = KeyRelease; - release.u.u.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, &release); -#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS - ErrorF(" (plus fake core release for repeat)"); -#endif - } else - { -#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS - ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)"); -#endif - } - } - - } else if (type == DeviceKeyPress) - { - if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents)) - { - if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client)) - { - deviceKeyButtonPointer release = *(deviceKeyButtonPointer *)pEvents; - release.type = DeviceKeyRelease; - release.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; -#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS - ErrorF(" (plus fake xi1 release for repeat)"); -#endif - WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, (xEvent *) &release); - } - else { -#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS - ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)"); -#endif - } - } - } - - type &= 0177; - if (type != KeymapNotify) - { - /* all extension events must have a sequence number */ - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) - pEvents[i].u.u.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - } - - if (BitIsOn(criticalEvents, type)) - { - if (client->smart_priority < SMART_MAX_PRIORITY) - client->smart_priority++; - SetCriticalOutputPending(); - } - - WriteEventsToClient(client, count, pEvents); -#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS - ErrorF("[dix] delivered\n"); -#endif - return 1; -} - -/** - * Deliver events to a window. At this point, we do not yet know if the event - * actually needs to be delivered. May activate a grab if the event is a - * button press. - * - * Core events are always delivered to the window owner. If the filter is - * something other than CantBeFiltered, the event is also delivered to other - * clients with the matching mask on the window. - * - * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with - * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events. - * - * @param pWin The window that would get the event. - * @param pEvents The events to be delivered. - * @param count Number of elements in pEvents. - * @param filter Mask based on event type. - * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event. - * - * @return Number of events delivered to various clients. - */ -int -DeliverEventsToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, xEvent - *pEvents, int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab) -{ - int deliveries = 0, nondeliveries = 0; - int attempt; - InputClients *other; - ClientPtr client = NullClient; - Mask deliveryMask = 0; /* If a grab occurs due to a button press, then - this mask is the mask of the grab. */ - int type = pEvents->u.u.type; - - - /* Deliver to window owner */ - if ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || CORE_EVENT(pEvents)) - { - /* if nobody ever wants to see this event, skip some work */ - if (filter != CantBeFiltered && - !((wOtherEventMasks(pWin)|pWin->eventMask) & filter)) - return 0; - - if (IsInterferingGrab(wClient(pWin), pDev, pEvents)) - return 0; - - if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(pWin), pWin, pEvents, count)) - /* do nothing */; - else if ( (attempt = TryClientEvents(wClient(pWin), pDev, pEvents, - count, pWin->eventMask, - filter, grab)) ) - { - if (attempt > 0) - { - deliveries++; - client = wClient(pWin); - deliveryMask = pWin->eventMask; - } else - nondeliveries--; - } - } - - /* CantBeFiltered means only window owner gets the event */ - if (filter != CantBeFiltered) - { - if (CORE_EVENT(pEvents)) - other = (InputClients *)wOtherClients(pWin); - else if (XI2_EVENT(pEvents)) - { - OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(pWin); - /* Has any client selected for the event? */ - if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(pDev, pWin, pEvents)) - return 0; - other = inputMasks->inputClients; - } else { - OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(pWin); - /* Has any client selected for the event? */ - if (!inputMasks || - !(inputMasks->inputEvents[pDev->id] & filter)) - return 0; - - other = inputMasks->inputClients; - } - - for (; other; other = other->next) - { - Mask mask; - if (IsInterferingGrab(rClient(other), pDev, pEvents)) - continue; - - mask = GetEventMask(pDev, pEvents, other); - - if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(other), pWin, - pEvents, count)) - /* do nothing */; - else if ( (attempt = TryClientEvents(rClient(other), pDev, - pEvents, count, - mask, filter, grab)) ) - { - if (attempt > 0) - { - deliveries++; - client = rClient(other); - deliveryMask = mask; - } else - nondeliveries--; - } - } - } - /* - * Note that since core events are delivered first, an implicit grab may - * be activated on a core grab, stopping the XI events. - */ - if ((type == DeviceButtonPress || type == ButtonPress || - ((XI2_EVENT(pEvents) && ((xGenericEvent*)pEvents)->evtype == XI_ButtonPress))) - && deliveries - && (!grab)) - { - GrabRec tempGrab; - OtherInputMasks *inputMasks; - - memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec)); - tempGrab.next = NULL; - tempGrab.device = pDev; - tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask; - tempGrab.window = pWin; - tempGrab.ownerEvents = (deliveryMask & OwnerGrabButtonMask) ? TRUE : FALSE; - tempGrab.eventMask = deliveryMask; - tempGrab.keyboardMode = GrabModeAsync; - tempGrab.pointerMode = GrabModeAsync; - tempGrab.confineTo = NullWindow; - tempGrab.cursor = NullCursor; - tempGrab.type = type; - if (type == ButtonPress) - tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; - else if (type == DeviceButtonPress) - tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI; - else - { - tempGrab.type = ((xGenericEvent*)pEvents)->evtype; - tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2; - } - - /* get the XI and XI2 device mask */ - inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(pWin); - tempGrab.deviceMask = (inputMasks) ? inputMasks->inputEvents[pDev->id]: 0; - - if (inputMasks) - memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, inputMasks->xi2mask, - sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask)); - - (*pDev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab)(pDev, &tempGrab, - currentTime, TRUE | ImplicitGrabMask); - } - else if ((type == MotionNotify) && deliveries) - pDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = pWin; - else - { - if ((type == DeviceMotionNotify || type == DeviceButtonPress) && - deliveries) - CheckDeviceGrabAndHintWindow (pWin, type, - (deviceKeyButtonPointer*) pEvents, - grab, client, deliveryMask); - } - if (deliveries) - return deliveries; - return nondeliveries; -} - -/* If the event goes to dontClient, don't send it and return 0. if - send works, return 1 or if send didn't work, return 2. - Only works for core events. -*/ - -#ifdef PANORAMIX -static int -XineramaTryClientEventsResult( - ClientPtr client, - GrabPtr grab, - Mask mask, - Mask filter -){ - if ((client) && (client != serverClient) && (!client->clientGone) && - ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || (mask & filter))) - { - if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) return -1; - else return 1; - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -/** - * Try to deliver events to the interested parties. - * - * @param pWin The window that would get the event. - * @param pEvents The events to be delivered. - * @param count Number of elements in pEvents. - * @param filter Mask based on event type. - * @param dontClient Don't deliver to the dontClient. - */ -int -MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *pEvents, - int count, Mask filter, ClientPtr dontClient) -{ - OtherClients *other; - - - if (pWin->eventMask & filter) - { - if (wClient(pWin) == dontClient) - return 0; -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) - return XineramaTryClientEventsResult( - wClient(pWin), NullGrab, pWin->eventMask, filter); -#endif - if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(pWin), pWin, pEvents, count)) - return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */ - return TryClientEvents(wClient(pWin), NULL, pEvents, count, - pWin->eventMask, filter, NullGrab); - } - for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next) - { - if (other->mask & filter) - { - if (SameClient(other, dontClient)) - return 0; -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) - return XineramaTryClientEventsResult( - rClient(other), NullGrab, other->mask, filter); -#endif - if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(other), pWin, pEvents, - count)) - return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */ - return TryClientEvents(rClient(other), NULL, pEvents, count, - other->mask, filter, NullGrab); - } - } - return 2; -} - -static Window FindChildForEvent(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr event) -{ - SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite; - WindowPtr w = pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood-1]; - Window child = None; - - /* If the search ends up past the root should the child field be - set to none or should the value in the argument be passed - through. It probably doesn't matter since everyone calls - this function with child == None anyway. */ - while (w) - { - /* If the source window is same as event window, child should be - none. Don't bother going all all the way back to the root. */ - - if (w == event) - { - child = None; - break; - } - - if (w->parent == event) - { - child = w->drawable.id; - break; - } - w = w->parent; - } - return child; -} - -/** - * Adjust event fields to comply with the window properties. - * - * @param xE Event to be modified in place - * @param pWin The window to get the information from. - * @param child Child window setting for event (if applicable) - * @param calcChild If True, calculate the child window. - */ -void -FixUpEventFromWindow( - DeviceIntPtr pDev, - xEvent *xE, - WindowPtr pWin, - Window child, - Bool calcChild) -{ - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - - if (calcChild) - child = FindChildForEvent(pDev, pWin); - - if (XI2_EVENT(xE)) - { - xXIDeviceEvent* event = (xXIDeviceEvent*)xE; - - if (event->evtype == XI_RawKeyPress || - event->evtype == XI_RawKeyRelease || - event->evtype == XI_RawButtonPress || - event->evtype == XI_RawButtonRelease || - event->evtype == XI_RawMotion || - event->evtype == XI_DeviceChanged || - event->evtype == XI_HierarchyChanged || - event->evtype == XI_PropertyEvent) - return; - - event->root = RootWindow(pDev)->drawable.id; - event->event = pWin->drawable.id; - if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen) - { - event->event_x = event->root_x - FP1616(pWin->drawable.x, 0); - event->event_y = event->root_y - FP1616(pWin->drawable.y, 0); - event->child = child; - } else - { - event->event_x = 0; - event->event_y = 0; - event->child = None; - } - - if (event->evtype == XI_Enter || event->evtype == XI_Leave || - event->evtype == XI_FocusIn || event->evtype == XI_FocusOut) - ((xXIEnterEvent*)event)->same_screen = - (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen); - - } else - { - XE_KBPTR.root = RootWindow(pDev)->drawable.id; - XE_KBPTR.event = pWin->drawable.id; - if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen) - { - XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xTrue; - XE_KBPTR.child = child; - XE_KBPTR.eventX = - XE_KBPTR.rootX - pWin->drawable.x; - XE_KBPTR.eventY = - XE_KBPTR.rootY - pWin->drawable.y; - } - else - { - XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xFalse; - XE_KBPTR.child = None; - XE_KBPTR.eventX = 0; - XE_KBPTR.eventY = 0; - } - } -} - -/** - * Return masks for EventIsDeliverable. - * @defgroup EventIsDeliverable return flags - * @{ - */ -#define XI_MASK (1 << 0) /**< XI mask set on window */ -#define CORE_MASK (1 << 1) /**< Core mask set on window */ -#define DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK (1 << 2) /**< DontPropagate mask set on window */ -#define XI2_MASK (1 << 3) /**< XI2 mask set on window */ -/* @} */ - -/** - * Check if a given event is deliverable at all on a given window. - * - * This function only checks if any client wants it, not for a specific - * client. - * - * @param[in] dev The device this event is being sent for. - * @param[in] event The event that is to be sent. - * @param[in] win The current event window. - * - * @return Bitmask of ::XI2_MASK, ::XI_MASK, ::CORE_MASK, and - * ::DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK. - */ -static int -EventIsDeliverable(DeviceIntPtr dev, InternalEvent* event, WindowPtr win) -{ - int rc = 0; - int filter = 0; - int type; - OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win); - xEvent ev; - - /* XXX: this makes me gag */ - type = GetXI2Type(event); - ev.u.u.type = GenericEvent; /* GetEventFilter only cares about type and evtype*/ - ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->extension = IReqCode; - ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->evtype = type; - filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev); - if (type && inputMasks && - ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] & filter) || - ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] & filter) && IsMaster(dev)) || - (inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][type/8] & filter))) - rc |= XI2_MASK; - - type = GetXIType(event); - ev.u.u.type = type; - filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev); - - /* Check for XI mask */ - if (type && inputMasks && - (inputMasks->deliverableEvents[dev->id] & filter) && - (inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter)) - rc |= XI_MASK; - - /* Check for XI DontPropagate mask */ - if (type && inputMasks && - (inputMasks->dontPropagateMask[dev->id] & filter)) - rc |= DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK; - - /* Check for core mask */ - type = GetCoreType(event); - if (type && (win->deliverableEvents & filter) && - ((wOtherEventMasks(win) | win->eventMask) & filter)) - rc |= CORE_MASK; - - /* Check for core DontPropagate mask */ - if (type && (filter & wDontPropagateMask(win))) - rc |= DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK; - - return rc; -} - -/** - * Deliver events caused by input devices. - * - * For events from a non-grabbed, non-focus device, DeliverDeviceEvents is - * called directly from the processInputProc. - * For grabbed devices, DeliverGrabbedEvent is called first, and _may_ call - * DeliverDeviceEvents. - * For focused events, DeliverFocusedEvent is called first, and _may_ call - * DeliverDeviceEvents. - * - * @param pWin Window to deliver event to. - * @param event The events to deliver, not yet in wire format. - * @param grab Possible grab on a device. - * @param stopAt Don't recurse up to the root window. - * @param dev The device that is responsible for the event. - * - * @see DeliverGrabbedEvent - * @see DeliverFocusedEvent - */ -int -DeliverDeviceEvents(WindowPtr pWin, InternalEvent *event, GrabPtr grab, - WindowPtr stopAt, DeviceIntPtr dev) -{ - Window child = None; - Mask filter; - int deliveries = 0; - xEvent core; - xEvent *xE = NULL; - int rc, mask, count = 0; - - CHECKEVENT(event); - - while (pWin) - { - if ((mask = EventIsDeliverable(dev, event, pWin))) - { - /* XI2 events first */ - if (mask & XI2_MASK) - { - xEvent *xi2 = NULL; - rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2); - if (rc == Success) - { - /* XXX: XACE */ - filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xi2); - FixUpEventFromWindow(dev, xi2, pWin, child, FALSE); - deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xi2, 1, - filter, grab); - xfree(xi2); - if (deliveries > 0) - goto unwind; - } else if (rc != BadMatch) - ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DDE (%d).\n", - dev->name, rc); - } - - /* XI events */ - if (mask & XI_MASK) - { - rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count); - if (rc == Success && - XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, xE, count) == Success) - { - filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xE); - FixUpEventFromWindow(dev, xE, pWin, child, FALSE); - deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xE, count, - filter, grab); - if (deliveries > 0) - goto unwind; - } - } - - /* Core event */ - if ((mask & CORE_MASK) && IsMaster(dev) && dev->coreEvents) - { - rc = EventToCore(event, &core); - if (rc == Success && - XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, &core, 1) == Success) - { - filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &core); - FixUpEventFromWindow(dev, &core, pWin, child, FALSE); - deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &core, 1, - filter, grab); - if (deliveries > 0) - goto unwind; - } - } - - if ((deliveries < 0) || (pWin == stopAt) || - (mask & DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK)) - { - deliveries = 0; - goto unwind; - } - } - - child = pWin->drawable.id; - pWin = pWin->parent; - } - -unwind: - xfree(xE); - return deliveries; -} - -#undef XI_MASK -#undef CORE_MASK -#undef DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK - -/** - * Deliver event to a window and it's immediate parent. Used for most window - * events (CreateNotify, ConfigureNotify, etc.). Not useful for events that - * propagate up the tree or extension events - * - * In case of a ReparentNotify event, the event will be delivered to the - * otherParent as well. - * - * @param pWin Window to deliver events to. - * @param xE Events to deliver. - * @param count number of events in xE. - * @param otherParent Used for ReparentNotify events. - */ -int -DeliverEvents(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *xE, int count, - WindowPtr otherParent) -{ - Mask filter; - int deliveries; - DeviceIntRec dummy; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) - return count; -#endif - - if (!count) - return 0; - - dummy.id = XIAllDevices; - filter = GetEventFilter(&dummy, xE); - if ((filter & SubstructureNotifyMask) && (xE->u.u.type != CreateNotify)) - xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->drawable.id; - if (filter != StructureAndSubMask) - return DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count, filter, NullGrab); - deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count, - StructureNotifyMask, NullGrab); - if (pWin->parent) - { - xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->parent->drawable.id; - deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin->parent, xE, count, - SubstructureNotifyMask, NullGrab); - if (xE->u.u.type == ReparentNotify) - { - xE->u.destroyNotify.event = otherParent->drawable.id; - deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, - otherParent, xE, count, SubstructureNotifyMask, - NullGrab); - } - } - return deliveries; -} - - -static Bool -PointInBorderSize(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y) -{ - BoxRec box; - SpritePtr pSprite = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite; - - if(POINT_IN_REGION(pWin->drawable.pScreen, &pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box)) - return TRUE; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension && - XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) { - int i; - - for(i = 1; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) { - if(POINT_IN_REGION(pSprite->screen, - &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize, - x + panoramiXdataPtr[0].x - panoramiXdataPtr[i].x, - y + panoramiXdataPtr[0].y - panoramiXdataPtr[i].y, - &box)) - return TRUE; - } - } -#endif - return FALSE; -} - -/** - * Traversed from the root window to the window at the position x/y. While - * traversing, it sets up the traversal history in the spriteTrace array. - * After completing, the spriteTrace history is set in the following way: - * spriteTrace[0] ... root window - * spriteTrace[1] ... top level window that encloses x/y - * ... - * spriteTrace[spriteTraceGood - 1] ... window at x/y - * - * @returns the window at the given coordinates. - */ -static WindowPtr -XYToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int x, int y) -{ - WindowPtr pWin; - BoxRec box; - SpritePtr pSprite; - - pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1; /* root window still there */ - pWin = RootWindow(pDev)->firstChild; - while (pWin) - { - if ((pWin->mapped) && - (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) && - (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width + - wBorderWidth(pWin)) && - (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) && - (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height + - wBorderWidth (pWin)) - /* When a window is shaped, a further check - * is made to see if the point is inside - * borderSize - */ - && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) || PointInBorderSize(pWin, x, y)) - && (!wInputShape(pWin) || - POINT_IN_REGION(pWin->drawable.pScreen, - wInputShape(pWin), - x - pWin->drawable.x, - y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)) -#ifdef ROOTLESS - /* In rootless mode windows may be offscreen, even when - * they're in X's stack. (E.g. if the native window system - * implements some form of virtual desktop system). - */ - && !pWin->rootlessUnhittable -#endif - ) - { - if (pSprite->spriteTraceGood >= pSprite->spriteTraceSize) - { - pSprite->spriteTraceSize += 10; - pSprite->spriteTrace = xrealloc(pSprite->spriteTrace, - pSprite->spriteTraceSize*sizeof(WindowPtr)); - } - pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood++] = pWin; - pWin = pWin->firstChild; - } - else - pWin = pWin->nextSib; - } - return pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood-1]; -} - -/** - * Ungrab a currently FocusIn grabbed device and grab the device on the - * given window. If the win given is the NoneWin, the device is ungrabbed if - * applicable and FALSE is returned. - * - * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise. - */ -BOOL -ActivateFocusInGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win) -{ - BOOL rc = FALSE; - DeviceEvent event; - - if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && - dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab && - dev->deviceGrab.grab->type == XI_Enter) - { - if (dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win || - IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win)) - return FALSE; - DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab); - (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev); - } - - if (win == NoneWin || win == PointerRootWin) - return FALSE; - - memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent)); - event.header = ET_Internal; - event.type = ET_FocusIn; - event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent); - event.time = GetTimeInMillis(); - event.deviceid = dev->id; - event.sourceid = dev->id; - event.detail.button = 0; - rc = CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, &event, FALSE); - if (rc) - DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab); - return rc; -} - -/** - * Ungrab a currently Enter grabbed device and grab the device for the given - * window. - * - * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise. - */ -static BOOL -ActivateEnterGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win) -{ - BOOL rc = FALSE; - DeviceEvent event; - - if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && - dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab && - dev->deviceGrab.grab->type == XI_Enter) - { - if (dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win || - IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win)) - return FALSE; - DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab); - (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev); - } - - memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent)); - event.header = ET_Internal; - event.type = ET_Enter; - event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent); - event.time = GetTimeInMillis(); - event.deviceid = dev->id; - event.sourceid = dev->id; - event.detail.button = 0; - rc = CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, &event, FALSE); - if (rc) - DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveGrab); - - return rc; -} - -/** - * Update the sprite coordinates based on the event. Update the cursor - * position, then update the event with the new coordinates that may have been - * changed. If the window underneath the sprite has changed, change to new - * cursor and send enter/leave events. - * - * CheckMotion() will not do anything and return FALSE if the event is not a - * pointer event. - * - * @return TRUE if the sprite has moved or FALSE otherwise. - */ -Bool -CheckMotion(DeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr pDev) -{ - WindowPtr prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin; - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - - CHECKEVENT(ev); - - prevSpriteWin = pSprite->win; - - if (ev && !syncEvents.playingEvents) - { - /* GetPointerEvents() guarantees that pointer events have the correct - rootX/Y set already. */ - switch (ev->type) - { - case ET_ButtonPress: - case ET_ButtonRelease: - case ET_Motion: - break; - default: - /* all other events return FALSE */ - return FALSE; - } - - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - { - /* Motion events entering DIX get translated to Screen 0 - coordinates. Replayed events have already been - translated since they've entered DIX before */ - ev->root_x += panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].x - - panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - ev->root_y += panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].y - - panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - } else -#endif - { - if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) - { - pSprite->hot.pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen; - RootWindow(pDev) = WindowTable[pSprite->hot.pScreen->myNum]; - } - } - - pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x; - pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y; - if (pSprite->hot.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1) - pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1; - else if (pSprite->hot.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2) - pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1; - if (pSprite->hot.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1) - pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1; - else if (pSprite->hot.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2) - pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1; - if (pSprite->hotShape) - ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y); - pSprite->hotPhys = pSprite->hot; - - if ((pSprite->hotPhys.x != ev->root_x) || - (pSprite->hotPhys.y != ev->root_y)) - { -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) - { - XineramaSetCursorPosition( - pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE); - } else -#endif - { - (*pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->SetCursorPosition)( - pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen, - pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE); - } - } - - ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x; - ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y; - } - - newSpriteWin = XYToWindow(pDev, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y); - - if (newSpriteWin != prevSpriteWin) - { - int sourceid; - if (!ev) { - UpdateCurrentTimeIf(); - sourceid = pDev->id; /* when from WindowsRestructured */ - } else - sourceid = ev->sourceid; - - if (prevSpriteWin != NullWindow) { - if (!ActivateEnterGrab(pDev, prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin)) - DoEnterLeaveEvents(pDev, sourceid, prevSpriteWin, - newSpriteWin, NotifyNormal); - } - /* set pSprite->win after ActivateEnterGrab, otherwise - sprite window == grab_window and no enter/leave events are - sent. */ - pSprite->win = newSpriteWin; - PostNewCursor(pDev); - return FALSE; - } - return TRUE; -} - -/** - * Windows have restructured, we need to update the sprite position and the - * sprite's cursor. - */ -void -WindowsRestructured(void) -{ - DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.devices; - while(pDev) - { - if (IsMaster(pDev) || !pDev->u.master) - CheckMotion(NULL, pDev); - pDev = pDev->next; - } -} - -#ifdef PANORAMIX -/* This was added to support reconfiguration under Xdmx. The problem is - * that if the 0th screen (i.e., WindowTable[0]) is moved to an origin - * other than 0,0, the information in the private sprite structure must - * be updated accordingly, or XYToWindow (and other routines) will not - * compute correctly. */ -void ReinitializeRootWindow(WindowPtr win, int xoff, int yoff) -{ - GrabPtr grab; - DeviceIntPtr pDev; - SpritePtr pSprite; - - if (noPanoramiXExtension) return; - - pDev = inputInfo.devices; - while(pDev) - { - if (DevHasCursor(pDev)) - { - pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - pSprite->hot.x -= xoff; - pSprite->hot.y -= yoff; - - pSprite->hotPhys.x -= xoff; - pSprite->hotPhys.y -= yoff; - - pSprite->hotLimits.x1 -= xoff; - pSprite->hotLimits.y1 -= yoff; - pSprite->hotLimits.x2 -= xoff; - pSprite->hotLimits.y2 -= yoff; - - if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1)) - REGION_TRANSLATE(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1, xoff, yoff); - if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg2)) - REGION_TRANSLATE(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg2, xoff, yoff); - - /* FIXME: if we call ConfineCursorToWindow, must we do anything else? */ - if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) { - if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen - != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) - pSprite->hotPhys.x = pSprite->hotPhys.y = 0; - ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE); - } else - ConfineCursorToWindow( - pDev, - WindowTable[pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->myNum], - TRUE, FALSE); - - } - pDev = pDev->next; - } -} -#endif - -/** - * Initialize a sprite for the given device and set it to some sane values. If - * the device already has a sprite alloc'd, don't realloc but just reset to - * default values. - * If a window is supplied, the sprite will be initialized with the window's - * cursor and positioned in the center of the window's screen. The root window - * is a good choice to pass in here. - * - * It's a good idea to call it only for pointer devices, unless you have a - * really talented keyboard. - * - * @param pDev The device to initialize. - * @param pWin The window where to generate the sprite in. - * - */ -void -InitializeSprite(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin) -{ - SpritePtr pSprite; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - - if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) - { - DeviceIntPtr it; - - pDev->spriteInfo->sprite = (SpritePtr)xcalloc(1, sizeof(SpriteRec)); - if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) - FatalError("InitializeSprite: failed to allocate sprite struct"); - - /* We may have paired another device with this device before our - * device had a actual sprite. We need to check for this and reset the - * sprite field for all paired devices. - * - * The VCK is always paired with the VCP before the VCP has a sprite. - */ - for (it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next) - { - if (it->spriteInfo->paired == pDev) - it->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - } - if (inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->paired == pDev) - inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - } - - pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE; - - pScreen = (pWin) ? pWin->drawable.pScreen : (ScreenPtr)NULL; - pSprite->hot.pScreen = pScreen; - pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen; - if (pScreen) - { - pSprite->hotPhys.x = pScreen->width / 2; - pSprite->hotPhys.y = pScreen->height / 2; - pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width; - pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height; - } - - pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys; - pSprite->win = pWin; - - if (pWin) - { - pSprite->current = wCursor(pWin); - pSprite->current->refcnt++; - pSprite->spriteTrace = (WindowPtr *)xcalloc(1, 32*sizeof(WindowPtr)); - if (!pSprite->spriteTrace) - FatalError("Failed to allocate spriteTrace"); - pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 32; - - RootWindow(pDev) = pWin; - pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1; - - pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = pScreen; - pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen; - - } else { - pSprite->current = NullCursor; - pSprite->spriteTrace = NULL; - pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 0; - pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 0; - pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = screenInfo.screens[0]; - pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen; - } - - if (pScreen) - { - (*pScreen->RealizeCursor) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current); - (*pScreen->CursorLimits) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current, - &pSprite->hotLimits, &pSprite->physLimits); - pSprite->confined = FALSE; - - (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen, - &pSprite->physLimits); - (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->hot.x, - pSprite->hot.y, - FALSE); - (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current); - } -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { - pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits; - pSprite->confineWin = NullWindow; - pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion; - pSprite->screen = pScreen; - /* gotta UNINIT these someplace */ - REGION_NULL(pScreen, &pSprite->Reg1); - REGION_NULL(pScreen, &pSprite->Reg2); - } -#endif -} - -/** - * Update the mouse sprite info when the server switches from a pScreen to another. - * Otherwise, the pScreen of the mouse sprite is never updated when we switch - * from a pScreen to another. Never updating the pScreen of the mouse sprite - * implies that windows that are in pScreen whose pScreen->myNum >0 will never - * get pointer events. This is because in CheckMotion(), sprite.hotPhys.pScreen - * always points to the first pScreen it has been set by - * DefineInitialRootWindow(). - * - * Calling this function is useful for use cases where the server - * has more than one pScreen. - * This function is similar to DefineInitialRootWindow() but it does not - * reset the mouse pointer position. - * @param win must be the new pScreen we are switching to. - */ -void -UpdateSpriteForScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - SpritePtr pSprite = NULL; - WindowPtr win = NULL; - if (!pScreen) - return ; - - if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) - return; - - pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - - win = WindowTable[pScreen->myNum]; - - pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen; - pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys; - pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width; - pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height; - pSprite->win = win; - pSprite->current = wCursor (win); - pSprite->current->refcnt++; - pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1; - pSprite->spriteTrace[0] = win; - (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev, - pScreen, - pSprite->current, - &pSprite->hotLimits, - &pSprite->physLimits); - pSprite->confined = FALSE; - (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits); - (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current); - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { - pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits; - pSprite->screen = pScreen; - } -#endif -} - -/* - * This does not take any shortcuts, and even ignores its argument, since - * it does not happen very often, and one has to walk up the tree since - * this might be a newly instantiated cursor for an intermediate window - * between the one the pointer is in and the one that the last cursor was - * instantiated from. - */ -void -WindowHasNewCursor(WindowPtr pWin) -{ - DeviceIntPtr pDev; - - for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) - if (DevHasCursor(pDev)) - PostNewCursor(pDev); -} - -void -NewCurrentScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr newScreen, int x, int y) -{ - SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - - pSprite->hotPhys.x = x; - pSprite->hotPhys.y = y; -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { - pSprite->hotPhys.x += panoramiXdataPtr[newScreen->myNum].x - - panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - pSprite->hotPhys.y += panoramiXdataPtr[newScreen->myNum].y - - panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - if (newScreen != pSprite->screen) { - pSprite->screen = newScreen; - /* Make sure we tell the DDX to update its copy of the screen */ - if(pSprite->confineWin) - XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, - pSprite->confineWin, TRUE); - else - XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, WindowTable[0], TRUE); - /* if the pointer wasn't confined, the DDX won't get - told of the pointer warp so we reposition it here */ - if(!syncEvents.playingEvents) - (*pSprite->screen->SetCursorPosition)( - pDev, - pSprite->screen, - pSprite->hotPhys.x + panoramiXdataPtr[0].x - - panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].x, - pSprite->hotPhys.y + panoramiXdataPtr[0].y - - panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].y, FALSE); - } - } else -#endif - if (newScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) - ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, WindowTable[newScreen->myNum], - TRUE, FALSE); -} - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - -static Bool -XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible( - WindowPtr pWin, - int x, - int y -) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - BoxRec box; - int i, xoff, yoff; - - if (!pWin->realized) return FALSE; - - if (POINT_IN_REGION(pScreen, &pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box)) - return TRUE; - - if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) return FALSE; - - xoff = x + panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - yoff = y + panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - - for(i = 1; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) { - pWin = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i]; - pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - x = xoff - panoramiXdataPtr[i].x; - y = yoff - panoramiXdataPtr[i].y; - - if(POINT_IN_REGION(pScreen, &pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box) - && (!wInputShape(pWin) || - POINT_IN_REGION(pWin->drawable.pScreen, - wInputShape(pWin), - x - pWin->drawable.x, - y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))) - return TRUE; - - } - - return FALSE; -} - -static int -XineramaWarpPointer(ClientPtr client) -{ - WindowPtr dest = NULL; - int x, y, rc; - SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite; - - REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq); - - - if (stuff->dstWid != None) { - rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - } - x = pSprite->hotPhys.x; - y = pSprite->hotPhys.y; - - if (stuff->srcWid != None) - { - int winX, winY; - XID winID = stuff->srcWid; - WindowPtr source; - - rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - winX = source->drawable.x; - winY = source->drawable.y; - if(source == WindowTable[0]) { - winX -= panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - winY -= panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - } - if (x < winX + stuff->srcX || - y < winY + stuff->srcY || - (stuff->srcWidth != 0 && - winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) || - (stuff->srcHeight != 0 && - winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) || - !XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y)) - return Success; - } - if (dest) { - x = dest->drawable.x; - y = dest->drawable.y; - if(dest == WindowTable[0]) { - x -= panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - y -= panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - } - } - - x += stuff->dstX; - y += stuff->dstY; - - if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1) - x = pSprite->physLimits.x1; - else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2) - x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1; - if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1) - y = pSprite->physLimits.y1; - else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2) - y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1; - if (pSprite->hotShape) - ConfineToShape(PickPointer(client), pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y); - - XineramaSetCursorPosition(PickPointer(client), x, y, TRUE); - - return Success; -} - -#endif - - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for WarpPointer request. - * Warps the cursor position to the coordinates given in the request. - */ -int -ProcWarpPointer(ClientPtr client) -{ - WindowPtr dest = NULL; - int x, y, rc; - ScreenPtr newScreen; - DeviceIntPtr dev, tmp; - SpritePtr pSprite; - - REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xWarpPointerReq); - - dev = PickPointer(client); - - for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) { - if ((tmp == dev) || (!IsMaster(tmp) && tmp->u.master == dev)) { - rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixWriteAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - } - } - - if (dev->u.lastSlave) - dev = dev->u.lastSlave; - pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension) - return XineramaWarpPointer(client); -#endif - - if (stuff->dstWid != None) { - rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - } - x = pSprite->hotPhys.x; - y = pSprite->hotPhys.y; - - if (stuff->srcWid != None) - { - int winX, winY; - XID winID = stuff->srcWid; - WindowPtr source; - - rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixGetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - winX = source->drawable.x; - winY = source->drawable.y; - if (source->drawable.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen || - x < winX + stuff->srcX || - y < winY + stuff->srcY || - (stuff->srcWidth != 0 && - winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) || - (stuff->srcHeight != 0 && - winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) || - !PointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y)) - return Success; - } - if (dest) - { - x = dest->drawable.x; - y = dest->drawable.y; - newScreen = dest->drawable.pScreen; - } else - newScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen; - - x += stuff->dstX; - y += stuff->dstY; - - if (x < 0) - x = 0; - else if (x >= newScreen->width) - x = newScreen->width - 1; - if (y < 0) - y = 0; - else if (y >= newScreen->height) - y = newScreen->height - 1; - - if (newScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) - { - if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1) - x = pSprite->physLimits.x1; - else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2) - x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1; - if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1) - y = pSprite->physLimits.y1; - else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2) - y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1; - if (pSprite->hotShape) - ConfineToShape(dev, pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y); - (*newScreen->SetCursorPosition)(dev, newScreen, x, y, TRUE); - } - else if (!PointerConfinedToScreen(dev)) - { - NewCurrentScreen(dev, newScreen, x, y); - } - return Success; -} - -static Bool -BorderSizeNotEmpty(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin) -{ - if(REGION_NOTEMPTY(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen, &pWin->borderSize)) - return TRUE; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension && XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) { - int i; - - for(i = 1; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) { - if(REGION_NOTEMPTY(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen, - &pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i]->borderSize)) - return TRUE; - } - } -#endif - return FALSE; -} - -/** - * "CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow" checks to see if the event passed in causes a - * passive grab set on the window to be activated. - * If a passive grab is activated, the event will be delivered to the client. - * - * @param pWin The window that may be subject to a passive grab. - * @param device Device that caused the event. - * @param event The current device event. - * @param checkCore Check for core grabs too. - */ - -static Bool -CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow( - WindowPtr pWin, - DeviceIntPtr device, - DeviceEvent *event, - BOOL checkCore) -{ - GrabPtr grab = wPassiveGrabs(pWin); - GrabRec tempGrab; - GrabInfoPtr grabinfo; -#define CORE_MATCH 0x1 -#define XI_MATCH 0x2 -#define XI2_MATCH 0x4 - int match = 0; - - if (device->deviceGrab.grab) - return FALSE; - - if (!grab) - return FALSE; - /* Fill out the grab details, but leave the type for later before - * comparing */ - tempGrab.window = pWin; - tempGrab.device = device; - tempGrab.detail.exact = event->detail.key; - tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL; - tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL; - tempGrab.next = NULL; - for (; grab; grab = grab->next) - { - DeviceIntPtr gdev; - XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = NULL; - Mask mask = 0; - - gdev= grab->modifierDevice; - if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE) - { - if (IsPointerDevice(device)) - gdev = GetPairedDevice(device); - else - gdev = device; - } else if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2) - { - /* if the device is an attached slave device, gdev must be the - * attached master keyboard. Since the slave may have been - * reattached after the grab, the modifier device may not be the - * same. */ - if (!IsMaster(grab->device) && device->u.master) - gdev = GetMaster(device, MASTER_KEYBOARD); - } - - - if (gdev && gdev->key) - xkbi= gdev->key->xkbInfo; - tempGrab.modifierDevice = grab->modifierDevice; - tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = xkbi ? xkbi->state.grab_mods : 0; - - /* Check for XI2 and XI grabs first */ - tempGrab.type = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)event); - tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2; - if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE)) - match = XI2_MATCH; - - tempGrab.detail.exact = event->detail.key; - if (!match) - { - tempGrab.type = GetXIType((InternalEvent*)event); - tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI; - if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE)) - match = XI_MATCH; - } - - /* Check for a core grab (ignore the device when comparing) */ - if (!match && checkCore) - { - tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; - if ((tempGrab.type = GetCoreType((InternalEvent*)event)) && - (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, TRUE))) - match = CORE_MATCH; - } - - if (match && (!grab->confineTo || - (grab->confineTo->realized && - BorderSizeNotEmpty(device, grab->confineTo)))) - { - int rc, count = 0; - xEvent *xE = NULL; - xEvent core; - - event->corestate &= 0x1f00; - event->corestate |= tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact & (~0x1f00); - grabinfo = &device->deviceGrab; - /* In some cases a passive core grab may exist, but the client - * already has a core grab on some other device. In this case we - * must not get the grab, otherwise we may never ungrab the - * device. - */ - - if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE) - { - DeviceIntPtr other; - BOOL interfering = FALSE; - - /* A passive grab may have been created for a different device - than it is assigned to at this point in time. - Update the grab's device and modifier device to reflect the - current state. - Since XGrabDeviceButton requires to specify the - modifierDevice explicitly, we don't override this choice. - */ - if (tempGrab.type < GenericEvent) - { - grab->device = device; - grab->modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(device); - } - - for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next) - { - GrabPtr othergrab = other->deviceGrab.grab; - if (othergrab && othergrab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE && - SameClient(grab, rClient(othergrab)) && - ((IsPointerDevice(grab->device) && - IsPointerDevice(othergrab->device)) || - (IsKeyboardDevice(grab->device) && - IsKeyboardDevice(othergrab->device)))) - { - interfering = TRUE; - break; - } - } - if (interfering) - continue; - } - - - if (match & CORE_MATCH) - { - rc = EventToCore((InternalEvent*)event, &core); - if (rc != Success) - { - if (rc != BadMatch) - ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed in CPGFW " - "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->type, rc); - continue; - } - xE = &core; - count = 1; - mask = grab->eventMask; - } else if (match & XI2_MATCH) - { - rc = EventToXI2((InternalEvent*)event, &xE); - if (rc != Success) - { - if (rc != BadMatch) - ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in CPGFW " - "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->type, rc); - continue; - } - count = 1; - - /* FIXME: EventToXI2 returns NULL for enter events, so - * dereferencing the event is bad. Internal event types are - * aligned with core events, so the else clause is valid. - * long-term we should use internal events for enter/focus - * as well */ - if (xE) - mask = grab->xi2mask[device->id][((xGenericEvent*)xE)->evtype/8]; - else if (event->type == XI_Enter || event->type == XI_FocusIn) - mask = grab->xi2mask[device->id][event->type/8]; - } else - { - rc = EventToXI((InternalEvent*)event, &xE, &count); - if (rc != Success) - { - if (rc != BadMatch) - ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in CPGFW " - "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->type, rc); - continue; - } - mask = grab->eventMask; - } - - (*grabinfo->ActivateGrab)(device, grab, currentTime, TRUE); - - if (xE) - { - FixUpEventFromWindow(device, xE, grab->window, None, TRUE); - - TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), device, xE, count, mask, - GetEventFilter(device, xE), grab); - } - - if (grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_NO_EVENT) - { - if (!grabinfo->sync.event) - grabinfo->sync.event = xcalloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent)); - *grabinfo->sync.event = *event; - grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT; - } - - if (match & (XI_MATCH | XI2_MATCH)) - xfree(xE); /* on core match xE == &core */ - return TRUE; - } - } - return FALSE; -#undef CORE_MATCH -#undef XI_MATCH -#undef XI2_MATCH -} - -/** - * CheckDeviceGrabs handles both keyboard and pointer events that may cause - * a passive grab to be activated. - * - * If the event is a keyboard event, the ancestors of the focus window are - * traced down and tried to see if they have any passive grabs to be - * activated. If the focus window itself is reached and it's descendants - * contain the pointer, the ancestors of the window that the pointer is in - * are then traced down starting at the focus window, otherwise no grabs are - * activated. - * If the event is a pointer event, the ancestors of the window that the - * pointer is in are traced down starting at the root until CheckPassiveGrabs - * causes a passive grab to activate or all the windows are - * tried. PRH - * - * If a grab is activated, the event has been sent to the client already! - * - * The event we pass in must always be an XI event. From this, we then emulate - * the core event and then check for grabs. - * - * @param device The device that caused the event. - * @param xE The event to handle (Device{Button|Key}Press). - * @param count Number of events in list. - * @return TRUE if a grab has been activated or false otherwise. -*/ - -Bool -CheckDeviceGrabs(DeviceIntPtr device, DeviceEvent *event, int checkFirst) -{ - int i; - WindowPtr pWin = NULL; - FocusClassPtr focus = IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event) ? NULL : device->focus; - BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(device) && device->coreEvents); - - if (event->type != ET_ButtonPress && - event->type != ET_KeyPress) - return FALSE; - - if (event->type == ET_ButtonPress - && (device->button->buttonsDown != 1)) - return FALSE; - - i = checkFirst; - - if (focus) - { - for (; i < focus->traceGood; i++) - { - pWin = focus->trace[i]; - if (pWin->optional && - CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, event, sendCore)) - return TRUE; - } - - if ((focus->win == NoneWin) || - (i >= device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood) || - ((i > checkFirst) && - (pWin != device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i-1]))) - return FALSE; - } - - for (; i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood; i++) - { - pWin = device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i]; - if (pWin->optional && - CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, event, sendCore)) - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/** - * Called for keyboard events to deliver event to whatever client owns the - * focus. - * - * The event is delivered to the keyboard's focus window, the root window or - * to the window owning the input focus. - * - * @param keybd The keyboard originating the event. - * @param event The event, not yet in wire format. - * @param window Window underneath the sprite. - */ -void -DeliverFocusedEvent(DeviceIntPtr keybd, InternalEvent *event, WindowPtr window) -{ - DeviceIntPtr ptr; - WindowPtr focus = keybd->focus->win; - BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(keybd) && keybd->coreEvents); - xEvent core; - xEvent *xE = NULL, *xi2 = NULL; - int count, rc; - int deliveries = 0; - - if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin) - focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win; - if (!focus) - return; - if (focus == PointerRootWin) - { - DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, NullWindow, keybd); - return; - } - if ((focus == window) || IsParent(focus, window)) - { - if (DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, focus, keybd)) - return; - } - - /* just deliver it to the focus window */ - ptr = GetPairedDevice(keybd); - - - rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2); - if (rc == Success) - { - /* XXX: XACE */ - int filter = GetEventFilter(keybd, xi2); - FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr, xi2, focus, None, FALSE); - deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xi2, 1, - filter, NullGrab); - if (deliveries > 0) - goto unwind; - } else if (rc != BadMatch) - ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n", - keybd->name, event->any.type, rc); - - rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count); - if (rc == Success && - XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, xE, count) == Success) - { - FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr, xE, focus, None, FALSE); - deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xE, count, - GetEventFilter(keybd, xE), - NullGrab); - - if (deliveries > 0) - goto unwind; - } else if (rc != BadMatch) - ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n", - keybd->name, event->any.type, rc); - - if (sendCore) - { - rc = EventToCore(event, &core); - if (rc == Success && - XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, &core, 1) == Success) - { - FixUpEventFromWindow(keybd, &core, focus, None, FALSE); - deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, &core, 1, - GetEventFilter(keybd, &core), - NullGrab); - } - } - -unwind: - if (xE) - xfree(xE); - if (xi2) - xfree(xi2); - return; -} - -/** - * Deliver an event from a device that is currently grabbed. Uses - * DeliverDeviceEvents() for further delivery if a ownerEvents is set on the - * grab. If not, TryClientEvents() is used. - * - * @param deactivateGrab True if the device's grab should be deactivated. - */ -void -DeliverGrabbedEvent(InternalEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr thisDev, - Bool deactivateGrab) -{ - GrabPtr grab; - GrabInfoPtr grabinfo; - int deliveries = 0; - DeviceIntPtr dev; - SpritePtr pSprite = thisDev->spriteInfo->sprite; - BOOL sendCore = FALSE; - int rc, count = 0; - xEvent *xi = NULL; - xEvent *xi2 = NULL; - - grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab; - grab = grabinfo->grab; - - if (grab->ownerEvents) - { - WindowPtr focus; - - /* Hack: Some pointer device have a focus class. So we need to check - * for the type of event, to see if we really want to deliver it to - * the focus window. For pointer events, the answer is no. - */ - if (IsPointerEvent(event)) - focus = PointerRootWin; - else if (thisDev->focus) - { - focus = thisDev->focus->win; - if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin) - focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win; - } - else - focus = PointerRootWin; - if (focus == PointerRootWin) - deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab, - NullWindow, thisDev); - else if (focus && (focus == pSprite->win || - IsParent(focus, pSprite->win))) - deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab, focus, - thisDev); - else if (focus) - deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(focus, event, grab, focus, - thisDev); - } - if (!deliveries) - { - Mask mask; - - /* XXX: In theory, we could pass the internal events through to - * everything and only convert just before hitting the wire. We can't - * do that yet, so DGE is the last stop for internal events. From here - * onwards, we deal with core/XI events. - */ - - mask = grab->eventMask; - - sendCore = (IsMaster(thisDev) && thisDev->coreEvents); - /* try core event */ - if (sendCore && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE) - { - xEvent core; - - rc = EventToCore(event, &core); - if (rc == Success) - { - FixUpEventFromWindow(thisDev, &core, grab->window, - None, TRUE); - if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev, - grab->window, &core, 1) || - XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab), - grab->window, &core, 1)) - deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */ - else if (!IsInterferingGrab(rClient(grab), thisDev, &core)) - { - deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, - &core, 1, mask, - GetEventFilter(thisDev, &core), - grab); - } - } else if (rc != BadMatch) - ErrorF("[dix] DeliverGrabbedEvent. Core conversion failed.\n"); - } - - if (!deliveries) - { - rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2); - if (rc == Success) - { - int evtype = ((xGenericEvent*)xi2)->evtype; - mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] | - grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] | - grab->xi2mask[thisDev->id][evtype/8]; - /* try XI2 event */ - FixUpEventFromWindow(thisDev, xi2, grab->window, None, TRUE); - /* XXX: XACE */ - deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, xi2, 1, mask, - GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi2), grab); - } else if (rc != BadMatch) - ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n", - thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc); - } - - if (!deliveries) - { - rc = EventToXI(event, &xi, &count); - if (rc == Success) - { - /* try XI event */ - if (grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab && - grabinfo->implicitGrab) - mask = grab->deviceMask; - else - mask = grab->eventMask; - - FixUpEventFromWindow(thisDev, xi, grab->window, - None, TRUE); - - if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev, - grab->window, xi, count) || - XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab), - grab->window, xi, count)) - deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */ - else - { - deliveries = - TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, - xi, count, - mask, - GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi), - grab); - } - } else if (rc != BadMatch) - ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n", - thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc); - } - - if (deliveries && (event->any.type == ET_Motion)) - thisDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = grab->window; - } - if (deliveries && !deactivateGrab && event->any.type != ET_Motion) - { - switch (grabinfo->sync.state) - { - case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT: - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (dev == thisDev) - continue; - FreezeThaw(dev, TRUE); - if ((dev->deviceGrab.sync.state == FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT) && - (CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource) == - CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource))) - dev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT; - else - dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab; - } - /* fall through */ - case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT: - grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT; - FreezeThaw(thisDev, TRUE); - if (!grabinfo->sync.event) - grabinfo->sync.event = xcalloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent)); - *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event; - break; - } - } - - if (xi) - xfree(xi); - if (xi2) - xfree(xi2); -} - -/* This function is used to set the key pressed or key released state - - this is only used when the pressing of keys does not cause - the device's processInputProc to be called, as in for example Mouse Keys. -*/ -void -FixKeyState (DeviceEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr keybd) -{ - int key, bit; - BYTE *kptr; - KeyClassPtr keyc = keybd->key; - - key = event->detail.key; - kptr = &keyc->down[key >> 3]; - bit = 1 << (key & 7); - - if (event->type == ET_KeyPress) { - DebugF("FixKeyState: Key %d %s\n",key, - ((event->type == ET_KeyPress) ? "down" : "up")); - } - - if (event->type == ET_KeyPress) - *kptr |= bit; - else if (event->type == ET_KeyRelease) - *kptr &= ~bit; - else - FatalError("Impossible keyboard event"); -} - -#define AtMostOneClient \ - (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask | ButtonPressMask) -#define ManagerMask \ - (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask) - -/** - * Recalculate which events may be deliverable for the given window. - * Recalculated mask is used for quicker determination which events may be - * delivered to a window. - * - * The otherEventMasks on a WindowOptional is the combination of all event - * masks set by all clients on the window. - * deliverableEventMask is the combination of the eventMask and the - * otherEventMask plus the events that may be propagated to the parent. - * - * Traverses to siblings and parents of the window. - */ -void -RecalculateDeliverableEvents(WindowPtr pWin) -{ - OtherClients *others; - WindowPtr pChild; - - pChild = pWin; - while (1) - { - if (pChild->optional) - { - pChild->optional->otherEventMasks = 0; - for (others = wOtherClients(pChild); others; others = others->next) - { - pChild->optional->otherEventMasks |= others->mask; - } - } - pChild->deliverableEvents = pChild->eventMask| - wOtherEventMasks(pChild); - if (pChild->parent) - pChild->deliverableEvents |= - (pChild->parent->deliverableEvents & - ~wDontPropagateMask(pChild) & PropagateMask); - if (pChild->firstChild) - { - pChild = pChild->firstChild; - continue; - } - while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin)) - pChild = pChild->parent; - if (pChild == pWin) - break; - pChild = pChild->nextSib; - } -} - -/** - * - * \param value must conform to DeleteType - */ -int -OtherClientGone(pointer value, XID id) -{ - OtherClientsPtr other, prev; - WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value; - - prev = 0; - for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next) - { - if (other->resource == id) - { - if (prev) - prev->next = other->next; - else - { - if (!(pWin->optional->otherClients = other->next)) - CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin); - } - xfree(other); - RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin); - return(Success); - } - prev = other; - } - FatalError("client not on event list"); - /*NOTREACHED*/ - return -1; /* make compiler happy */ -} - -int -EventSelectForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, Mask mask) -{ - Mask check; - OtherClients * others; - DeviceIntPtr dev; - int rc; - - if (mask & ~AllEventMasks) - { - client->errorValue = mask; - return BadValue; - } - check = (mask & ManagerMask); - if (check) { - rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id, - RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixManageAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - } - check = (mask & AtMostOneClient); - if (check & (pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin))) - { /* It is illegal for two different - clients to select on any of the - events for AtMostOneClient. However, - it is OK, for some client to - continue selecting on one of those - events. */ - if ((wClient(pWin) != client) && (check & pWin->eventMask)) - return BadAccess; - for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next) - { - if (!SameClient(others, client) && (check & others->mask)) - return BadAccess; - } - } - if (wClient (pWin) == client) - { - check = pWin->eventMask; - pWin->eventMask = mask; - } - else - { - for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next) - { - if (SameClient(others, client)) - { - check = others->mask; - if (mask == 0) - { - FreeResource(others->resource, RT_NONE); - return Success; - } - else - others->mask = mask; - goto maskSet; - } - } - check = 0; - if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin)) - return BadAlloc; - others = xalloc(sizeof(OtherClients)); - if (!others) - return BadAlloc; - others->mask = mask; - others->resource = FakeClientID(client->index); - others->next = pWin->optional->otherClients; - pWin->optional->otherClients = others; - if (!AddResource(others->resource, RT_OTHERCLIENT, (pointer)pWin)) - return BadAlloc; - } -maskSet: - if ((mask & PointerMotionHintMask) && !(check & PointerMotionHintMask)) - { - for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin) - dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; - } - } - RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin); - return Success; -} - -int -EventSuppressForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, - Mask mask, Bool *checkOptional) -{ - int i, free; - - if (mask & ~PropagateMask) - { - client->errorValue = mask; - return BadValue; - } - if (pWin->dontPropagate) - DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--; - if (!mask) - i = 0; - else - { - for (i = DNPMCOUNT, free = 0; --i > 0; ) - { - if (!DontPropagateRefCnts[i]) - free = i; - else if (mask == DontPropagateMasks[i]) - break; - } - if (!i && free) - { - i = free; - DontPropagateMasks[i] = mask; - } - } - if (i || !mask) - { - pWin->dontPropagate = i; - if (i) - DontPropagateRefCnts[i]++; - if (pWin->optional) - { - pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask; - *checkOptional = TRUE; - } - } - else - { - if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin)) - { - if (pWin->dontPropagate) - DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]++; - return BadAlloc; - } - pWin->dontPropagate = 0; - pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask; - } - RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin); - return Success; -} - -/** - * Assembles an EnterNotify or LeaveNotify and sends it event to the client. - * Uses the paired keyboard to get some additional information. - */ -void -CoreEnterLeaveEvent( - DeviceIntPtr mouse, - int type, - int mode, - int detail, - WindowPtr pWin, - Window child) -{ - xEvent event; - WindowPtr focus; - DeviceIntPtr keybd; - GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab; - Mask mask; - - keybd = GetPairedDevice(mouse); - - if ((pWin == mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow) && - (detail != NotifyInferior)) - mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; - if (grab) - { - mask = (pWin == grab->window) ? grab->eventMask : 0; - if (grab->ownerEvents) - mask |= EventMaskForClient(pWin, rClient(grab)); - } - else - { - mask = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin); - } - - memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); - event.u.u.type = type; - event.u.u.detail = detail; - event.u.enterLeave.time = currentTime.milliseconds; - event.u.enterLeave.rootX = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x; - event.u.enterLeave.rootY = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y; - /* Counts on the same initial structure of crossing & button events! */ - FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse, &event, pWin, None, FALSE); - /* Enter/Leave events always set child */ - event.u.enterLeave.child = child; - event.u.enterLeave.flags = event.u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen ? - ELFlagSameScreen : 0; - event.u.enterLeave.state = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state & 0x1f00) : 0; - if (keybd) - event.u.enterLeave.state |= - XkbGrabStateFromRec(&keybd->key->xkbInfo->state); - event.u.enterLeave.mode = mode; - focus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : None; - if ((focus != NoneWin) && - ((pWin == focus) || (focus == PointerRootWin) || - IsParent(focus, pWin))) - event.u.enterLeave.flags |= ELFlagFocus; - - if ((mask & GetEventFilter(mouse, &event))) - { - if (grab) - TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, &event, 1, mask, - GetEventFilter(mouse, &event), grab); - else - DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, &event, 1, - GetEventFilter(mouse, &event), - NullGrab); - } - - if ((type == EnterNotify) && (mask & KeymapStateMask)) - { - xKeymapEvent ke; - ClientPtr client = grab ? rClient(grab) : wClient(pWin); - if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess)) - bzero((char *)&ke.map[0], 31); - else - memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&keybd->key->down[1], 31); - - ke.type = KeymapNotify; - if (grab) - TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), keybd, (xEvent *)&ke, 1, - mask, KeymapStateMask, grab); - else - DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1, - KeymapStateMask, NullGrab); - } -} - -void -DeviceEnterLeaveEvent( - DeviceIntPtr mouse, - int sourceid, - int type, - int mode, - int detail, - WindowPtr pWin, - Window child) -{ - GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab; - xXIEnterEvent *event; - int filter; - int btlen, len, i; - DeviceIntPtr kbd; - - if ((mode == XINotifyPassiveGrab && type == XI_Leave) || - (mode == XINotifyPassiveUngrab && type == XI_Enter)) - return; - - btlen = (mouse->button) ? bits_to_bytes(mouse->button->numButtons) : 0; - btlen = bytes_to_int32(btlen); - len = sizeof(xXIEnterEvent) + btlen * 4; - - event = xcalloc(1, len); - event->type = GenericEvent; - event->extension = IReqCode; - event->evtype = type; - event->length = (len - sizeof(xEvent))/4; - event->buttons_len = btlen; - event->detail = detail; - event->time = currentTime.milliseconds; - event->deviceid = mouse->id; - event->sourceid = sourceid; - event->mode = mode; - event->root_x = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x, 0); - event->root_y = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y, 0); - - for (i = 0; mouse && mouse->button && i < mouse->button->numButtons; i++) - if (BitIsOn(mouse->button->down, i)) - SetBit(&event[1], i); - - kbd = (IsMaster(mouse) || mouse->u.master) ? GetPairedDevice(mouse) : NULL; - if (kbd && kbd->key) - { - event->mods.base_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_mods; - event->mods.latched_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_mods; - event->mods.locked_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_mods; - - event->group.base_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_group; - event->group.latched_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_group; - event->group.locked_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_group; - } - - FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse, (xEvent*)event, pWin, None, FALSE); - - filter = GetEventFilter(mouse, (xEvent*)event); - - if (grab) - { - Mask mask; - mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] | - grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] | - grab->xi2mask[mouse->id][type/8]; - TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, (xEvent*)event, 1, mask, - filter, grab); - } else { - if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event)) - goto out; - DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event, 1, filter, - NullGrab); - } - -out: - xfree(event); -} - -void -CoreFocusEvent(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int mode, int detail, WindowPtr pWin) -{ - xEvent event; - - memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent)); - event.u.focus.mode = mode; - event.u.u.type = type; - event.u.u.detail = detail; - event.u.focus.window = pWin->drawable.id; - - DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &event, 1, - GetEventFilter(dev, &event), NullGrab); - if ((type == FocusIn) && - ((pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & KeymapStateMask)) - { - xKeymapEvent ke; - ClientPtr client = wClient(pWin); - if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixReadAccess)) - bzero((char *)&ke.map[0], 31); - else - memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&dev->key->down[1], 31); - - ke.type = KeymapNotify; - DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1, - KeymapStateMask, NullGrab); - } -} - -/** - * Set the input focus to the given window. Subsequent keyboard events will be - * delivered to the given window. - * - * Usually called from ProcSetInputFocus as result of a client request. If so, - * the device is the inputInfo.keyboard. - * If called from ProcXSetInputFocus as result of a client xinput request, the - * device is set to the device specified by the client. - * - * @param client Client that requested input focus change. - * @param dev Focus device. - * @param focusID The window to obtain the focus. Can be PointerRoot or None. - * @param revertTo Specifies where the focus reverts to when window becomes - * unviewable. - * @param ctime Specifies the time. - * @param followOK True if pointer is allowed to follow the keyboard. - */ -int -SetInputFocus( - ClientPtr client, - DeviceIntPtr dev, - Window focusID, - CARD8 revertTo, - Time ctime, - Bool followOK) -{ - FocusClassPtr focus; - WindowPtr focusWin; - int mode, rc; - TimeStamp time; - DeviceIntPtr keybd; /* used for FollowKeyboard or FollowKeyboardWin */ - - - UpdateCurrentTime(); - if ((revertTo != RevertToParent) && - (revertTo != RevertToPointerRoot) && - (revertTo != RevertToNone) && - ((revertTo != RevertToFollowKeyboard) || !followOK)) - { - client->errorValue = revertTo; - return BadValue; - } - time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime); - - if (IsKeyboardDevice(dev)) - keybd = dev; - else - keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev); - - if ((focusID == None) || (focusID == PointerRoot)) - focusWin = (WindowPtr)(long)focusID; - else if ((focusID == FollowKeyboard) && followOK) - { - focusWin = keybd->focus->win; - } - else { - rc = dixLookupWindow(&focusWin, focusID, client, DixSetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - /* It is a match error to try to set the input focus to an - unviewable window. */ - if(!focusWin->realized) - return(BadMatch); - } - rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixSetFocusAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return Success; - - focus = dev->focus; - if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) || - (CompareTimeStamps(time, focus->time) == EARLIER)) - return Success; - mode = (dev->deviceGrab.grab) ? NotifyWhileGrabbed : NotifyNormal; - if (focus->win == FollowKeyboardWin) - { - if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin)) - DoFocusEvents(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin, mode); - } else - { - if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, focus->win, focusWin)) - DoFocusEvents(dev, focus->win, focusWin, mode); - } - focus->time = time; - focus->revert = revertTo; - if (focusID == FollowKeyboard) - focus->win = FollowKeyboardWin; - else - focus->win = focusWin; - if ((focusWin == NoneWin) || (focusWin == PointerRootWin)) - focus->traceGood = 0; - else - { - int depth = 0; - WindowPtr pWin; - - for (pWin = focusWin; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent) depth++; - if (depth > focus->traceSize) - { - focus->traceSize = depth+1; - focus->trace = xrealloc(focus->trace, - focus->traceSize * sizeof(WindowPtr)); - } - focus->traceGood = depth; - for (pWin = focusWin, depth--; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent, depth--) - focus->trace[depth] = pWin; - } - return Success; -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for SetInputFocus request. - * - * Sets the input focus for the virtual core keyboard. - */ -int -ProcSetInputFocus(ClientPtr client) -{ - DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client); - REQUEST(xSetInputFocusReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetInputFocusReq); - - return SetInputFocus(client, kbd, stuff->focus, - stuff->revertTo, stuff->time, FALSE); -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for GetInputFocus request. - * - * Sends the current input focus for the client's keyboard back to the - * client. - */ -int -ProcGetInputFocus(ClientPtr client) -{ - DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client); - xGetInputFocusReply rep; - FocusClassPtr focus = kbd->focus; - int rc; - /* REQUEST(xReq); */ - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq); - - rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetFocusAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply)); - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.length = 0; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - if (focus->win == NoneWin) - rep.focus = None; - else if (focus->win == PointerRootWin) - rep.focus = PointerRoot; - else rep.focus = focus->win->drawable.id; - rep.revertTo = focus->revert; - WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply), &rep); - return Success; -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for GrabPointer request. - * - * Sets an active grab on the client's ClientPointer and returns success - * status to client. - */ -int -ProcGrabPointer(ClientPtr client) -{ - xGrabPointerReply rep; - DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client); - GrabPtr grab; - GrabMask mask; - WindowPtr confineTo; - CursorPtr oldCursor; - REQUEST(xGrabPointerReq); - TimeStamp time; - int rc; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabPointerReq); - UpdateCurrentTime(); - - if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask; - return BadValue; - } - - if (stuff->confineTo == None) - confineTo = NullWindow; - else - { - rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client, - DixSetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - } - - memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply)); - oldCursor = NullCursor; - grab = device->deviceGrab.grab; - - if (grab) - { - if (grab->confineTo && !confineTo) - ConfineCursorToWindow(device, RootWindow(device), FALSE, FALSE); - oldCursor = grab->cursor; - } - - mask.core = stuff->eventMask; - - rc = GrabDevice(client, device, stuff->pointerMode, stuff->keyboardMode, - stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents, stuff->time, - &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, stuff->cursor, - stuff->confineTo, &rep.status); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - if (oldCursor && rep.status == GrabSuccess) - FreeCursor (oldCursor, (Cursor)0); - - time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time); - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - rep.length = 0; - WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply), &rep); - return Success; -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for ChangeActivePointerGrab request. - * - * Changes properties of the grab hold by the client. If the client does not - * hold an active grab on the device, nothing happens. - */ -int -ProcChangeActivePointerGrab(ClientPtr client) -{ - DeviceIntPtr device; - GrabPtr grab; - CursorPtr newCursor, oldCursor; - REQUEST(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq); - TimeStamp time; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq); - if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask; - return BadValue; - } - if (stuff->cursor == None) - newCursor = NullCursor; - else - { - int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&newCursor, stuff->cursor, - RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess); - if (rc != Success) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->cursor; - return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc; - } - } - - device = PickPointer(client); - grab = device->deviceGrab.grab; - - if (!grab) - return Success; - if (!SameClient(grab, client)) - return Success; - time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time); - if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) || - (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) == EARLIER)) - return Success; - oldCursor = grab->cursor; - grab->cursor = newCursor; - if (newCursor) - newCursor->refcnt++; - PostNewCursor(device); - if (oldCursor) - FreeCursor(oldCursor, (Cursor)0); - grab->eventMask = stuff->eventMask; - return Success; -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabPointer request. - * - * Deletes a pointer grab on a device the client has grabbed. - */ -int -ProcUngrabPointer(ClientPtr client) -{ - DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client); - GrabPtr grab; - TimeStamp time; - REQUEST(xResourceReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); - UpdateCurrentTime(); - grab = device->deviceGrab.grab; - - time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id); - if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) && - (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) && - (grab) && SameClient(grab, client)) - (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device); - return Success; -} - -/** - * Sets a grab on the given device. - * - * Called from ProcGrabKeyboard to work on the client's keyboard. - * Called from ProcXGrabDevice to work on the device specified by the client. - * - * The parameters this_mode and other_mode represent the keyboard_mode and - * pointer_mode parameters of XGrabKeyboard(). - * See man page for details on all the parameters - * - * @param client Client that owns the grab. - * @param dev The device to grab. - * @param this_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync - * @param other_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync - * @param status Return code to be returned to the caller. - * - * @returns Success or BadValue. - */ -int -GrabDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, - unsigned pointer_mode, unsigned keyboard_mode, Window grabWindow, - unsigned ownerEvents, Time ctime, GrabMask *mask, - int grabtype, Cursor curs, Window confineToWin, CARD8 *status) -{ - WindowPtr pWin, confineTo; - GrabPtr grab; - TimeStamp time; - Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess; - int rc; - GrabInfoPtr grabInfo = &dev->deviceGrab; - CursorPtr cursor; - - UpdateCurrentTime(); - if ((keyboard_mode != GrabModeSync) && (keyboard_mode != GrabModeAsync)) - { - client->errorValue = keyboard_mode; - return BadValue; - } - if ((pointer_mode != GrabModeSync) && (pointer_mode != GrabModeAsync)) - { - client->errorValue = pointer_mode; - return BadValue; - } - if ((ownerEvents != xFalse) && (ownerEvents != xTrue)) - { - client->errorValue = ownerEvents; - return BadValue; - } - - rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - if (confineToWin == None) - confineTo = NullWindow; - else - { - rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, confineToWin, client, - DixSetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - } - - if (curs == None) - cursor = NullCursor; - else - { - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, curs, RT_CURSOR, - client, DixUseAccess); - if (rc != Success) - { - client->errorValue = curs; - return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc; - } - access_mode |= DixForceAccess; - } - - if (keyboard_mode == GrabModeSync || pointer_mode == GrabModeSync) - access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess; - rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime); - grab = grabInfo->grab; - if (grab && grab->grabtype != grabtype) - *status = AlreadyGrabbed; - if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) - *status = AlreadyGrabbed; - else if ((!pWin->realized) || - (confineTo && - !(confineTo->realized - && BorderSizeNotEmpty(dev, confineTo)))) - *status = GrabNotViewable; - else if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) || - (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabInfo->grabTime) == EARLIER)) - *status = GrabInvalidTime; - else if (grabInfo->sync.frozen && - grabInfo->sync.other && !SameClient(grabInfo->sync.other, client)) - *status = GrabFrozen; - else - { - GrabRec tempGrab; - - /* Otherwise segfaults happen on grabbed MPX devices */ - memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec)); - - tempGrab.next = NULL; - tempGrab.window = pWin; - tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask; - tempGrab.ownerEvents = ownerEvents; - tempGrab.keyboardMode = keyboard_mode; - tempGrab.pointerMode = pointer_mode; - if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE) - tempGrab.eventMask = mask->core; - else if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI) - tempGrab.eventMask = mask->xi; - else - memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, mask->xi2mask, sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask)); - tempGrab.device = dev; - tempGrab.cursor = cursor; - tempGrab.confineTo = confineTo; - tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype; - (*grabInfo->ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab, time, FALSE); - *status = GrabSuccess; - } - return Success; -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKeyboard request. - * - * Grabs the client's keyboard and returns success status to client. - */ -int -ProcGrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client) -{ - xGrabKeyboardReply rep; - REQUEST(xGrabKeyboardReq); - int result; - DeviceIntPtr keyboard = PickKeyboard(client); - GrabMask mask; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyboardReq); - - memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply)); - mask.core = KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask; - - result = GrabDevice(client, keyboard, stuff->pointerMode, - stuff->keyboardMode, stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents, - stuff->time, &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, None, None, - &rep.status); - - if (result != Success) - return result; - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - rep.length = 0; - WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply), &rep); - return Success; -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKeyboard request. - * - * Deletes a possible grab on the client's keyboard. - */ -int -ProcUngrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client) -{ - DeviceIntPtr device = PickKeyboard(client); - GrabPtr grab; - TimeStamp time; - REQUEST(xResourceReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); - UpdateCurrentTime(); - - grab = device->deviceGrab.grab; - - time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id); - if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) && - (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) && - (grab) && SameClient(grab, client) && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE) - (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device); - return Success; -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for QueryPointer request. - * - * Returns the current state and position of the client's ClientPointer to the - * client. - */ -int -ProcQueryPointer(ClientPtr client) -{ - xQueryPointerReply rep; - WindowPtr pWin, t; - DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client); - DeviceIntPtr keyboard; - SpritePtr pSprite; - int rc; - REQUEST(xResourceReq); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq); - - rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess) - return rc; - - keyboard = GetPairedDevice(mouse); - - pSprite = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite; - if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow) - MaybeStopHint(mouse, client); - memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply)); - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - rep.mask = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state) : 0; - rep.mask |= XkbStateFieldFromRec(&keyboard->key->xkbInfo->state); - rep.length = 0; - rep.root = (RootWindow(mouse))->drawable.id; - rep.rootX = pSprite->hot.x; - rep.rootY = pSprite->hot.y; - rep.child = None; - if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen) - { - rep.sameScreen = xTrue; - rep.winX = pSprite->hot.x - pWin->drawable.x; - rep.winY = pSprite->hot.y - pWin->drawable.y; - for (t = pSprite->win; t; t = t->parent) - if (t->parent == pWin) - { - rep.child = t->drawable.id; - break; - } - } - else - { - rep.sameScreen = xFalse; - rep.winX = 0; - rep.winY = 0; - } - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension) { - rep.rootX += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - rep.rootY += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - if(stuff->id == rep.root) { - rep.winX += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - rep.winY += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - } - } -#endif - - if (rc == BadAccess) { - rep.mask = 0; - rep.child = None; - rep.rootX = 0; - rep.rootY = 0; - rep.winX = 0; - rep.winY = 0; - } - - WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply), &rep); - - return(Success); -} - -/** - * Initializes the device list and the DIX sprite to sane values. Allocates - * trace memory used for quick window traversal. - */ -void -InitEvents(void) -{ - int i; - - inputInfo.numDevices = 0; - inputInfo.devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; - inputInfo.off_devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; - inputInfo.keyboard = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; - inputInfo.pointer = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; - /* The mask for pointer motion events may have changed in the last server - * generation. See comment above definition of filters. */ - filters[0][PointerMotionMask] = MotionNotify; - for (i = 1; i < MAXDEVICES; i++) - { - memcpy(&filters[i], filters[0], sizeof(filters[0])); - } - - syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL; - syncEvents.replayWin = NullWindow; - while (syncEvents.pending) - { - QdEventPtr next = syncEvents.pending->next; - xfree(syncEvents.pending); - syncEvents.pending = next; - } - syncEvents.pendtail = &syncEvents.pending; - syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE; - syncEvents.time.months = 0; - syncEvents.time.milliseconds = 0; /* hardly matters */ - currentTime.months = 0; - currentTime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis(); - lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime; - for (i = 0; i < DNPMCOUNT; i++) - { - DontPropagateMasks[i] = 0; - DontPropagateRefCnts[i] = 0; - } - - InputEventListLen = GetMaximumEventsNum(); - InputEventList = InitEventList(InputEventListLen); - if (!InputEventList) - FatalError("[dix] Failed to allocate input event list.\n"); -} - -void -CloseDownEvents(void) -{ - FreeEventList(InputEventList, InputEventListLen); - InputEventListLen = 0; - InputEventList = NULL; -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for SendEvent request. - * - * Locates the window to send the event to and forwards the event. - */ -int -ProcSendEvent(ClientPtr client) -{ - WindowPtr pWin; - WindowPtr effectiveFocus = NullWindow; /* only set if dest==InputFocus */ - DeviceIntPtr dev = PickPointer(client); - DeviceIntPtr keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev); - SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite; - REQUEST(xSendEventReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSendEventReq); - - /* The client's event type must be a core event type or one defined by an - extension. */ - - if ( ! ((stuff->event.u.u.type > X_Reply && - stuff->event.u.u.type < LASTEvent) || - (stuff->event.u.u.type >= EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE && - stuff->event.u.u.type < (unsigned)lastEvent))) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.type; - return BadValue; - } - if (stuff->event.u.u.type == ClientMessage && - stuff->event.u.u.detail != 8 && - stuff->event.u.u.detail != 16 && - stuff->event.u.u.detail != 32) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.detail; - return BadValue; - } - if (stuff->eventMask & ~AllEventMasks) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask; - return BadValue; - } - - if (stuff->destination == PointerWindow) - pWin = pSprite->win; - else if (stuff->destination == InputFocus) - { - WindowPtr inputFocus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : NoneWin; - - if (inputFocus == NoneWin) - return Success; - - /* If the input focus is PointerRootWin, send the event to where - the pointer is if possible, then perhaps propogate up to root. */ - if (inputFocus == PointerRootWin) - inputFocus = pSprite->spriteTrace[0]; /* Root window! */ - - if (IsParent(inputFocus, pSprite->win)) - { - effectiveFocus = inputFocus; - pWin = pSprite->win; - } - else - effectiveFocus = pWin = inputFocus; - } - else - dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->destination, client, DixSendAccess); - - if (!pWin) - return BadWindow; - if ((stuff->propagate != xFalse) && (stuff->propagate != xTrue)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->propagate; - return BadValue; - } - stuff->event.u.u.type |= 0x80; - if (stuff->propagate) - { - for (;pWin; pWin = pWin->parent) - { - if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin, - &stuff->event, 1)) - return Success; - if (DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, - &stuff->event, 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab)) - return Success; - if (pWin == effectiveFocus) - return Success; - stuff->eventMask &= ~wDontPropagateMask(pWin); - if (!stuff->eventMask) - break; - } - } - else if (!XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin, &stuff->event, 1)) - DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &stuff->event, - 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab); - return Success; -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKey request. - * - * Deletes a passive grab for the given key. Works on the - * client's keyboard. - */ -int -ProcUngrabKey(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xUngrabKeyReq); - WindowPtr pWin; - GrabRec tempGrab; - DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client); - int rc; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabKeyReq); - rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixGetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) || - (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code)) - && (stuff->key != AnyKey)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->key; - return BadValue; - } - if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) && - (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers; - return BadValue; - } - tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask; - tempGrab.device = keybd; - tempGrab.window = pWin; - tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers; - tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL; - tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(keybd); - tempGrab.type = KeyPress; - tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; - tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->key; - tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL; - tempGrab.next = NULL; - - if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab)) - return(BadAlloc); - return(Success); -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKey request. - * - * Creates a grab for the client's keyboard and adds it to the list of passive - * grabs. - */ -int -ProcGrabKey(ClientPtr client) -{ - WindowPtr pWin; - REQUEST(xGrabKeyReq); - GrabPtr grab; - DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client); - int rc; - GrabParameters param; - GrabMask mask; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyReq); - - memset(¶m, 0, sizeof(param)); - param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; - param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents; - param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode; - param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode; - param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers; - - rc = CheckGrabValues(client, ¶m); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) || - (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code)) - && (stuff->key != AnyKey)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->key; - return BadValue; - } - rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - - mask.core = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask); - - grab = CreateGrab(client->index, keybd, keybd, pWin, GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask, - ¶m, KeyPress, stuff->key, NullWindow, NullCursor); - if (!grab) - return BadAlloc; - return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab); -} - - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for GrabButton request. - * - * Creates a grab for the client's ClientPointer and adds it as a passive grab - * to the list. - */ -int -ProcGrabButton(ClientPtr client) -{ - WindowPtr pWin, confineTo; - REQUEST(xGrabButtonReq); - CursorPtr cursor; - GrabPtr grab; - DeviceIntPtr ptr, modifierDevice; - Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess; - GrabMask mask; - GrabParameters param; - int rc; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabButtonReq); - if ((stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeSync) && - (stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeAsync)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->pointerMode; - return BadValue; - } - if ((stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeSync) && - (stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeAsync)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->keyboardMode; - return BadValue; - } - if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) && - (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers; - return BadValue; - } - if ((stuff->ownerEvents != xFalse) && (stuff->ownerEvents != xTrue)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->ownerEvents; - return BadValue; - } - if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask; - return BadValue; - } - rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - if (stuff->confineTo == None) - confineTo = NullWindow; - else { - rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client, - DixSetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - } - if (stuff->cursor == None) - cursor = NullCursor; - else - { - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR, - client, DixUseAccess); - if (rc != Success) - if (!cursor) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->cursor; - return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc; - } - access_mode |= DixForceAccess; - } - - ptr = PickPointer(client); - modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr); - if (stuff->pointerMode == GrabModeSync || - stuff->keyboardMode == GrabModeSync) - access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess; - rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, access_mode); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - memset(¶m, 0, sizeof(param)); - param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; - param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents; - param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode; - param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode; - param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers; - - mask.core = stuff->eventMask; - - grab = CreateGrab(client->index, ptr, modifierDevice, pWin, - GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask, ¶m, ButtonPress, - stuff->button, confineTo, cursor); - if (!grab) - return BadAlloc; - return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab); -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabButton request. - * - * Deletes a passive grab on the client's ClientPointer from the list. - */ -int -ProcUngrabButton(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xUngrabButtonReq); - WindowPtr pWin; - GrabRec tempGrab; - int rc; - DeviceIntPtr ptr; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabButtonReq); - if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) && - (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers; - return BadValue; - } - rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - ptr = PickPointer(client); - - tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask; - tempGrab.device = ptr; - tempGrab.window = pWin; - tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers; - tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL; - tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr); - tempGrab.type = ButtonPress; - tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->button; - tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE; - tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL; - tempGrab.next = NULL; - - if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab)) - return(BadAlloc); - return(Success); -} - -/** - * Deactivate any grab that may be on the window, remove the focus. - * Delete any XInput extension events from the window too. Does not change the - * window mask. Use just before the window is deleted. - * - * If freeResources is set, passive grabs on the window are deleted. - * - * @param pWin The window to delete events from. - * @param freeResources True if resources associated with the window should be - * deleted. - */ -void -DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(WindowPtr pWin, Bool freeResources) -{ - WindowPtr parent; - DeviceIntPtr mouse = inputInfo.pointer; - DeviceIntPtr keybd = inputInfo.keyboard; - FocusClassPtr focus; - OtherClientsPtr oc; - GrabPtr passive; - GrabPtr grab; - - - /* Deactivate any grabs performed on this window, before making any - input focus changes. */ - grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab; - if (grab && - ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin))) - (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse); - - - /* Deactivating a keyboard grab should cause focus events. */ - grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab; - if (grab && (grab->window == pWin)) - (*keybd->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(keybd); - - /* And now the real devices */ - for (mouse = inputInfo.devices; mouse; mouse = mouse->next) - { - grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab; - if (grab && ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin))) - (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse); - } - - - for (keybd = inputInfo.devices; keybd; keybd = keybd->next) - { - if (IsKeyboardDevice(keybd)) - { - focus = keybd->focus; - - /* If the focus window is a root window (ie. has no parent) then don't - delete the focus from it. */ - - if ((pWin == focus->win) && (pWin->parent != NullWindow)) - { - int focusEventMode = NotifyNormal; - - /* If a grab is in progress, then alter the mode of focus events. */ - - if (keybd->deviceGrab.grab) - focusEventMode = NotifyWhileGrabbed; - - switch (focus->revert) - { - case RevertToNone: - DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, NoneWin, focusEventMode); - focus->win = NoneWin; - focus->traceGood = 0; - break; - case RevertToParent: - parent = pWin; - do - { - parent = parent->parent; - focus->traceGood--; - } while (!parent->realized - /* This would be a good protocol change -- windows being reparented - during SaveSet processing would cause the focus to revert to the - nearest enclosing window which will survive the death of the exiting - client, instead of ending up reverting to a dying window and thence - to None - */ -#ifdef NOTDEF - || wClient(parent)->clientGone -#endif - ); - if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, parent)) - DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, parent, focusEventMode); - focus->win = parent; - focus->revert = RevertToNone; - break; - case RevertToPointerRoot: - if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin)) - DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin, focusEventMode); - focus->win = PointerRootWin; - focus->traceGood = 0; - break; - } - } - } - - if (IsPointerDevice(keybd)) - { - if (keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin) - keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow; - } - } - - if (freeResources) - { - if (pWin->dontPropagate) - DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--; - while ( (oc = wOtherClients(pWin)) ) - FreeResource(oc->resource, RT_NONE); - while ( (passive = wPassiveGrabs(pWin)) ) - FreeResource(passive->resource, RT_NONE); - } - - DeleteWindowFromAnyExtEvents(pWin, freeResources); -} - -/** - * Call this whenever some window at or below pWin has changed geometry. If - * there is a grab on the window, the cursor will be re-confined into the - * window. - */ -void -CheckCursorConfinement(WindowPtr pWin) -{ - GrabPtr grab; - WindowPtr confineTo; - DeviceIntPtr pDev; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) return; -#endif - - for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) - { - if (DevHasCursor(pDev)) - { - grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab; - if (grab && (confineTo = grab->confineTo)) - { - if (!BorderSizeNotEmpty(pDev, confineTo)) - (*pDev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(pDev); - else if ((pWin == confineTo) || IsParent(pWin, confineTo)) - ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, confineTo, TRUE, TRUE); - } - } - } -} - -Mask -EventMaskForClient(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client) -{ - OtherClientsPtr other; - - if (wClient (pWin) == client) - return pWin->eventMask; - for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next) - { - if (SameClient(other, client)) - return other->mask; - } - return 0; -} - -/** - * Server-side protocol handling for RecolorCursor request. - */ -int -ProcRecolorCursor(ClientPtr client) -{ - CursorPtr pCursor; - int rc, nscr; - ScreenPtr pscr; - Bool displayed; - SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite; - REQUEST(xRecolorCursorReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecolorCursorReq); - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR, - client, DixWriteAccess); - if (rc != Success) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->cursor; - return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc; - } - - pCursor->foreRed = stuff->foreRed; - pCursor->foreGreen = stuff->foreGreen; - pCursor->foreBlue = stuff->foreBlue; - - pCursor->backRed = stuff->backRed; - pCursor->backGreen = stuff->backGreen; - pCursor->backBlue = stuff->backBlue; - - for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) - { - pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr]; -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension) - displayed = (pscr == pSprite->screen); - else -#endif - displayed = (pscr == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen); - ( *pscr->RecolorCursor)(PickPointer(client), pscr, pCursor, - (pCursor == pSprite->current) && displayed); - } - return (Success); -} - -/** - * Write the given events to a client, swapping the byte order if necessary. - * To swap the byte ordering, a callback is called that has to be set up for - * the given event type. - * - * In the case of DeviceMotionNotify trailed by DeviceValuators, the events - * can be more than one. Usually it's just one event. - * - * Do not modify the event structure passed in. See comment below. - * - * @param pClient Client to send events to. - * @param count Number of events. - * @param events The event list. - */ -void -WriteEventsToClient(ClientPtr pClient, int count, xEvent *events) -{ -#ifdef PANORAMIX - xEvent eventCopy; -#endif - xEvent *eventTo, *eventFrom; - int i, - eventlength = sizeof(xEvent); - - /* Let XKB rewrite the state, as it depends on client preferences. */ - XkbFilterEvents(pClient, count, events); - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension && - (panoramiXdataPtr[0].x || panoramiXdataPtr[0].y)) - { - switch(events->u.u.type) { - case MotionNotify: - case ButtonPress: - case ButtonRelease: - case KeyPress: - case KeyRelease: - case EnterNotify: - case LeaveNotify: - /* - When multiple clients want the same event DeliverEventsToWindow - passes the same event structure multiple times so we can't - modify the one passed to us - */ - count = 1; /* should always be 1 */ - memcpy(&eventCopy, events, sizeof(xEvent)); - eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootX += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootY += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - if(eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.event == - eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.root) - { - eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventX += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x; - eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventY += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y; - } - events = &eventCopy; - break; - default: break; - } - } -#endif - - if (EventCallback) - { - EventInfoRec eventinfo; - eventinfo.client = pClient; - eventinfo.events = events; - eventinfo.count = count; - CallCallbacks(&EventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo); - } -#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE - if (XSERVER_SEND_EVENT_ENABLED()) { - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) - { - XSERVER_SEND_EVENT(pClient->index, events[i].u.u.type, &events[i]); - } - } -#endif - /* Just a safety check to make sure we only have one GenericEvent, it just - * makes things easier for me right now. (whot) */ - for (i = 1; i < count; i++) - { - if (events[i].u.u.type == GenericEvent) - { - ErrorF("[dix] TryClientEvents: Only one GenericEvent at a time.\n"); - return; - } - } - - if (events->u.u.type == GenericEvent) - { - eventlength += ((xGenericEvent*)events)->length * 4; - } - - if(pClient->swapped) - { - if (eventlength > swapEventLen) - { - swapEventLen = eventlength; - swapEvent = Xrealloc(swapEvent, swapEventLen); - if (!swapEvent) - { - FatalError("WriteEventsToClient: Out of memory.\n"); - return; - } - } - - for(i = 0; i < count; i++) - { - eventFrom = &events[i]; - eventTo = swapEvent; - - /* Remember to strip off the leading bit of type in case - this event was sent with "SendEvent." */ - (*EventSwapVector[eventFrom->u.u.type & 0177]) - (eventFrom, eventTo); - - WriteToClient(pClient, eventlength, (char *)eventTo); - } - } - else - { - /* only one GenericEvent, remember? that means either count is 1 and - * eventlength is arbitrary or eventlength is 32 and count doesn't - * matter. And we're all set. Woohoo. */ - WriteToClient(pClient, count * eventlength, (char *) events); - } -} - -/* - * Set the client pointer for the given client. - * - * A client can have exactly one ClientPointer. Each time a - * request/reply/event is processed and the choice of devices is ambiguous - * (e.g. QueryPointer request), the server will pick the ClientPointer (see - * PickPointer()). - * If a keyboard is needed, the first keyboard paired with the CP is used. - */ -int -SetClientPointer(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr device) -{ - int rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, device, DixUseAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - if (!IsMaster(device)) - { - ErrorF("[dix] Need master device for ClientPointer. This is a bug.\n"); - return BadDevice; - } else if (!device->spriteInfo->spriteOwner) - { - ErrorF("[dix] Device %d does not have a sprite. " - "Cannot be ClientPointer\n", device->id); - return BadDevice; - } - client->clientPtr = device; - return Success; -} - -/* PickPointer will pick an appropriate pointer for the given client. - * - * An "appropriate device" is (in order of priority): - * 1) A device the given client has a core grab on. - * 2) A device set as ClientPointer for the given client. - * 3) The first master device. - */ -DeviceIntPtr -PickPointer(ClientPtr client) -{ - DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices; - - /* First, check if the client currently has a grab on a device. Even - * keyboards count. */ - for(it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next) - { - GrabPtr grab = it->deviceGrab.grab; - if (grab && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE && SameClient(grab, client)) - { - it = GetMaster(it, MASTER_POINTER); - return it; /* Always return a core grabbed device */ - } - } - - if (!client->clientPtr) - { - DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices; - while (it) - { - if (IsMaster(it) && it->spriteInfo->spriteOwner) - { - client->clientPtr = it; - break; - } - it = it->next; - } - } - return client->clientPtr; -} - -/* PickKeyboard will pick an appropriate keyboard for the given client by - * searching the list of devices for the keyboard device that is paired with - * the client's pointer. - */ -DeviceIntPtr -PickKeyboard(ClientPtr client) -{ - DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client); - DeviceIntPtr kbd = GetMaster(ptr, MASTER_KEYBOARD); - - if (!kbd) - { - ErrorF("[dix] ClientPointer not paired with a keyboard. This " - "is a bug.\n"); - } - - return kbd; -} - -/* A client that has one or more core grabs does not get core events from - * devices it does not have a grab on. Legacy applications behave bad - * otherwise because they are not used to it and the events interfere. - * Only applies for core events. - * - * Return true if a core event from the device would interfere and should not - * be delivered. - */ -Bool -IsInterferingGrab(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent* event) -{ - DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices; - - switch(event->u.u.type) - { - case KeyPress: - case KeyRelease: - case ButtonPress: - case ButtonRelease: - case MotionNotify: - case EnterNotify: - case LeaveNotify: - break; - default: - return FALSE; - } - - if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client)) - return FALSE; - - while(it) - { - if (it != dev) - { - if (it->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(it->deviceGrab.grab, client) - && !it->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab) - { - if ((IsPointerDevice(it) && IsPointerDevice(dev)) || - (IsKeyboardDevice(it) && IsKeyboardDevice(dev))) - return TRUE; - } - } - it = it->next; - } - - return FALSE; -} - +/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright 2003-2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+
+All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons
+to whom the Software is furnished to do so, provided that the above
+copyright notice(s) and this permission notice appear in all copies of
+the Software and that both the above copyright notice(s) and this
+permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT
+OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
+HOLDERS INCLUDED IN THIS NOTICE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL
+INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
+FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use
+or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+of the copyright holder.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/** @file events.c
+ * This file handles event delivery and a big part of the server-side protocol
+ * handling (the parts for input devices).
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+#include "globals.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+#include <sys/types.h>
+typedef const char *string;
+#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "dixgrabs.h"
+#include "dispatch.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/ge.h>
+#include "geext.h"
+#include "geint.h"
+
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "enterleave.h"
+#include "eventconvert.h"
+
+/* Extension events type numbering starts at EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE. */
+#define NoSuchEvent 0x80000000 /* so doesn't match NoEventMask */
+#define StructureAndSubMask ( StructureNotifyMask | SubstructureNotifyMask )
+#define AllButtonsMask ( \
+ Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask | Button4Mask | Button5Mask )
+#define MotionMask ( \
+ PointerMotionMask | Button1MotionMask | \
+ Button2MotionMask | Button3MotionMask | Button4MotionMask | \
+ Button5MotionMask | ButtonMotionMask )
+#define PropagateMask ( \
+ KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \
+ MotionMask )
+#define PointerGrabMask ( \
+ ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \
+ EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | \
+ PointerMotionHintMask | KeymapStateMask | \
+ MotionMask )
+#define AllModifiersMask ( \
+ ShiftMask | LockMask | ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod2Mask | \
+ Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask | Mod5Mask )
+#define LastEventMask OwnerGrabButtonMask
+#define AllEventMasks (LastEventMask|(LastEventMask-1))
+
+
+#define CORE_EVENT(event) \
+ (!((event)->u.u.type & EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE) && \
+ (event)->u.u.type != GenericEvent)
+#define XI2_EVENT(event) \
+ (((event)->u.u.type == GenericEvent) && \
+ ((xGenericEvent*)(event))->extension == IReqCode)
+
+/**
+ * Used to indicate a implicit passive grab created by a ButtonPress event.
+ * See DeliverEventsToWindow().
+ */
+#define ImplicitGrabMask (1 << 7)
+
+#define WID(w) ((w) ? ((w)->drawable.id) : 0)
+
+#define XE_KBPTR (xE->u.keyButtonPointer)
+
+
+#define rClient(obj) (clients[CLIENT_ID((obj)->resource)])
+
+CallbackListPtr EventCallback;
+CallbackListPtr DeviceEventCallback;
+
+#define DNPMCOUNT 8
+
+Mask DontPropagateMasks[DNPMCOUNT];
+static int DontPropagateRefCnts[DNPMCOUNT];
+
+static void CheckVirtualMotion( DeviceIntPtr pDev, QdEventPtr qe, WindowPtr pWin);
+static void CheckPhysLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ CursorPtr cursor,
+ Bool generateEvents,
+ Bool confineToScreen,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen);
+static Bool CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(WindowPtr pWin,
+ DeviceIntPtr device,
+ DeviceEvent *event,
+ BOOL checkCore);
+
+/** Key repeat hack. Do not use but in TryClientEvents */
+extern BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);
+
+/**
+ * Main input device struct.
+ * inputInfo.pointer
+ * is the core pointer. Referred to as "virtual core pointer", "VCP",
+ * "core pointer" or inputInfo.pointer. The VCP is the first master
+ * pointer device and cannot be deleted.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.keyboard
+ * is the core keyboard ("virtual core keyboard", "VCK", "core keyboard").
+ * See inputInfo.pointer.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.devices
+ * linked list containing all devices including VCP and VCK.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.off_devices
+ * Devices that have not been initialized and are thus turned off.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.numDevices
+ * Total number of devices.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.all_devices
+ * Virtual device used for XIAllDevices passive grabs. This device is
+ * not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for
+ * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device
+ * reference.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.all_master_devices
+ * Virtual device used for XIAllMasterDevices passive grabs. This device
+ * is not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for
+ * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device
+ * reference.
+ */
+InputInfo inputInfo;
+
+/**
+ * syncEvents is the global structure for queued events.
+ *
+ * Devices can be frozen through GrabModeSync pointer grabs. If this is the
+ * case, events from these devices are added to "pending" instead of being
+ * processed normally. When the device is unfrozen, events in "pending" are
+ * replayed and processed as if they would come from the device directly.
+ */
+static struct {
+ QdEventPtr pending, /**< list of queued events */
+ *pendtail; /**< last event in list */
+ /** The device to replay events for. Only set in AllowEvents(), in which
+ * case it is set to the device specified in the request. */
+ DeviceIntPtr replayDev; /* kludgy rock to put flag for */
+
+ /**
+ * The window the events are supposed to be replayed on.
+ * This window may be set to the grab's window (but only when
+ * Replay{Pointer|Keyboard} is given in the XAllowEvents()
+ * request. */
+ WindowPtr replayWin; /* ComputeFreezes */
+ /**
+ * Flag to indicate whether we're in the process of
+ * replaying events. Only set in ComputeFreezes(). */
+ Bool playingEvents;
+ TimeStamp time;
+} syncEvents;
+
+/**
+ * The root window the given device is currently on.
+ */
+#define RootWindow(dev) dev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[0]
+
+static xEvent* swapEvent = NULL;
+static int swapEventLen = 0;
+
+void
+NotImplemented(xEvent *from, xEvent *to)
+{
+ FatalError("Not implemented");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event type from an XI event to a core event.
+ * @param[in] The XI 1.x event type.
+ * @return The matching core event type or 0 if there is none.
+ */
+int
+XItoCoreType(int xitype)
+{
+ int coretype = 0;
+ if (xitype == DeviceMotionNotify)
+ coretype = MotionNotify;
+ else if (xitype == DeviceButtonPress)
+ coretype = ButtonPress;
+ else if (xitype == DeviceButtonRelease)
+ coretype = ButtonRelease;
+ else if (xitype == DeviceKeyPress)
+ coretype = KeyPress;
+ else if (xitype == DeviceKeyRelease)
+ coretype = KeyRelease;
+
+ return coretype;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return true if the device owns a cursor, false if device shares a cursor
+ * sprite with another device.
+ */
+Bool
+DevHasCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ return pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner;
+}
+
+/*
+ * @return true if a device is a pointer, check is the same as used by XI to
+ * fill the 'use' field.
+ */
+Bool
+IsPointerDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ return (dev->type == MASTER_POINTER) ||
+ (dev->valuator && dev->button) ||
+ (dev->valuator && !dev->key);
+}
+
+/*
+ * @return true if a device is a keyboard, check is the same as used by XI to
+ * fill the 'use' field.
+ *
+ * Some pointer devices have keys as well (e.g. multimedia keys). Try to not
+ * count them as keyboard devices.
+ */
+Bool
+IsKeyboardDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ return (dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD) ||
+ ((dev->key && dev->kbdfeed) && !IsPointerDevice(dev));
+}
+
+Bool
+IsMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ return (dev->type == MASTER_POINTER || dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+}
+
+static WindowPtr XYToWindow(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int x,
+ int y
+);
+
+/**
+ * Max event opcode.
+ */
+extern int lastEvent;
+
+extern int DeviceMotionNotify;
+
+#define CantBeFiltered NoEventMask
+/**
+ * Event masks for each event type.
+ *
+ * One set of filters for each device, but only the first layer
+ * is initialized. The rest is memcpy'd in InitEvents.
+ *
+ * Filters are used whether a given event may be delivered to a client,
+ * usually in the form of if (window-event-mask & filter); then deliver event.
+ *
+ * One notable filter is for PointerMotion/DevicePointerMotion events. Each
+ * time a button is pressed, the filter is modified to also contain the
+ * matching ButtonXMotion mask.
+ */
+static Mask filters[MAXDEVICES][128] = {
+{
+ NoSuchEvent, /* 0 */
+ NoSuchEvent, /* 1 */
+ KeyPressMask, /* KeyPress */
+ KeyReleaseMask, /* KeyRelease */
+ ButtonPressMask, /* ButtonPress */
+ ButtonReleaseMask, /* ButtonRelease */
+ PointerMotionMask, /* MotionNotify (initial state) */
+ EnterWindowMask, /* EnterNotify */
+ LeaveWindowMask, /* LeaveNotify */
+ FocusChangeMask, /* FocusIn */
+ FocusChangeMask, /* FocusOut */
+ KeymapStateMask, /* KeymapNotify */
+ ExposureMask, /* Expose */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* GraphicsExpose */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* NoExpose */
+ VisibilityChangeMask, /* VisibilityNotify */
+ SubstructureNotifyMask, /* CreateNotify */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* DestroyNotify */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* UnmapNotify */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* MapNotify */
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, /* MapRequest */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* ReparentNotify */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* ConfigureNotify */
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, /* ConfigureRequest */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* GravityNotify */
+ ResizeRedirectMask, /* ResizeRequest */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* CirculateNotify */
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, /* CirculateRequest */
+ PropertyChangeMask, /* PropertyNotify */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionClear */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionRequest */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionNotify */
+ ColormapChangeMask, /* ColormapNotify */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* ClientMessage */
+ CantBeFiltered /* MappingNotify */
+}};
+
+/**
+ * For the given event, return the matching event filter. This filter may then
+ * be AND'ed with the selected event mask.
+ *
+ * For XI2 events, the returned filter is simply the byte containing the event
+ * mask we're interested in. E.g. for a mask of (1 << 13), this would be
+ * byte[1].
+ *
+ * @param[in] dev The device the event belongs to, may be NULL.
+ * @param[in] event The event to get the filter for. Only the type of the
+ * event matters, or the extension + evtype for GenericEvents.
+ * @return The filter mask for the given event.
+ *
+ * @see GetEventMask
+ */
+Mask
+GetEventFilter(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event)
+{
+ if (event->u.u.type != GenericEvent)
+ return filters[dev ? dev->id : 0][event->u.u.type];
+ else if (XI2_EVENT(event))
+ return (1 << (((xXIDeviceEvent*)event)->evtype % 8));
+ ErrorF("[dix] Unknown device type %d. No filter\n", event->u.u.type);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the windows complete XI2 mask for the given XI2 event type.
+ */
+Mask
+GetWindowXI2Mask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent* ev)
+{
+ OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+ int filter;
+ int evtype;
+
+ if (!inputMasks || !XI2_EVENT(ev))
+ return 0;
+
+ evtype = ((xGenericEvent*)ev)->evtype;
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, ev);
+
+ return ((inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][evtype/8] & filter) ||
+ inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] ||
+ (inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] && IsMaster(dev)));
+}
+
+static Mask
+GetEventMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event, InputClients* other)
+{
+ /* XI2 filters are only ever 8 bit, so let's return a 8 bit mask */
+ if (XI2_EVENT(event))
+ {
+ int byte = ((xGenericEvent*)event)->evtype / 8;
+ return (other->xi2mask[dev->id][byte] |
+ other->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][byte] |
+ (IsMaster(dev)? other->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][byte] : 0));
+ } else if (CORE_EVENT(event))
+ return other->mask[XIAllDevices];
+ else
+ return other->mask[dev->id];
+}
+
+
+static CARD8 criticalEvents[32] =
+{
+ 0x7c, 0x30, 0x40 /* key, button, expose, and configure events */
+};
+
+static void
+SyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, int x, int y) {
+ int screenno = 0;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ screenno = dev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;
+#endif
+ PostSyntheticMotion(dev, x, y, screenno,
+ (syncEvents.playingEvents) ? syncEvents.time.milliseconds : currentTime.milliseconds);
+
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+static void PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev);
+
+static Bool
+XineramaSetCursorPosition(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Bool generateEvent
+){
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ BoxRec box;
+ int i;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ /* x,y are in Screen 0 coordinates. We need to decide what Screen
+ to send the message too and what the coordinates relative to
+ that screen are. */
+
+ pScreen = pSprite->screen;
+ x += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ y += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+
+ if(!POINT_IN_REGION(pScreen, &XineramaScreenRegions[pScreen->myNum],
+ x, y, &box))
+ {
+ FOR_NSCREENS(i)
+ {
+ if(i == pScreen->myNum)
+ continue;
+ if(POINT_IN_REGION(pScreen, &XineramaScreenRegions[i], x, y, &box))
+ {
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pSprite->screen = pScreen;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x = x - panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y = y - panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ x -= panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].x;
+ y -= panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].y;
+
+ return (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(pDev, pScreen, x, y, generateEvent);
+}
+
+
+static void
+XineramaConstrainCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ BoxRec newBox;
+
+ pScreen = pSprite->screen;
+ newBox = pSprite->physLimits;
+
+ /* Translate the constraining box to the screen
+ the sprite is actually on */
+ newBox.x1 += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x - panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].x;
+ newBox.x2 += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x - panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].x;
+ newBox.y1 += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y - panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].y;
+ newBox.y2 += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y - panoramiXdataPtr[pScreen->myNum].y;
+
+ (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &newBox);
+}
+
+
+static Bool
+XineramaSetWindowPntrs(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ if(pWin == WindowTable[0]) {
+ memcpy(pSprite->windows, WindowTable,
+ PanoramiXNumScreens*sizeof(WindowPtr));
+ } else {
+ PanoramiXRes *win;
+ int rc, i;
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, pWin->drawable.id,
+ XRT_WINDOW, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ for(i = 0; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(pSprite->windows + i, win->info[i].id,
+ serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success) /* window is being unmapped */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ Bool generateEvents)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;
+
+ if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))
+ return;
+
+ i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;
+
+ REGION_COPY(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1,
+ &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+ off_x = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x;
+ off_y = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y;
+
+ while(i--) {
+ x = off_x - panoramiXdataPtr[i].x;
+ y = off_y - panoramiXdataPtr[i].y;
+
+ if(x || y)
+ REGION_TRANSLATE(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1, x, y);
+
+ REGION_UNION(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1, &pSprite->Reg1,
+ &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+
+ off_x = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x;
+ off_y = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y;
+ }
+
+ pSprite->hotLimits = *REGION_EXTENTS(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1);
+
+ if(REGION_NUM_RECTS(&pSprite->Reg1) > 1)
+ pSprite->hotShape = &pSprite->Reg1;
+ else
+ pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;
+
+ pSprite->confined = FALSE;
+ pSprite->confineWin = (pWin == WindowTable[0]) ? NullWindow : pWin;
+
+ CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents, FALSE, NULL);
+}
+
+#endif /* PANORAMIX */
+
+/**
+ * Modifies the filter for the given protocol event type to the given masks.
+ *
+ * There's only two callers: UpdateDeviceState() and XI's SetMaskForExtEvent().
+ * The latter initialises masks for the matching XI events, it's a once-off
+ * setting.
+ * UDS however changes the mask for MotionNotify and DeviceMotionNotify each
+ * time a button is pressed to include the matching ButtonXMotion mask in the
+ * filter.
+ *
+ * @param[in] deviceid The device to modify the filter for.
+ * @param[in] mask The new filter mask.
+ * @param[in] event Protocol event type.
+ */
+void
+SetMaskForEvent(int deviceid, Mask mask, int event)
+{
+ if (deviceid < 0 || deviceid >= MAXDEVICES)
+ FatalError("SetMaskForEvent: bogus device id");
+ filters[deviceid][event] = mask;
+}
+
+void
+SetCriticalEvent(int event)
+{
+ if (event >= 128)
+ FatalError("SetCriticalEvent: bogus event number");
+ criticalEvents[event >> 3] |= 1 << (event & 7);
+}
+
+void
+ConfineToShape(DeviceIntPtr pDev, RegionPtr shape, int *px, int *py)
+{
+ BoxRec box;
+ int x = *px, y = *py;
+ int incx = 1, incy = 1;
+ SpritePtr pSprite;
+
+ pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ if (POINT_IN_REGION(pSprite->hot.pScreen, shape, x, y, &box))
+ return;
+ box = *REGION_EXTENTS(pSprite->hot.pScreen, shape);
+ /* this is rather crude */
+ do {
+ x += incx;
+ if (x >= box.x2)
+ {
+ incx = -1;
+ x = *px - 1;
+ }
+ else if (x < box.x1)
+ {
+ incx = 1;
+ x = *px;
+ y += incy;
+ if (y >= box.y2)
+ {
+ incy = -1;
+ y = *py - 1;
+ }
+ else if (y < box.y1)
+ return; /* should never get here! */
+ }
+ } while (!POINT_IN_REGION(pSprite->hot.pScreen, shape, x, y, &box));
+ *px = x;
+ *py = y;
+}
+
+static void
+CheckPhysLimits(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ CursorPtr cursor,
+ Bool generateEvents,
+ Bool confineToScreen, /* unused if PanoramiX on */
+ ScreenPtr pScreen) /* unused if PanoramiX on */
+{
+ HotSpot new;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ if (!cursor)
+ return;
+ new = pSprite->hotPhys;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ /* I don't care what the DDX has to say about it */
+ pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (pScreen)
+ new.pScreen = pScreen;
+ else
+ pScreen = new.pScreen;
+ (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev, pScreen, cursor, &pSprite->hotLimits,
+ &pSprite->physLimits);
+ pSprite->confined = confineToScreen;
+ (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);
+ }
+
+ /* constrain the pointer to those limits */
+ if (new.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+ new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+ else
+ if (new.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+ new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+ if (new.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+ new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+ else
+ if (new.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+ new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hotShape)
+ ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &new.x, &new.y);
+ if ((pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen) ||
+ (new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y))
+ {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ {
+ if (pScreen && ((new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y)))
+ XineramaSetCursorPosition (pDev, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ pSprite->hotPhys = new;
+ (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)
+ (pDev, pScreen, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);
+ }
+ if (!generateEvents)
+ SyntheticMotion(pDev, new.x, new.y);
+ }
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* Tell DDX what the limits are */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ XineramaConstrainCursor(pDev);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+CheckVirtualMotion(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ QdEventPtr qe,
+ WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ RegionPtr reg = NULL;
+ DeviceEvent *ev = NULL;
+
+ if (qe)
+ {
+ ev = &qe->event->device_event;
+ switch(ev->type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion:
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ pSprite->hot.pScreen = qe->pScreen;
+ pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;
+ pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;
+ pWin = pDev->deviceGrab.grab ? pDev->deviceGrab.grab->confineTo : NullWindow;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (pWin)
+ {
+ BoxRec lims;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;
+
+ if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))
+ return;
+
+ i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;
+
+ REGION_COPY(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg2,
+ &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+ off_x = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x;
+ off_y = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y;
+
+ while(i--) {
+ x = off_x - panoramiXdataPtr[i].x;
+ y = off_y - panoramiXdataPtr[i].y;
+
+ if(x || y)
+ REGION_TRANSLATE(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg2, x, y);
+
+ REGION_UNION(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg2, &pSprite->Reg2,
+ &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+
+ off_x = panoramiXdataPtr[i].x;
+ off_y = panoramiXdataPtr[i].y;
+ }
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+ {
+ pSprite->hot.pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->hot.y = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ lims = *REGION_EXTENTS(pWin->drawable.pScreen, &pWin->borderSize);
+ if (pSprite->hot.x < lims.x1)
+ pSprite->hot.x = lims.x1;
+ else if (pSprite->hot.x >= lims.x2)
+ pSprite->hot.x = lims.x2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hot.y < lims.y1)
+ pSprite->hot.y = lims.y1;
+ else if (pSprite->hot.y >= lims.y2)
+ pSprite->hot.y = lims.y2 - 1;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ {
+ if (REGION_NUM_RECTS(&pSprite->Reg2) > 1)
+ reg = &pSprite->Reg2;
+
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (wBoundingShape(pWin))
+ reg = &pWin->borderSize;
+ }
+
+ if (reg)
+ ConfineToShape(pDev, reg, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);
+
+ if (qe && ev)
+ {
+ qe->pScreen = pSprite->hot.pScreen;
+ ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;
+ ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension) /* No typo. Only set the root win if disabled */
+#endif
+ RootWindow(pDev) = WindowTable[pSprite->hot.pScreen->myNum];
+}
+
+static void
+ConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, Bool generateEvents, Bool confineToScreen)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ {
+ CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, (QdEventPtr)NULL, pWin);
+ SyntheticMotion(pDev, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, pWin, generateEvents);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+ pSprite->hotLimits = *REGION_EXTENTS( pScreen, &pWin->borderSize);
+ pSprite->hotShape = wBoundingShape(pWin) ? &pWin->borderSize
+ : NullRegion;
+ CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents,
+ confineToScreen, pScreen);
+ }
+}
+
+Bool
+PointerConfinedToScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->confined;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the sprite cursor to the given cursor.
+ *
+ * ChangeToCursor() will display the new cursor and free the old cursor (if
+ * applicable). If the provided cursor is already the updated cursor, nothing
+ * happens.
+ */
+static void
+ChangeToCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CursorPtr cursor)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+ if (cursor != pSprite->current)
+ {
+ if ((pSprite->current->bits->xhot != cursor->bits->xhot) ||
+ (pSprite->current->bits->yhot != cursor->bits->yhot))
+ CheckPhysLimits(pDev, cursor, FALSE, pSprite->confined,
+ (ScreenPtr)NULL);
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* XXX: is this really necessary?? (whot) */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ pScreen = pSprite->screen;
+ else
+#endif
+ pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+
+ (*pScreen->DisplayCursor)(pDev, pScreen, cursor);
+ FreeCursor(pSprite->current, (Cursor)0);
+ pSprite->current = cursor;
+ pSprite->current->refcnt++;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @returns true if b is a descendent of a
+ */
+Bool
+IsParent(WindowPtr a, WindowPtr b)
+{
+ for (b = b->parent; b; b = b->parent)
+ if (b == a) return TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the cursor displayed on the screen.
+ *
+ * Called whenever a cursor may have changed shape or position.
+ */
+static void
+PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ WindowPtr win;
+ GrabPtr grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+
+ if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ return;
+ if (grab)
+ {
+ if (grab->cursor)
+ {
+ ChangeToCursor(pDev, grab->cursor);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (IsParent(grab->window, pSprite->win))
+ win = pSprite->win;
+ else
+ win = grab->window;
+ }
+ else
+ win = pSprite->win;
+ for (; win; win = win->parent)
+ {
+ if (win->optional)
+ {
+ pCursor = WindowGetDeviceCursor(win, pDev);
+ if (!pCursor && win->optional->cursor != NullCursor)
+ pCursor = win->optional->cursor;
+ if (pCursor)
+ {
+ ChangeToCursor(pDev, pCursor);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @param dev device which you want to know its current root window
+ * @return root window where dev's sprite is located
+ */
+WindowPtr
+GetCurrentRootWindow(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ return RootWindow(dev);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return window underneath the cursor sprite.
+ */
+WindowPtr
+GetSpriteWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return current sprite cursor.
+ */
+CursorPtr
+GetSpriteCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->current;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set x/y current sprite position in screen coordinates.
+ */
+void
+GetSpritePosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int *px, int *py)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ *px = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+ *py = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+int
+XineramaGetCursorScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;
+ } else {
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* PANORAMIX */
+
+#define TIMESLOP (5 * 60 * 1000) /* 5 minutes */
+
+static void
+MonthChangedOrBadTime(InternalEvent *ev)
+{
+ /* If the ddx/OS is careless about not processing timestamped events from
+ * different sources in sorted order, then it's possible for time to go
+ * backwards when it should not. Here we ensure a decent time.
+ */
+ if ((currentTime.milliseconds - ev->any.time) > TIMESLOP)
+ currentTime.months++;
+ else
+ ev->any.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+}
+
+static void
+NoticeTime(InternalEvent *ev)
+{
+ if (ev->any.time < currentTime.milliseconds)
+ MonthChangedOrBadTime(ev);
+ currentTime.milliseconds = ev->any.time;
+ lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
+}
+
+void
+NoticeEventTime(InternalEvent *ev)
+{
+ if (!syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ NoticeTime(ev);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * The following procedures deal with synchronous events *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * EnqueueEvent is a device's processInputProc if a device is frozen.
+ * Instead of delivering the events to the client, the event is tacked onto a
+ * linked list for later delivery.
+ */
+void
+EnqueueEvent(InternalEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device)
+{
+ QdEventPtr tail = *syncEvents.pendtail;
+ QdEventPtr qe;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ int eventlen;
+ DeviceEvent *event = &ev->device_event;
+
+ NoticeTime((InternalEvent*)event);
+
+ /* Fix for key repeating bug. */
+ if (device->key != NULL && device->key->xkbInfo != NULL &&
+ event->type == ET_KeyRelease)
+ AccessXCancelRepeatKey(device->key->xkbInfo, event->detail.key);
+
+#if 0
+ /* FIXME: I'm broken now. Please fix me. */
+ if (DeviceEventCallback)
+ {
+ DeviceEventInfoRec eventinfo;
+ /* The RECORD spec says that the root window field of motion events
+ * must be valid. At this point, it hasn't been filled in yet, so
+ * we do it here. The long expression below is necessary to get
+ * the current root window; the apparently reasonable alternative
+ * GetCurrentRootWindow()->drawable.id doesn't give you the right
+ * answer on the first motion event after a screen change because
+ * the data that GetCurrentRootWindow relies on hasn't been
+ * updated yet.
+ */
+ if (xE->u.u.type == DeviceMotionNotify)
+ XE_KBPTR.root =
+ WindowTable[pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->myNum]->drawable.id;
+ eventinfo.events = xE;
+ eventinfo.count = nevents;
+ CallCallbacks(&DeviceEventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);
+ }
+#endif
+ if (event->type == ET_Motion)
+ {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ event->root_x += panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].x -
+ panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ event->root_y += panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].y -
+ panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ }
+#endif
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x = event->root_x;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y = event->root_y;
+ /* do motion compression, but not if from different devices */
+ if (tail &&
+ (tail->event->any.type == ET_Motion) &&
+ (tail->device == device) &&
+ (tail->pScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen))
+ {
+ DeviceEvent *tailev = &tail->event->device_event;
+ tailev->root_x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+ tailev->root_y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+ tailev->time = event->time;
+ tail->months = currentTime.months;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ eventlen = event->length;
+
+ qe = xalloc(sizeof(QdEventRec) + eventlen);
+ if (!qe)
+ return;
+ qe->next = (QdEventPtr)NULL;
+ qe->device = device;
+ qe->pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+ qe->months = currentTime.months;
+ qe->event = (InternalEvent *)(qe + 1);
+ memcpy(qe->event, event, eventlen);
+ if (tail)
+ syncEvents.pendtail = &tail->next;
+ *syncEvents.pendtail = qe;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Run through the list of events queued up in syncEvents.
+ * For each event do:
+ * If the device for this event is not frozen anymore, take it and process it
+ * as usually.
+ * After that, check if there's any devices in the list that are not frozen.
+ * If there is none, we're done. If there is at least one device that is not
+ * frozen, then re-run from the beginning of the event queue.
+ */
+static void
+PlayReleasedEvents(void)
+{
+ QdEventPtr *prev, qe;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+ prev = &syncEvents.pending;
+ while ( (qe = *prev) )
+ {
+ if (!qe->device->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)
+ {
+ *prev = qe->next;
+ pDev = qe->device;
+ if (*syncEvents.pendtail == *prev)
+ syncEvents.pendtail = prev;
+ if (qe->event->any.type == ET_Motion)
+ CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, qe, NullWindow);
+ syncEvents.time.months = qe->months;
+ syncEvents.time.milliseconds = qe->event->any.time;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
+ will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
+ to the DIX layer */
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ DeviceEvent *ev = &qe->event->device_event;
+ switch(ev->type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion:
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ ev->root_x += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x -
+ panoramiXdataPtr[pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum].x;
+ ev->root_y += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y -
+ panoramiXdataPtr[pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum].y;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ }
+#endif
+ (*qe->device->public.processInputProc)(qe->event, qe->device);
+ xfree(qe);
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev && dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen; dev = dev->next)
+ ;
+ if (!dev)
+ break;
+ /* Playing the event may have unfrozen another device. */
+ /* So to play it safe, restart at the head of the queue */
+ prev = &syncEvents.pending;
+ }
+ else
+ prev = &qe->next;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Freeze or thaw the given devices. The device's processing proc is
+ * switched to either the real processing proc (in case of thawing) or an
+ * enqueuing processing proc (usually EnqueueEvent()).
+ *
+ * @param dev The device to freeze/thaw
+ * @param frozen True to freeze or false to thaw.
+ */
+static void
+FreezeThaw(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool frozen)
+{
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen = frozen;
+ if (frozen)
+ dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.enqueueInputProc;
+ else
+ dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.realInputProc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Unfreeze devices and replay all events to the respective clients.
+ *
+ * ComputeFreezes takes the first event in the device's frozen event queue. It
+ * runs up the sprite tree (spriteTrace) and searches for the window to replay
+ * the events from. If it is found, it checks for passive grabs one down from
+ * the window or delivers the events.
+ */
+static void
+ComputeFreezes(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr replayDev = syncEvents.replayDev;
+ int i;
+ WindowPtr w;
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ FreezeThaw(dev, dev->deviceGrab.sync.other ||
+ (dev->deviceGrab.sync.state >= FROZEN));
+ if (syncEvents.playingEvents || (!replayDev && !syncEvents.pending))
+ return;
+ syncEvents.playingEvents = TRUE;
+ if (replayDev)
+ {
+ DeviceEvent* event = replayDev->deviceGrab.sync.event;
+
+ syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+
+ w = XYToWindow(replayDev, event->root_x, event->root_y);
+ for (i = 0; i < replayDev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood; i++)
+ {
+ if (syncEvents.replayWin ==
+ replayDev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i])
+ {
+ if (!CheckDeviceGrabs(replayDev, event, i+1)) {
+ if (replayDev->focus && !IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event))
+ DeliverFocusedEvent(replayDev, (InternalEvent*)event, w);
+ else
+ DeliverDeviceEvents(w, (InternalEvent*)event, NullGrab,
+ NullWindow, replayDev);
+ }
+ goto playmore;
+ }
+ }
+ /* must not still be in the same stack */
+ if (replayDev->focus && !IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event))
+ DeliverFocusedEvent(replayDev, (InternalEvent*)event, w);
+ else
+ DeliverDeviceEvents(w, (InternalEvent*)event, NullGrab,
+ NullWindow, replayDev);
+ }
+playmore:
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (!dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)
+ {
+ PlayReleasedEvents();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(dev))
+ {
+ /* the following may have been skipped during replay,
+ so do it now */
+ if ((grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)
+ {
+ if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen !=
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(dev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+ }
+ else
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(dev,
+ WindowTable[dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->myNum],
+ TRUE, FALSE);
+ PostNewCursor(dev);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef RANDR
+void
+ScreenRestructured (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+ for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (!DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ continue;
+
+ /* GrabDevice doesn't have a confineTo field, so we don't need to
+ * worry about it. */
+ if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)
+ {
+ if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
+ != pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+ }
+ else
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,
+ WindowTable[pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->myNum],
+ TRUE, FALSE);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+CheckGrabForSyncs(DeviceIntPtr thisDev, Bool thisMode, Bool otherMode)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = thisDev->deviceGrab.grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+ if (thisMode == GrabModeSync)
+ thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;
+ else
+ { /* free both if same client owns both */
+ thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = THAWED;
+ if (thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&
+ (CLIENT_BITS(thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==
+ CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))
+ thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ XXX: Direct slave grab won't freeze the paired master device.
+ The correct thing to do would be to freeze all SDs attached to the
+ paired master device.
+ */
+ if (IsMaster(thisDev))
+ {
+ dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev);
+ if (otherMode == GrabModeSync)
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;
+ else
+ { /* free both if same client owns both */
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&
+ (CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==
+ CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ }
+ ComputeFreezes();
+}
+
+/* Only ever used if a grab is called on an attached slave device. */
+static int GrabPrivateKeyIndex;
+static DevPrivateKey GrabPrivateKey = &GrabPrivateKeyIndex;
+
+/**
+ * Save the device's master device in the devPrivates. This needs to be done
+ * if a client directly grabs a slave device that is attached to a master. For
+ * the duration of the grab, the device is detached, ungrabbing re-attaches it
+ * though.
+ *
+ * We store the ID of the master device only in case the master disappears
+ * while the device has a grab.
+ */
+static void
+DetachFromMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ intptr_t id;
+ if (!dev->u.master)
+ return;
+
+ id = dev->u.master->id;
+
+ dixSetPrivate(&dev->devPrivates, GrabPrivateKey, (void *)id);
+ AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+ReattachToOldMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ int id;
+ void *p;
+ DeviceIntPtr master = NULL;
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev))
+ return;
+
+
+ p = dixLookupPrivate(&dev->devPrivates, GrabPrivateKey);
+ id = (intptr_t) p; /* silence gcc warnings */
+ dixLookupDevice(&master, id, serverClient, DixUseAccess);
+
+ if (master)
+ {
+ AttachDevice(serverClient, dev, master);
+ dixSetPrivate(&dev->devPrivates, GrabPrivateKey, NULL);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Activate a pointer grab on the given device. A pointer grab will cause all
+ * core pointer events of this device to be delivered to the grabbing client only.
+ * No other device will send core events to the grab client while the grab is
+ * on, but core events will be sent to other clients.
+ * Can cause the cursor to change if a grab cursor is set.
+ *
+ * Note that parameter autoGrab may be (True & ImplicitGrabMask) if the grab
+ * is an implicit grab caused by a ButtonPress event.
+ *
+ * @param mouse The device to grab.
+ * @param grab The grab structure, needs to be setup.
+ * @param autoGrab True if the grab was caused by a button down event and not
+ * explicitely by a client.
+ */
+void
+ActivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse, GrabPtr grab,
+ TimeStamp time, Bool autoGrab)
+{
+ GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &mouse->deviceGrab;
+ WindowPtr oldWin = (grabinfo->grab) ?
+ grabinfo->grab->window
+ : mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+ Bool isPassive = autoGrab & ~ImplicitGrabMask;
+
+ /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */
+ if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&
+ !(autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask) && !IsMaster(mouse))
+ DetachFromMaster(mouse);
+
+ if (grab->confineTo)
+ {
+ if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
+ != mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =
+ mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, grab->confineTo, FALSE, TRUE);
+ }
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);
+ mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;
+ else
+ grabinfo->grabTime = time;
+ if (grab->cursor)
+ grab->cursor->refcnt++;
+ grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;
+ grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;
+ grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = isPassive;
+ grabinfo->implicitGrab = autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask;
+ PostNewCursor(mouse);
+ CheckGrabForSyncs(mouse,(Bool)grab->pointerMode, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete grab on given device, update the sprite.
+ *
+ * Extension devices are set up for ActivateKeyboardGrab().
+ */
+void
+DeactivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ Bool wasImplicit = (mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
+ mouse->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);
+
+ mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ mouse->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;
+ mouse->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;
+ mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, grab->window,
+ mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win, NotifyUngrab);
+ if (grab->confineTo)
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, RootWindow(mouse), FALSE, FALSE);
+ PostNewCursor(mouse);
+ if (grab->cursor)
+ FreeCursor(grab->cursor, (Cursor)0);
+
+ if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
+ ReattachToOldMaster(mouse);
+
+ ComputeFreezes();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Activate a keyboard grab on the given device.
+ *
+ * Extension devices have ActivateKeyboardGrab() set as their grabbing proc.
+ */
+void
+ActivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd, GrabPtr grab, TimeStamp time, Bool passive)
+{
+ GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &keybd->deviceGrab;
+ WindowPtr oldWin;
+
+ /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */
+ if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&
+ !(passive & ImplicitGrabMask) &&
+ !IsMaster(keybd))
+ DetachFromMaster(keybd);
+
+ if (grabinfo->grab)
+ oldWin = grabinfo->grab->window;
+ else if (keybd->focus)
+ oldWin = keybd->focus->win;
+ else
+ oldWin = keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+ if (oldWin == FollowKeyboardWin)
+ oldWin = keybd->focus->win;
+ if (keybd->valuator)
+ keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ DoFocusEvents(keybd, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);
+ if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;
+ else
+ grabinfo->grabTime = time;
+ grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;
+ grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;
+ grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = passive;
+ grabinfo->implicitGrab = passive & ImplicitGrabMask;
+ CheckGrabForSyncs(keybd, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode, (Bool)grab->pointerMode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete keyboard grab for the given device.
+ */
+void
+DeactivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ WindowPtr focusWin = keybd->focus ? keybd->focus->win
+ : keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+ Bool wasImplicit = (keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
+ keybd->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);
+
+ if (focusWin == FollowKeyboardWin)
+ focusWin = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
+ if (keybd->valuator)
+ keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ keybd->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;
+ keybd->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;
+ keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ DoFocusEvents(keybd, grab->window, focusWin, NotifyUngrab);
+
+ if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
+ ReattachToOldMaster(keybd);
+
+ ComputeFreezes();
+}
+
+void
+AllowSome(ClientPtr client,
+ TimeStamp time,
+ DeviceIntPtr thisDev,
+ int newState)
+{
+ Bool thisGrabbed, otherGrabbed, othersFrozen, thisSynced;
+ TimeStamp grabTime;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ GrabInfoPtr devgrabinfo,
+ grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;
+
+ thisGrabbed = grabinfo->grab && SameClient(grabinfo->grab, client);
+ thisSynced = FALSE;
+ otherGrabbed = FALSE;
+ othersFrozen = FALSE;
+ grabTime = grabinfo->grabTime;
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+
+ if (dev == thisDev)
+ continue;
+ if (devgrabinfo->grab && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+ {
+ if (!(thisGrabbed || otherGrabbed) ||
+ (CompareTimeStamps(devgrabinfo->grabTime, grabTime) == LATER))
+ grabTime = devgrabinfo->grabTime;
+ otherGrabbed = TRUE;
+ if (grabinfo->sync.other == devgrabinfo->grab)
+ thisSynced = TRUE;
+ if (devgrabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN)
+ othersFrozen = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!((thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN) || thisSynced))
+ return;
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabTime) == EARLIER))
+ return;
+ switch (newState)
+ {
+ case THAWED: /* Async */
+ if (thisGrabbed)
+ grabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
+ if (thisSynced)
+ grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ ComputeFreezes();
+ break;
+ case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT: /* Sync */
+ if (thisGrabbed)
+ {
+ grabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT;
+ if (thisSynced)
+ grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ ComputeFreezes();
+ }
+ break;
+ case THAWED_BOTH: /* AsyncBoth */
+ if (othersFrozen)
+ {
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+ if (devgrabinfo->grab
+ && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
+ if (devgrabinfo->sync.other &&
+ SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ ComputeFreezes();
+ }
+ break;
+ case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT: /* SyncBoth */
+ if (othersFrozen)
+ {
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+ if (devgrabinfo->grab
+ && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT;
+ if (devgrabinfo->sync.other
+ && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ ComputeFreezes();
+ }
+ break;
+ case NOT_GRABBED: /* Replay */
+ if (thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_WITH_EVENT)
+ {
+ if (thisSynced)
+ grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ syncEvents.replayDev = thisDev;
+ syncEvents.replayWin = grabinfo->grab->window;
+ (*grabinfo->DeactivateGrab)(thisDev);
+ syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ }
+ break;
+ case THAW_OTHERS: /* AsyncOthers */
+ if (othersFrozen)
+ {
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (dev == thisDev)
+ continue;
+ devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+ if (devgrabinfo->grab
+ && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
+ if (devgrabinfo->sync.other
+ && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ ComputeFreezes();
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for AllowEvents request.
+ *
+ * Release some events from a frozen device.
+ */
+int
+ProcAllowEvents(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ TimeStamp time;
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse = NULL;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = NULL;
+ REQUEST(xAllowEventsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllowEventsReq);
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
+
+ mouse = PickPointer(client);
+ keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+
+ switch (stuff->mode)
+ {
+ case ReplayPointer:
+ AllowSome(client, time, mouse, NOT_GRABBED);
+ break;
+ case SyncPointer:
+ AllowSome(client, time, mouse, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);
+ break;
+ case AsyncPointer:
+ AllowSome(client, time, mouse, THAWED);
+ break;
+ case ReplayKeyboard:
+ AllowSome(client, time, keybd, NOT_GRABBED);
+ break;
+ case SyncKeyboard:
+ AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);
+ break;
+ case AsyncKeyboard:
+ AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED);
+ break;
+ case SyncBoth:
+ AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT);
+ break;
+ case AsyncBoth:
+ AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED_BOTH);
+ break;
+ default:
+ client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deactivate grabs from any device that has been grabbed by the client.
+ */
+void
+ReleaseActiveGrabs(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ Bool done;
+
+ /* XXX CloseDownClient should remove passive grabs before
+ * releasing active grabs.
+ */
+ do {
+ done = TRUE;
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))
+ {
+ (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
+ done = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ } while (!done);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * The following procedures deal with delivering events *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Deliver the given events to the given client.
+ *
+ * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with
+ * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.
+ *
+ * TryClientEvents() is the last station before actually writing the events to
+ * the socket. Anything that is not filtered here, will get delivered to the
+ * client.
+ * An event is only delivered if
+ * - mask and filter match up.
+ * - no other client has a grab on the device that caused the event.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param client The target client to deliver to.
+ * @param dev The device the event came from. May be NULL.
+ * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
+ * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
+ * @param mask Event mask as set by the window.
+ * @param filter Mask based on event type.
+ * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.
+ *
+ * @return 1 if event was delivered, 0 if not or -1 if grab was not set by the
+ * client.
+ */
+int
+TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents,
+ int count, Mask mask, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)
+{
+ int i;
+ int type;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF("[dix] Event([%d, %d], mask=0x%lx), client=%d%s",
+ pEvents->u.u.type, pEvents->u.u.detail, mask,
+ client ? client->index : -1,
+ (client && client->clientGone) ? " (gone)" : "");
+#endif
+
+ if (!client || client == serverClient || client->clientGone) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" not delivered to fake/dead client\n");
+#endif
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (filter != CantBeFiltered && !(mask & filter))
+ {
+ #ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" filtered\n");
+ #endif
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))
+ {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" not delivered due to grab\n");
+#endif
+ return -1; /* don't send, but notify caller */
+ }
+
+ type = pEvents->u.u.type;
+ if (type == MotionNotify)
+ {
+ if (mask & PointerMotionHintMask)
+ {
+ if (WID(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow) ==
+ pEvents->u.keyButtonPointer.event)
+ {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF("[dix] \n");
+ ErrorF("[dix] motionHintWindow == keyButtonPointer.event\n");
+#endif
+ return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+ }
+ pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyHint;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyNormal;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify)
+ {
+ if (MaybeSendDeviceMotionNotifyHint((deviceKeyButtonPointer*)pEvents,
+ mask) != 0)
+ return 1;
+ } else if (type == KeyPress)
+ {
+ if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))
+ {
+ if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))
+ {
+ xEvent release = *pEvents;
+ release.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
+ release.u.u.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, &release);
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" (plus fake core release for repeat)");
+#endif
+ } else
+ {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ } else if (type == DeviceKeyPress)
+ {
+ if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))
+ {
+ if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))
+ {
+ deviceKeyButtonPointer release = *(deviceKeyButtonPointer *)pEvents;
+ release.type = DeviceKeyRelease;
+ release.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" (plus fake xi1 release for repeat)");
+#endif
+ WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, (xEvent *) &release);
+ }
+ else {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ type &= 0177;
+ if (type != KeymapNotify)
+ {
+ /* all extension events must have a sequence number */
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ pEvents[i].u.u.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ }
+
+ if (BitIsOn(criticalEvents, type))
+ {
+ if (client->smart_priority < SMART_MAX_PRIORITY)
+ client->smart_priority++;
+ SetCriticalOutputPending();
+ }
+
+ WriteEventsToClient(client, count, pEvents);
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF("[dix] delivered\n");
+#endif
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deliver events to a window. At this point, we do not yet know if the event
+ * actually needs to be delivered. May activate a grab if the event is a
+ * button press.
+ *
+ * Core events are always delivered to the window owner. If the filter is
+ * something other than CantBeFiltered, the event is also delivered to other
+ * clients with the matching mask on the window.
+ *
+ * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with
+ * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window that would get the event.
+ * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
+ * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
+ * @param filter Mask based on event type.
+ * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.
+ *
+ * @return Number of events delivered to various clients.
+ */
+int
+DeliverEventsToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, xEvent
+ *pEvents, int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)
+{
+ int deliveries = 0, nondeliveries = 0;
+ int attempt;
+ InputClients *other;
+ ClientPtr client = NullClient;
+ Mask deliveryMask = 0; /* If a grab occurs due to a button press, then
+ this mask is the mask of the grab. */
+ int type = pEvents->u.u.type;
+
+
+ /* Deliver to window owner */
+ if ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || CORE_EVENT(pEvents))
+ {
+ /* if nobody ever wants to see this event, skip some work */
+ if (filter != CantBeFiltered &&
+ !((wOtherEventMasks(pWin)|pWin->eventMask) & filter))
+ return 0;
+
+ if (IsInterferingGrab(wClient(pWin), pDev, pEvents))
+ return 0;
+
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(pWin), pWin, pEvents, count))
+ /* do nothing */;
+ else if ( (attempt = TryClientEvents(wClient(pWin), pDev, pEvents,
+ count, pWin->eventMask,
+ filter, grab)) )
+ {
+ if (attempt > 0)
+ {
+ deliveries++;
+ client = wClient(pWin);
+ deliveryMask = pWin->eventMask;
+ } else
+ nondeliveries--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* CantBeFiltered means only window owner gets the event */
+ if (filter != CantBeFiltered)
+ {
+ if (CORE_EVENT(pEvents))
+ other = (InputClients *)wOtherClients(pWin);
+ else if (XI2_EVENT(pEvents))
+ {
+ OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(pWin);
+ /* Has any client selected for the event? */
+ if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(pDev, pWin, pEvents))
+ return 0;
+ other = inputMasks->inputClients;
+ } else {
+ OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(pWin);
+ /* Has any client selected for the event? */
+ if (!inputMasks ||
+ !(inputMasks->inputEvents[pDev->id] & filter))
+ return 0;
+
+ other = inputMasks->inputClients;
+ }
+
+ for (; other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ Mask mask;
+ if (IsInterferingGrab(rClient(other), pDev, pEvents))
+ continue;
+
+ mask = GetEventMask(pDev, pEvents, other);
+
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(other), pWin,
+ pEvents, count))
+ /* do nothing */;
+ else if ( (attempt = TryClientEvents(rClient(other), pDev,
+ pEvents, count,
+ mask, filter, grab)) )
+ {
+ if (attempt > 0)
+ {
+ deliveries++;
+ client = rClient(other);
+ deliveryMask = mask;
+ } else
+ nondeliveries--;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * Note that since core events are delivered first, an implicit grab may
+ * be activated on a core grab, stopping the XI events.
+ */
+ if ((type == DeviceButtonPress || type == ButtonPress ||
+ ((XI2_EVENT(pEvents) && ((xGenericEvent*)pEvents)->evtype == XI_ButtonPress)))
+ && deliveries
+ && (!grab))
+ {
+ GrabRec tempGrab;
+ OtherInputMasks *inputMasks;
+
+ memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));
+ tempGrab.next = NULL;
+ tempGrab.device = pDev;
+ tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+ tempGrab.window = pWin;
+ tempGrab.ownerEvents = (deliveryMask & OwnerGrabButtonMask) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+ tempGrab.eventMask = deliveryMask;
+ tempGrab.keyboardMode = GrabModeAsync;
+ tempGrab.pointerMode = GrabModeAsync;
+ tempGrab.confineTo = NullWindow;
+ tempGrab.cursor = NullCursor;
+ tempGrab.type = type;
+ if (type == ButtonPress)
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ else if (type == DeviceButtonPress)
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;
+ else
+ {
+ tempGrab.type = ((xGenericEvent*)pEvents)->evtype;
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
+ }
+
+ /* get the XI and XI2 device mask */
+ inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(pWin);
+ tempGrab.deviceMask = (inputMasks) ? inputMasks->inputEvents[pDev->id]: 0;
+
+ if (inputMasks)
+ memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, inputMasks->xi2mask,
+ sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));
+
+ (*pDev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab)(pDev, &tempGrab,
+ currentTime, TRUE | ImplicitGrabMask);
+ }
+ else if ((type == MotionNotify) && deliveries)
+ pDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = pWin;
+ else
+ {
+ if ((type == DeviceMotionNotify || type == DeviceButtonPress) &&
+ deliveries)
+ CheckDeviceGrabAndHintWindow (pWin, type,
+ (deviceKeyButtonPointer*) pEvents,
+ grab, client, deliveryMask);
+ }
+ if (deliveries)
+ return deliveries;
+ return nondeliveries;
+}
+
+/* If the event goes to dontClient, don't send it and return 0. if
+ send works, return 1 or if send didn't work, return 2.
+ Only works for core events.
+*/
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+static int
+XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
+ ClientPtr client,
+ GrabPtr grab,
+ Mask mask,
+ Mask filter
+){
+ if ((client) && (client != serverClient) && (!client->clientGone) &&
+ ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || (mask & filter)))
+ {
+ if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) return -1;
+ else return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Try to deliver events to the interested parties.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window that would get the event.
+ * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
+ * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
+ * @param filter Mask based on event type.
+ * @param dontClient Don't deliver to the dontClient.
+ */
+int
+MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *pEvents,
+ int count, Mask filter, ClientPtr dontClient)
+{
+ OtherClients *other;
+
+
+ if (pWin->eventMask & filter)
+ {
+ if (wClient(pWin) == dontClient)
+ return 0;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+ return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
+ wClient(pWin), NullGrab, pWin->eventMask, filter);
+#endif
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(pWin), pWin, pEvents, count))
+ return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+ return TryClientEvents(wClient(pWin), NULL, pEvents, count,
+ pWin->eventMask, filter, NullGrab);
+ }
+ for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (other->mask & filter)
+ {
+ if (SameClient(other, dontClient))
+ return 0;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+ return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
+ rClient(other), NullGrab, other->mask, filter);
+#endif
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(other), pWin, pEvents,
+ count))
+ return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+ return TryClientEvents(rClient(other), NULL, pEvents, count,
+ other->mask, filter, NullGrab);
+ }
+ }
+ return 2;
+}
+
+static Window FindChildForEvent(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr event)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ WindowPtr w = pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood-1];
+ Window child = None;
+
+ /* If the search ends up past the root should the child field be
+ set to none or should the value in the argument be passed
+ through. It probably doesn't matter since everyone calls
+ this function with child == None anyway. */
+ while (w)
+ {
+ /* If the source window is same as event window, child should be
+ none. Don't bother going all all the way back to the root. */
+
+ if (w == event)
+ {
+ child = None;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (w->parent == event)
+ {
+ child = w->drawable.id;
+ break;
+ }
+ w = w->parent;
+ }
+ return child;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust event fields to comply with the window properties.
+ *
+ * @param xE Event to be modified in place
+ * @param pWin The window to get the information from.
+ * @param child Child window setting for event (if applicable)
+ * @param calcChild If True, calculate the child window.
+ */
+void
+FixUpEventFromWindow(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ xEvent *xE,
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ Window child,
+ Bool calcChild)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ if (calcChild)
+ child = FindChildForEvent(pDev, pWin);
+
+ if (XI2_EVENT(xE))
+ {
+ xXIDeviceEvent* event = (xXIDeviceEvent*)xE;
+
+ if (event->evtype == XI_RawKeyPress ||
+ event->evtype == XI_RawKeyRelease ||
+ event->evtype == XI_RawButtonPress ||
+ event->evtype == XI_RawButtonRelease ||
+ event->evtype == XI_RawMotion ||
+ event->evtype == XI_DeviceChanged ||
+ event->evtype == XI_HierarchyChanged ||
+ event->evtype == XI_PropertyEvent)
+ return;
+
+ event->root = RootWindow(pDev)->drawable.id;
+ event->event = pWin->drawable.id;
+ if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+ {
+ event->event_x = event->root_x - FP1616(pWin->drawable.x, 0);
+ event->event_y = event->root_y - FP1616(pWin->drawable.y, 0);
+ event->child = child;
+ } else
+ {
+ event->event_x = 0;
+ event->event_y = 0;
+ event->child = None;
+ }
+
+ if (event->evtype == XI_Enter || event->evtype == XI_Leave ||
+ event->evtype == XI_FocusIn || event->evtype == XI_FocusOut)
+ ((xXIEnterEvent*)event)->same_screen =
+ (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen);
+
+ } else
+ {
+ XE_KBPTR.root = RootWindow(pDev)->drawable.id;
+ XE_KBPTR.event = pWin->drawable.id;
+ if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+ {
+ XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xTrue;
+ XE_KBPTR.child = child;
+ XE_KBPTR.eventX =
+ XE_KBPTR.rootX - pWin->drawable.x;
+ XE_KBPTR.eventY =
+ XE_KBPTR.rootY - pWin->drawable.y;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xFalse;
+ XE_KBPTR.child = None;
+ XE_KBPTR.eventX = 0;
+ XE_KBPTR.eventY = 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return masks for EventIsDeliverable.
+ * @defgroup EventIsDeliverable return flags
+ * @{
+ */
+#define XI_MASK (1 << 0) /**< XI mask set on window */
+#define CORE_MASK (1 << 1) /**< Core mask set on window */
+#define DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK (1 << 2) /**< DontPropagate mask set on window */
+#define XI2_MASK (1 << 3) /**< XI2 mask set on window */
+/* @} */
+
+/**
+ * Check if a given event is deliverable at all on a given window.
+ *
+ * This function only checks if any client wants it, not for a specific
+ * client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dev The device this event is being sent for.
+ * @param[in] event The event that is to be sent.
+ * @param[in] win The current event window.
+ *
+ * @return Bitmask of ::XI2_MASK, ::XI_MASK, ::CORE_MASK, and
+ * ::DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK.
+ */
+static int
+EventIsDeliverable(DeviceIntPtr dev, InternalEvent* event, WindowPtr win)
+{
+ int rc = 0;
+ int filter = 0;
+ int type;
+ OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+ xEvent ev;
+
+ /* XXX: this makes me gag */
+ type = GetXI2Type(event);
+ ev.u.u.type = GenericEvent; /* GetEventFilter only cares about type and evtype*/
+ ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->extension = IReqCode;
+ ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->evtype = type;
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);
+ if (type && inputMasks &&
+ ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] & filter) ||
+ ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] & filter) && IsMaster(dev)) ||
+ (inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][type/8] & filter)))
+ rc |= XI2_MASK;
+
+ type = GetXIType(event);
+ ev.u.u.type = type;
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);
+
+ /* Check for XI mask */
+ if (type && inputMasks &&
+ (inputMasks->deliverableEvents[dev->id] & filter) &&
+ (inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter))
+ rc |= XI_MASK;
+
+ /* Check for XI DontPropagate mask */
+ if (type && inputMasks &&
+ (inputMasks->dontPropagateMask[dev->id] & filter))
+ rc |= DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;
+
+ /* Check for core mask */
+ type = GetCoreType(event);
+ if (type && (win->deliverableEvents & filter) &&
+ ((wOtherEventMasks(win) | win->eventMask) & filter))
+ rc |= CORE_MASK;
+
+ /* Check for core DontPropagate mask */
+ if (type && (filter & wDontPropagateMask(win)))
+ rc |= DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deliver events caused by input devices.
+ *
+ * For events from a non-grabbed, non-focus device, DeliverDeviceEvents is
+ * called directly from the processInputProc.
+ * For grabbed devices, DeliverGrabbedEvent is called first, and _may_ call
+ * DeliverDeviceEvents.
+ * For focused events, DeliverFocusedEvent is called first, and _may_ call
+ * DeliverDeviceEvents.
+ *
+ * @param pWin Window to deliver event to.
+ * @param event The events to deliver, not yet in wire format.
+ * @param grab Possible grab on a device.
+ * @param stopAt Don't recurse up to the root window.
+ * @param dev The device that is responsible for the event.
+ *
+ * @see DeliverGrabbedEvent
+ * @see DeliverFocusedEvent
+ */
+int
+DeliverDeviceEvents(WindowPtr pWin, InternalEvent *event, GrabPtr grab,
+ WindowPtr stopAt, DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ Window child = None;
+ Mask filter;
+ int deliveries = 0;
+ xEvent core;
+ xEvent *xE = NULL;
+ int rc, mask, count = 0;
+
+ CHECKEVENT(event);
+
+ while (pWin)
+ {
+ if ((mask = EventIsDeliverable(dev, event, pWin)))
+ {
+ /* XI2 events first */
+ if (mask & XI2_MASK)
+ {
+ xEvent *xi2 = NULL;
+ rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ /* XXX: XACE */
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xi2);
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(dev, xi2, pWin, child, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xi2, 1,
+ filter, grab);
+ xfree(xi2);
+ if (deliveries > 0)
+ goto unwind;
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DDE (%d).\n",
+ dev->name, rc);
+ }
+
+ /* XI events */
+ if (mask & XI_MASK)
+ {
+ rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
+ if (rc == Success &&
+ XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, xE, count) == Success)
+ {
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xE);
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(dev, xE, pWin, child, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xE, count,
+ filter, grab);
+ if (deliveries > 0)
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Core event */
+ if ((mask & CORE_MASK) && IsMaster(dev) && dev->coreEvents)
+ {
+ rc = EventToCore(event, &core);
+ if (rc == Success &&
+ XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, &core, 1) == Success)
+ {
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &core);
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(dev, &core, pWin, child, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &core, 1,
+ filter, grab);
+ if (deliveries > 0)
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((deliveries < 0) || (pWin == stopAt) ||
+ (mask & DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK))
+ {
+ deliveries = 0;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ }
+
+ child = pWin->drawable.id;
+ pWin = pWin->parent;
+ }
+
+unwind:
+ xfree(xE);
+ return deliveries;
+}
+
+#undef XI_MASK
+#undef CORE_MASK
+#undef DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK
+
+/**
+ * Deliver event to a window and it's immediate parent. Used for most window
+ * events (CreateNotify, ConfigureNotify, etc.). Not useful for events that
+ * propagate up the tree or extension events
+ *
+ * In case of a ReparentNotify event, the event will be delivered to the
+ * otherParent as well.
+ *
+ * @param pWin Window to deliver events to.
+ * @param xE Events to deliver.
+ * @param count number of events in xE.
+ * @param otherParent Used for ReparentNotify events.
+ */
+int
+DeliverEvents(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *xE, int count,
+ WindowPtr otherParent)
+{
+ Mask filter;
+ int deliveries;
+ DeviceIntRec dummy;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+ return count;
+#endif
+
+ if (!count)
+ return 0;
+
+ dummy.id = XIAllDevices;
+ filter = GetEventFilter(&dummy, xE);
+ if ((filter & SubstructureNotifyMask) && (xE->u.u.type != CreateNotify))
+ xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->drawable.id;
+ if (filter != StructureAndSubMask)
+ return DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count, filter, NullGrab);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count,
+ StructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);
+ if (pWin->parent)
+ {
+ xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->parent->drawable.id;
+ deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin->parent, xE, count,
+ SubstructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);
+ if (xE->u.u.type == ReparentNotify)
+ {
+ xE->u.destroyNotify.event = otherParent->drawable.id;
+ deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy,
+ otherParent, xE, count, SubstructureNotifyMask,
+ NullGrab);
+ }
+ }
+ return deliveries;
+}
+
+
+static Bool
+PointInBorderSize(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y)
+{
+ BoxRec box;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ if(POINT_IN_REGION(pWin->drawable.pScreen, &pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box))
+ return TRUE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&
+ XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) {
+ int i;
+
+ for(i = 1; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) {
+ if(POINT_IN_REGION(pSprite->screen,
+ &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize,
+ x + panoramiXdataPtr[0].x - panoramiXdataPtr[i].x,
+ y + panoramiXdataPtr[0].y - panoramiXdataPtr[i].y,
+ &box))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Traversed from the root window to the window at the position x/y. While
+ * traversing, it sets up the traversal history in the spriteTrace array.
+ * After completing, the spriteTrace history is set in the following way:
+ * spriteTrace[0] ... root window
+ * spriteTrace[1] ... top level window that encloses x/y
+ * ...
+ * spriteTrace[spriteTraceGood - 1] ... window at x/y
+ *
+ * @returns the window at the given coordinates.
+ */
+static WindowPtr
+XYToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int x, int y)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ BoxRec box;
+ SpritePtr pSprite;
+
+ pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1; /* root window still there */
+ pWin = RootWindow(pDev)->firstChild;
+ while (pWin)
+ {
+ if ((pWin->mapped) &&
+ (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+ (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
+ wBorderWidth(pWin)) &&
+ (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+ (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
+ wBorderWidth (pWin))
+ /* When a window is shaped, a further check
+ * is made to see if the point is inside
+ * borderSize
+ */
+ && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) || PointInBorderSize(pWin, x, y))
+ && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
+ POINT_IN_REGION(pWin->drawable.pScreen,
+ wInputShape(pWin),
+ x - pWin->drawable.x,
+ y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))
+#ifdef ROOTLESS
+ /* In rootless mode windows may be offscreen, even when
+ * they're in X's stack. (E.g. if the native window system
+ * implements some form of virtual desktop system).
+ */
+ && !pWin->rootlessUnhittable
+#endif
+ )
+ {
+ if (pSprite->spriteTraceGood >= pSprite->spriteTraceSize)
+ {
+ pSprite->spriteTraceSize += 10;
+ pSprite->spriteTrace = xrealloc(pSprite->spriteTrace,
+ pSprite->spriteTraceSize*sizeof(WindowPtr));
+ }
+ pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood++] = pWin;
+ pWin = pWin->firstChild;
+ }
+ else
+ pWin = pWin->nextSib;
+ }
+ return pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood-1];
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ungrab a currently FocusIn grabbed device and grab the device on the
+ * given window. If the win given is the NoneWin, the device is ungrabbed if
+ * applicable and FALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+BOOL
+ActivateFocusInGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)
+{
+ BOOL rc = FALSE;
+ DeviceEvent event;
+
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.grab &&
+ dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
+ dev->deviceGrab.grab->type == XI_Enter)
+ {
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||
+ IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))
+ return FALSE;
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
+ (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
+ }
+
+ if (win == NoneWin || win == PointerRootWin)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+ event.header = ET_Internal;
+ event.type = ET_FocusIn;
+ event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
+ event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+ event.deviceid = dev->id;
+ event.sourceid = dev->id;
+ event.detail.button = 0;
+ rc = CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, &event, FALSE);
+ if (rc)
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ungrab a currently Enter grabbed device and grab the device for the given
+ * window.
+ *
+ * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+static BOOL
+ActivateEnterGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)
+{
+ BOOL rc = FALSE;
+ DeviceEvent event;
+
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.grab &&
+ dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
+ dev->deviceGrab.grab->type == XI_Enter)
+ {
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||
+ IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))
+ return FALSE;
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
+ (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
+ }
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+ event.header = ET_Internal;
+ event.type = ET_Enter;
+ event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
+ event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+ event.deviceid = dev->id;
+ event.sourceid = dev->id;
+ event.detail.button = 0;
+ rc = CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, &event, FALSE);
+ if (rc)
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveGrab);
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the sprite coordinates based on the event. Update the cursor
+ * position, then update the event with the new coordinates that may have been
+ * changed. If the window underneath the sprite has changed, change to new
+ * cursor and send enter/leave events.
+ *
+ * CheckMotion() will not do anything and return FALSE if the event is not a
+ * pointer event.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if the sprite has moved or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+CheckMotion(DeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ WindowPtr prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ CHECKEVENT(ev);
+
+ prevSpriteWin = pSprite->win;
+
+ if (ev && !syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ {
+ /* GetPointerEvents() guarantees that pointer events have the correct
+ rootX/Y set already. */
+ switch (ev->type)
+ {
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_Motion:
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* all other events return FALSE */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ {
+ /* Motion events entering DIX get translated to Screen 0
+ coordinates. Replayed events have already been
+ translated since they've entered DIX before */
+ ev->root_x += panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].x -
+ panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ ev->root_y += panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].y -
+ panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ {
+ pSprite->hot.pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+ RootWindow(pDev) = WindowTable[pSprite->hot.pScreen->myNum];
+ }
+ }
+
+ pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;
+ pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;
+ if (pSprite->hot.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+ pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+ else if (pSprite->hot.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+ pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hot.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+ pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+ else if (pSprite->hot.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+ pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hotShape)
+ ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);
+ pSprite->hotPhys = pSprite->hot;
+
+ if ((pSprite->hotPhys.x != ev->root_x) ||
+ (pSprite->hotPhys.y != ev->root_y))
+ {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ {
+ XineramaSetCursorPosition(
+ pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ (*pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(
+ pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen,
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;
+ ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;
+ }
+
+ newSpriteWin = XYToWindow(pDev, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);
+
+ if (newSpriteWin != prevSpriteWin)
+ {
+ int sourceid;
+ if (!ev) {
+ UpdateCurrentTimeIf();
+ sourceid = pDev->id; /* when from WindowsRestructured */
+ } else
+ sourceid = ev->sourceid;
+
+ if (prevSpriteWin != NullWindow) {
+ if (!ActivateEnterGrab(pDev, prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin))
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(pDev, sourceid, prevSpriteWin,
+ newSpriteWin, NotifyNormal);
+ }
+ /* set pSprite->win after ActivateEnterGrab, otherwise
+ sprite window == grab_window and no enter/leave events are
+ sent. */
+ pSprite->win = newSpriteWin;
+ PostNewCursor(pDev);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Windows have restructured, we need to update the sprite position and the
+ * sprite's cursor.
+ */
+void
+WindowsRestructured(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.devices;
+ while(pDev)
+ {
+ if (IsMaster(pDev) || !pDev->u.master)
+ CheckMotion(NULL, pDev);
+ pDev = pDev->next;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+/* This was added to support reconfiguration under Xdmx. The problem is
+ * that if the 0th screen (i.e., WindowTable[0]) is moved to an origin
+ * other than 0,0, the information in the private sprite structure must
+ * be updated accordingly, or XYToWindow (and other routines) will not
+ * compute correctly. */
+void ReinitializeRootWindow(WindowPtr win, int xoff, int yoff)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+ SpritePtr pSprite;
+
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension) return;
+
+ pDev = inputInfo.devices;
+ while(pDev)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ pSprite->hot.x -= xoff;
+ pSprite->hot.y -= yoff;
+
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x -= xoff;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y -= yoff;
+
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x1 -= xoff;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y1 -= yoff;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x2 -= xoff;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y2 -= yoff;
+
+ if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1))
+ REGION_TRANSLATE(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg1, xoff, yoff);
+ if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg2))
+ REGION_TRANSLATE(pSprite->screen, &pSprite->Reg2, xoff, yoff);
+
+ /* FIXME: if we call ConfineCursorToWindow, must we do anything else? */
+ if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) {
+ if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
+ != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x = pSprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+ } else
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(
+ pDev,
+ WindowTable[pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->myNum],
+ TRUE, FALSE);
+
+ }
+ pDev = pDev->next;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a sprite for the given device and set it to some sane values. If
+ * the device already has a sprite alloc'd, don't realloc but just reset to
+ * default values.
+ * If a window is supplied, the sprite will be initialized with the window's
+ * cursor and positioned in the center of the window's screen. The root window
+ * is a good choice to pass in here.
+ *
+ * It's a good idea to call it only for pointer devices, unless you have a
+ * really talented keyboard.
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to initialize.
+ * @param pWin The window where to generate the sprite in.
+ *
+ */
+void
+InitializeSprite(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+ if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr it;
+
+ pDev->spriteInfo->sprite = (SpritePtr)xcalloc(1, sizeof(SpriteRec));
+ if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ FatalError("InitializeSprite: failed to allocate sprite struct");
+
+ /* We may have paired another device with this device before our
+ * device had a actual sprite. We need to check for this and reset the
+ * sprite field for all paired devices.
+ *
+ * The VCK is always paired with the VCP before the VCP has a sprite.
+ */
+ for (it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)
+ {
+ if (it->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)
+ it->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ }
+ if (inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)
+ inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ }
+
+ pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;
+
+ pScreen = (pWin) ? pWin->drawable.pScreen : (ScreenPtr)NULL;
+ pSprite->hot.pScreen = pScreen;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;
+ if (pScreen)
+ {
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x = pScreen->width / 2;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y = pScreen->height / 2;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;
+ }
+
+ pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;
+ pSprite->win = pWin;
+
+ if (pWin)
+ {
+ pSprite->current = wCursor(pWin);
+ pSprite->current->refcnt++;
+ pSprite->spriteTrace = (WindowPtr *)xcalloc(1, 32*sizeof(WindowPtr));
+ if (!pSprite->spriteTrace)
+ FatalError("Failed to allocate spriteTrace");
+ pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 32;
+
+ RootWindow(pDev) = pWin;
+ pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;
+
+ pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = pScreen;
+ pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;
+
+ } else {
+ pSprite->current = NullCursor;
+ pSprite->spriteTrace = NULL;
+ pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 0;
+ pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 0;
+ pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+ pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;
+ }
+
+ if (pScreen)
+ {
+ (*pScreen->RealizeCursor) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
+ (*pScreen->CursorLimits) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current,
+ &pSprite->hotLimits, &pSprite->physLimits);
+ pSprite->confined = FALSE;
+
+ (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen,
+ &pSprite->physLimits);
+ (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->hot.x,
+ pSprite->hot.y,
+ FALSE);
+ (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
+ }
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
+ pSprite->confineWin = NullWindow;
+ pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;
+ pSprite->screen = pScreen;
+ /* gotta UNINIT these someplace */
+ REGION_NULL(pScreen, &pSprite->Reg1);
+ REGION_NULL(pScreen, &pSprite->Reg2);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the mouse sprite info when the server switches from a pScreen to another.
+ * Otherwise, the pScreen of the mouse sprite is never updated when we switch
+ * from a pScreen to another. Never updating the pScreen of the mouse sprite
+ * implies that windows that are in pScreen whose pScreen->myNum >0 will never
+ * get pointer events. This is because in CheckMotion(), sprite.hotPhys.pScreen
+ * always points to the first pScreen it has been set by
+ * DefineInitialRootWindow().
+ *
+ * Calling this function is useful for use cases where the server
+ * has more than one pScreen.
+ * This function is similar to DefineInitialRootWindow() but it does not
+ * reset the mouse pointer position.
+ * @param win must be the new pScreen we are switching to.
+ */
+void
+UpdateSpriteForScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = NULL;
+ WindowPtr win = NULL;
+ if (!pScreen)
+ return ;
+
+ if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ return;
+
+ pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ win = WindowTable[pScreen->myNum];
+
+ pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;
+ pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;
+ pSprite->win = win;
+ pSprite->current = wCursor (win);
+ pSprite->current->refcnt++;
+ pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;
+ pSprite->spriteTrace[0] = win;
+ (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev,
+ pScreen,
+ pSprite->current,
+ &pSprite->hotLimits,
+ &pSprite->physLimits);
+ pSprite->confined = FALSE;
+ (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);
+ (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
+ pSprite->screen = pScreen;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * This does not take any shortcuts, and even ignores its argument, since
+ * it does not happen very often, and one has to walk up the tree since
+ * this might be a newly instantiated cursor for an intermediate window
+ * between the one the pointer is in and the one that the last cursor was
+ * instantiated from.
+ */
+void
+WindowHasNewCursor(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+ for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ PostNewCursor(pDev);
+}
+
+void
+NewCurrentScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr newScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x = x;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y = y;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x += panoramiXdataPtr[newScreen->myNum].x -
+ panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y += panoramiXdataPtr[newScreen->myNum].y -
+ panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ if (newScreen != pSprite->screen) {
+ pSprite->screen = newScreen;
+ /* Make sure we tell the DDX to update its copy of the screen */
+ if(pSprite->confineWin)
+ XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,
+ pSprite->confineWin, TRUE);
+ else
+ XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, WindowTable[0], TRUE);
+ /* if the pointer wasn't confined, the DDX won't get
+ told of the pointer warp so we reposition it here */
+ if(!syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ (*pSprite->screen->SetCursorPosition)(
+ pDev,
+ pSprite->screen,
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x + panoramiXdataPtr[0].x -
+ panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].x,
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y + panoramiXdataPtr[0].y -
+ panoramiXdataPtr[pSprite->screen->myNum].y, FALSE);
+ }
+ } else
+#endif
+ if (newScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, WindowTable[newScreen->myNum],
+ TRUE, FALSE);
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+
+static Bool
+XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ int x,
+ int y
+)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ BoxRec box;
+ int i, xoff, yoff;
+
+ if (!pWin->realized) return FALSE;
+
+ if (POINT_IN_REGION(pScreen, &pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) return FALSE;
+
+ xoff = x + panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ yoff = y + panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+
+ for(i = 1; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) {
+ pWin = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i];
+ pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ x = xoff - panoramiXdataPtr[i].x;
+ y = yoff - panoramiXdataPtr[i].y;
+
+ if(POINT_IN_REGION(pScreen, &pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box)
+ && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
+ POINT_IN_REGION(pWin->drawable.pScreen,
+ wInputShape(pWin),
+ x - pWin->drawable.x,
+ y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static int
+XineramaWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr dest = NULL;
+ int x, y, rc;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);
+
+
+ if (stuff->dstWid != None) {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+ y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+
+ if (stuff->srcWid != None)
+ {
+ int winX, winY;
+ XID winID = stuff->srcWid;
+ WindowPtr source;
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ winX = source->drawable.x;
+ winY = source->drawable.y;
+ if(source == WindowTable[0]) {
+ winX -= panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ winY -= panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ }
+ if (x < winX + stuff->srcX ||
+ y < winY + stuff->srcY ||
+ (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&
+ winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||
+ (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&
+ winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||
+ !XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))
+ return Success;
+ }
+ if (dest) {
+ x = dest->drawable.x;
+ y = dest->drawable.y;
+ if(dest == WindowTable[0]) {
+ x -= panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ y -= panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ }
+ }
+
+ x += stuff->dstX;
+ y += stuff->dstY;
+
+ if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+ x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+ else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+ x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+ if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+ y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+ else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+ y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hotShape)
+ ConfineToShape(PickPointer(client), pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);
+
+ XineramaSetCursorPosition(PickPointer(client), x, y, TRUE);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for WarpPointer request.
+ * Warps the cursor position to the coordinates given in the request.
+ */
+int
+ProcWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr dest = NULL;
+ int x, y, rc;
+ ScreenPtr newScreen;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, tmp;
+ SpritePtr pSprite;
+
+ REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xWarpPointerReq);
+
+ dev = PickPointer(client);
+
+ for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
+ if ((tmp == dev) || (!IsMaster(tmp) && tmp->u.master == dev)) {
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (dev->u.lastSlave)
+ dev = dev->u.lastSlave;
+ pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ return XineramaWarpPointer(client);
+#endif
+
+ if (stuff->dstWid != None) {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+ y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+
+ if (stuff->srcWid != None)
+ {
+ int winX, winY;
+ XID winID = stuff->srcWid;
+ WindowPtr source;
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ winX = source->drawable.x;
+ winY = source->drawable.y;
+ if (source->drawable.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen ||
+ x < winX + stuff->srcX ||
+ y < winY + stuff->srcY ||
+ (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&
+ winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||
+ (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&
+ winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||
+ !PointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))
+ return Success;
+ }
+ if (dest)
+ {
+ x = dest->drawable.x;
+ y = dest->drawable.y;
+ newScreen = dest->drawable.pScreen;
+ } else
+ newScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+
+ x += stuff->dstX;
+ y += stuff->dstY;
+
+ if (x < 0)
+ x = 0;
+ else if (x >= newScreen->width)
+ x = newScreen->width - 1;
+ if (y < 0)
+ y = 0;
+ else if (y >= newScreen->height)
+ y = newScreen->height - 1;
+
+ if (newScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ {
+ if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+ x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+ else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+ x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+ if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+ y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+ else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+ y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hotShape)
+ ConfineToShape(dev, pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);
+ (*newScreen->SetCursorPosition)(dev, newScreen, x, y, TRUE);
+ }
+ else if (!PointerConfinedToScreen(dev))
+ {
+ NewCurrentScreen(dev, newScreen, x, y);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static Bool
+BorderSizeNotEmpty(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ if(REGION_NOTEMPTY(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen, &pWin->borderSize))
+ return TRUE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) {
+ int i;
+
+ for(i = 1; i < PanoramiXNumScreens; i++) {
+ if(REGION_NOTEMPTY(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen,
+ &pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i]->borderSize))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * "CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow" checks to see if the event passed in causes a
+ * passive grab set on the window to be activated.
+ * If a passive grab is activated, the event will be delivered to the client.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window that may be subject to a passive grab.
+ * @param device Device that caused the event.
+ * @param event The current device event.
+ * @param checkCore Check for core grabs too.
+ */
+
+static Bool
+CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ DeviceIntPtr device,
+ DeviceEvent *event,
+ BOOL checkCore)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = wPassiveGrabs(pWin);
+ GrabRec tempGrab;
+ GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;
+#define CORE_MATCH 0x1
+#define XI_MATCH 0x2
+#define XI2_MATCH 0x4
+ int match = 0;
+
+ if (device->deviceGrab.grab)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!grab)
+ return FALSE;
+ /* Fill out the grab details, but leave the type for later before
+ * comparing */
+ tempGrab.window = pWin;
+ tempGrab.device = device;
+ tempGrab.detail.exact = event->detail.key;
+ tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.next = NULL;
+ for (; grab; grab = grab->next)
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr gdev;
+ XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = NULL;
+ Mask mask = 0;
+
+ gdev= grab->modifierDevice;
+ if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+ {
+ if (IsPointerDevice(device))
+ gdev = GetPairedDevice(device);
+ else
+ gdev = device;
+ } else if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
+ {
+ /* if the device is an attached slave device, gdev must be the
+ * attached master keyboard. Since the slave may have been
+ * reattached after the grab, the modifier device may not be the
+ * same. */
+ if (!IsMaster(grab->device) && device->u.master)
+ gdev = GetMaster(device, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+ }
+
+
+ if (gdev && gdev->key)
+ xkbi= gdev->key->xkbInfo;
+ tempGrab.modifierDevice = grab->modifierDevice;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = xkbi ? xkbi->state.grab_mods : 0;
+
+ /* Check for XI2 and XI grabs first */
+ tempGrab.type = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)event);
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
+ if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE))
+ match = XI2_MATCH;
+
+ tempGrab.detail.exact = event->detail.key;
+ if (!match)
+ {
+ tempGrab.type = GetXIType((InternalEvent*)event);
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;
+ if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE))
+ match = XI_MATCH;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for a core grab (ignore the device when comparing) */
+ if (!match && checkCore)
+ {
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ if ((tempGrab.type = GetCoreType((InternalEvent*)event)) &&
+ (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, TRUE)))
+ match = CORE_MATCH;
+ }
+
+ if (match && (!grab->confineTo ||
+ (grab->confineTo->realized &&
+ BorderSizeNotEmpty(device, grab->confineTo))))
+ {
+ int rc, count = 0;
+ xEvent *xE = NULL;
+ xEvent core;
+
+ event->corestate &= 0x1f00;
+ event->corestate |= tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact & (~0x1f00);
+ grabinfo = &device->deviceGrab;
+ /* In some cases a passive core grab may exist, but the client
+ * already has a core grab on some other device. In this case we
+ * must not get the grab, otherwise we may never ungrab the
+ * device.
+ */
+
+ if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr other;
+ BOOL interfering = FALSE;
+
+ /* A passive grab may have been created for a different device
+ than it is assigned to at this point in time.
+ Update the grab's device and modifier device to reflect the
+ current state.
+ Since XGrabDeviceButton requires to specify the
+ modifierDevice explicitly, we don't override this choice.
+ */
+ if (tempGrab.type < GenericEvent)
+ {
+ grab->device = device;
+ grab->modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(device);
+ }
+
+ for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ GrabPtr othergrab = other->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (othergrab && othergrab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE &&
+ SameClient(grab, rClient(othergrab)) &&
+ ((IsPointerDevice(grab->device) &&
+ IsPointerDevice(othergrab->device)) ||
+ (IsKeyboardDevice(grab->device) &&
+ IsKeyboardDevice(othergrab->device))))
+ {
+ interfering = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (interfering)
+ continue;
+ }
+
+
+ if (match & CORE_MATCH)
+ {
+ rc = EventToCore((InternalEvent*)event, &core);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed in CPGFW "
+ "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->type, rc);
+ continue;
+ }
+ xE = &core;
+ count = 1;
+ mask = grab->eventMask;
+ } else if (match & XI2_MATCH)
+ {
+ rc = EventToXI2((InternalEvent*)event, &xE);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in CPGFW "
+ "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->type, rc);
+ continue;
+ }
+ count = 1;
+
+ /* FIXME: EventToXI2 returns NULL for enter events, so
+ * dereferencing the event is bad. Internal event types are
+ * aligned with core events, so the else clause is valid.
+ * long-term we should use internal events for enter/focus
+ * as well */
+ if (xE)
+ mask = grab->xi2mask[device->id][((xGenericEvent*)xE)->evtype/8];
+ else if (event->type == XI_Enter || event->type == XI_FocusIn)
+ mask = grab->xi2mask[device->id][event->type/8];
+ } else
+ {
+ rc = EventToXI((InternalEvent*)event, &xE, &count);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in CPGFW "
+ "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->type, rc);
+ continue;
+ }
+ mask = grab->eventMask;
+ }
+
+ (*grabinfo->ActivateGrab)(device, grab, currentTime, TRUE);
+
+ if (xE)
+ {
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(device, xE, grab->window, None, TRUE);
+
+ TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), device, xE, count, mask,
+ GetEventFilter(device, xE), grab);
+ }
+
+ if (grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_NO_EVENT)
+ {
+ if (!grabinfo->sync.event)
+ grabinfo->sync.event = xcalloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent));
+ *grabinfo->sync.event = *event;
+ grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;
+ }
+
+ if (match & (XI_MATCH | XI2_MATCH))
+ xfree(xE); /* on core match xE == &core */
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+#undef CORE_MATCH
+#undef XI_MATCH
+#undef XI2_MATCH
+}
+
+/**
+ * CheckDeviceGrabs handles both keyboard and pointer events that may cause
+ * a passive grab to be activated.
+ *
+ * If the event is a keyboard event, the ancestors of the focus window are
+ * traced down and tried to see if they have any passive grabs to be
+ * activated. If the focus window itself is reached and it's descendants
+ * contain the pointer, the ancestors of the window that the pointer is in
+ * are then traced down starting at the focus window, otherwise no grabs are
+ * activated.
+ * If the event is a pointer event, the ancestors of the window that the
+ * pointer is in are traced down starting at the root until CheckPassiveGrabs
+ * causes a passive grab to activate or all the windows are
+ * tried. PRH
+ *
+ * If a grab is activated, the event has been sent to the client already!
+ *
+ * The event we pass in must always be an XI event. From this, we then emulate
+ * the core event and then check for grabs.
+ *
+ * @param device The device that caused the event.
+ * @param xE The event to handle (Device{Button|Key}Press).
+ * @param count Number of events in list.
+ * @return TRUE if a grab has been activated or false otherwise.
+*/
+
+Bool
+CheckDeviceGrabs(DeviceIntPtr device, DeviceEvent *event, int checkFirst)
+{
+ int i;
+ WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
+ FocusClassPtr focus = IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event) ? NULL : device->focus;
+ BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(device) && device->coreEvents);
+
+ if (event->type != ET_ButtonPress &&
+ event->type != ET_KeyPress)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (event->type == ET_ButtonPress
+ && (device->button->buttonsDown != 1))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ i = checkFirst;
+
+ if (focus)
+ {
+ for (; i < focus->traceGood; i++)
+ {
+ pWin = focus->trace[i];
+ if (pWin->optional &&
+ CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, event, sendCore))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if ((focus->win == NoneWin) ||
+ (i >= device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood) ||
+ ((i > checkFirst) &&
+ (pWin != device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i-1])))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ for (; i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood; i++)
+ {
+ pWin = device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i];
+ if (pWin->optional &&
+ CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, event, sendCore))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called for keyboard events to deliver event to whatever client owns the
+ * focus.
+ *
+ * The event is delivered to the keyboard's focus window, the root window or
+ * to the window owning the input focus.
+ *
+ * @param keybd The keyboard originating the event.
+ * @param event The event, not yet in wire format.
+ * @param window Window underneath the sprite.
+ */
+void
+DeliverFocusedEvent(DeviceIntPtr keybd, InternalEvent *event, WindowPtr window)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr;
+ WindowPtr focus = keybd->focus->win;
+ BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(keybd) && keybd->coreEvents);
+ xEvent core;
+ xEvent *xE = NULL, *xi2 = NULL;
+ int count, rc;
+ int deliveries = 0;
+
+ if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)
+ focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
+ if (!focus)
+ return;
+ if (focus == PointerRootWin)
+ {
+ DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, NullWindow, keybd);
+ return;
+ }
+ if ((focus == window) || IsParent(focus, window))
+ {
+ if (DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, focus, keybd))
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* just deliver it to the focus window */
+ ptr = GetPairedDevice(keybd);
+
+
+ rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ /* XXX: XACE */
+ int filter = GetEventFilter(keybd, xi2);
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr, xi2, focus, None, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xi2, 1,
+ filter, NullGrab);
+ if (deliveries > 0)
+ goto unwind;
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+ keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
+
+ rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
+ if (rc == Success &&
+ XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, xE, count) == Success)
+ {
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr, xE, focus, None, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xE, count,
+ GetEventFilter(keybd, xE),
+ NullGrab);
+
+ if (deliveries > 0)
+ goto unwind;
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+ keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
+
+ if (sendCore)
+ {
+ rc = EventToCore(event, &core);
+ if (rc == Success &&
+ XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, &core, 1) == Success)
+ {
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(keybd, &core, focus, None, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, &core, 1,
+ GetEventFilter(keybd, &core),
+ NullGrab);
+ }
+ }
+
+unwind:
+ if (xE)
+ xfree(xE);
+ if (xi2)
+ xfree(xi2);
+ return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deliver an event from a device that is currently grabbed. Uses
+ * DeliverDeviceEvents() for further delivery if a ownerEvents is set on the
+ * grab. If not, TryClientEvents() is used.
+ *
+ * @param deactivateGrab True if the device's grab should be deactivated.
+ */
+void
+DeliverGrabbedEvent(InternalEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr thisDev,
+ Bool deactivateGrab)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;
+ int deliveries = 0;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = thisDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ BOOL sendCore = FALSE;
+ int rc, count = 0;
+ xEvent *xi = NULL;
+ xEvent *xi2 = NULL;
+
+ grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;
+ grab = grabinfo->grab;
+
+ if (grab->ownerEvents)
+ {
+ WindowPtr focus;
+
+ /* Hack: Some pointer device have a focus class. So we need to check
+ * for the type of event, to see if we really want to deliver it to
+ * the focus window. For pointer events, the answer is no.
+ */
+ if (IsPointerEvent(event))
+ focus = PointerRootWin;
+ else if (thisDev->focus)
+ {
+ focus = thisDev->focus->win;
+ if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)
+ focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
+ }
+ else
+ focus = PointerRootWin;
+ if (focus == PointerRootWin)
+ deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab,
+ NullWindow, thisDev);
+ else if (focus && (focus == pSprite->win ||
+ IsParent(focus, pSprite->win)))
+ deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab, focus,
+ thisDev);
+ else if (focus)
+ deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(focus, event, grab, focus,
+ thisDev);
+ }
+ if (!deliveries)
+ {
+ Mask mask;
+
+ /* XXX: In theory, we could pass the internal events through to
+ * everything and only convert just before hitting the wire. We can't
+ * do that yet, so DGE is the last stop for internal events. From here
+ * onwards, we deal with core/XI events.
+ */
+
+ mask = grab->eventMask;
+
+ sendCore = (IsMaster(thisDev) && thisDev->coreEvents);
+ /* try core event */
+ if (sendCore && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+ {
+ xEvent core;
+
+ rc = EventToCore(event, &core);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(thisDev, &core, grab->window,
+ None, TRUE);
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,
+ grab->window, &core, 1) ||
+ XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),
+ grab->window, &core, 1))
+ deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+ else if (!IsInterferingGrab(rClient(grab), thisDev, &core))
+ {
+ deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,
+ &core, 1, mask,
+ GetEventFilter(thisDev, &core),
+ grab);
+ }
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] DeliverGrabbedEvent. Core conversion failed.\n");
+ }
+
+ if (!deliveries)
+ {
+ rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ int evtype = ((xGenericEvent*)xi2)->evtype;
+ mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] |
+ grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] |
+ grab->xi2mask[thisDev->id][evtype/8];
+ /* try XI2 event */
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(thisDev, xi2, grab->window, None, TRUE);
+ /* XXX: XACE */
+ deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, xi2, 1, mask,
+ GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi2), grab);
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+ thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);
+ }
+
+ if (!deliveries)
+ {
+ rc = EventToXI(event, &xi, &count);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ /* try XI event */
+ if (grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab &&
+ grabinfo->implicitGrab)
+ mask = grab->deviceMask;
+ else
+ mask = grab->eventMask;
+
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(thisDev, xi, grab->window,
+ None, TRUE);
+
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,
+ grab->window, xi, count) ||
+ XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),
+ grab->window, xi, count))
+ deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+ else
+ {
+ deliveries =
+ TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,
+ xi, count,
+ mask,
+ GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi),
+ grab);
+ }
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+ thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);
+ }
+
+ if (deliveries && (event->any.type == ET_Motion))
+ thisDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = grab->window;
+ }
+ if (deliveries && !deactivateGrab && event->any.type != ET_Motion)
+ {
+ switch (grabinfo->sync.state)
+ {
+ case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT:
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (dev == thisDev)
+ continue;
+ FreezeThaw(dev, TRUE);
+ if ((dev->deviceGrab.sync.state == FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT) &&
+ (CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource) ==
+ CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource)))
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;
+ else
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;
+ }
+ /* fall through */
+ case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT:
+ grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;
+ FreezeThaw(thisDev, TRUE);
+ if (!grabinfo->sync.event)
+ grabinfo->sync.event = xcalloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent));
+ *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (xi)
+ xfree(xi);
+ if (xi2)
+ xfree(xi2);
+}
+
+/* This function is used to set the key pressed or key released state -
+ this is only used when the pressing of keys does not cause
+ the device's processInputProc to be called, as in for example Mouse Keys.
+*/
+void
+FixKeyState (DeviceEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr keybd)
+{
+ int key, bit;
+ BYTE *kptr;
+ KeyClassPtr keyc = keybd->key;
+
+ key = event->detail.key;
+ kptr = &keyc->down[key >> 3];
+ bit = 1 << (key & 7);
+
+ if (event->type == ET_KeyPress) {
+ DebugF("FixKeyState: Key %d %s\n",key,
+ ((event->type == ET_KeyPress) ? "down" : "up"));
+ }
+
+ if (event->type == ET_KeyPress)
+ *kptr |= bit;
+ else if (event->type == ET_KeyRelease)
+ *kptr &= ~bit;
+ else
+ FatalError("Impossible keyboard event");
+}
+
+#define AtMostOneClient \
+ (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask | ButtonPressMask)
+#define ManagerMask \
+ (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask)
+
+/**
+ * Recalculate which events may be deliverable for the given window.
+ * Recalculated mask is used for quicker determination which events may be
+ * delivered to a window.
+ *
+ * The otherEventMasks on a WindowOptional is the combination of all event
+ * masks set by all clients on the window.
+ * deliverableEventMask is the combination of the eventMask and the
+ * otherEventMask plus the events that may be propagated to the parent.
+ *
+ * Traverses to siblings and parents of the window.
+ */
+void
+RecalculateDeliverableEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ OtherClients *others;
+ WindowPtr pChild;
+
+ pChild = pWin;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (pChild->optional)
+ {
+ pChild->optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
+ for (others = wOtherClients(pChild); others; others = others->next)
+ {
+ pChild->optional->otherEventMasks |= others->mask;
+ }
+ }
+ pChild->deliverableEvents = pChild->eventMask|
+ wOtherEventMasks(pChild);
+ if (pChild->parent)
+ pChild->deliverableEvents |=
+ (pChild->parent->deliverableEvents &
+ ~wDontPropagateMask(pChild) & PropagateMask);
+ if (pChild->firstChild)
+ {
+ pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+ continue;
+ }
+ while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
+ pChild = pChild->parent;
+ if (pChild == pWin)
+ break;
+ pChild = pChild->nextSib;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+OtherClientGone(pointer value, XID id)
+{
+ OtherClientsPtr other, prev;
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value;
+
+ prev = 0;
+ for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (other->resource == id)
+ {
+ if (prev)
+ prev->next = other->next;
+ else
+ {
+ if (!(pWin->optional->otherClients = other->next))
+ CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin);
+ }
+ xfree(other);
+ RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+ return(Success);
+ }
+ prev = other;
+ }
+ FatalError("client not on event list");
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+ return -1; /* make compiler happy */
+}
+
+int
+EventSelectForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, Mask mask)
+{
+ Mask check;
+ OtherClients * others;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ int rc;
+
+ if (mask & ~AllEventMasks)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = mask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ check = (mask & ManagerMask);
+ if (check) {
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id,
+ RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ check = (mask & AtMostOneClient);
+ if (check & (pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)))
+ { /* It is illegal for two different
+ clients to select on any of the
+ events for AtMostOneClient. However,
+ it is OK, for some client to
+ continue selecting on one of those
+ events. */
+ if ((wClient(pWin) != client) && (check & pWin->eventMask))
+ return BadAccess;
+ for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)
+ {
+ if (!SameClient(others, client) && (check & others->mask))
+ return BadAccess;
+ }
+ }
+ if (wClient (pWin) == client)
+ {
+ check = pWin->eventMask;
+ pWin->eventMask = mask;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)
+ {
+ if (SameClient(others, client))
+ {
+ check = others->mask;
+ if (mask == 0)
+ {
+ FreeResource(others->resource, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ others->mask = mask;
+ goto maskSet;
+ }
+ }
+ check = 0;
+ if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ others = xalloc(sizeof(OtherClients));
+ if (!others)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ others->mask = mask;
+ others->resource = FakeClientID(client->index);
+ others->next = pWin->optional->otherClients;
+ pWin->optional->otherClients = others;
+ if (!AddResource(others->resource, RT_OTHERCLIENT, (pointer)pWin))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+maskSet:
+ if ((mask & PointerMotionHintMask) && !(check & PointerMotionHintMask))
+ {
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)
+ dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ }
+ }
+ RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+EventSuppressForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client,
+ Mask mask, Bool *checkOptional)
+{
+ int i, free;
+
+ if (mask & ~PropagateMask)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = mask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (pWin->dontPropagate)
+ DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;
+ if (!mask)
+ i = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = DNPMCOUNT, free = 0; --i > 0; )
+ {
+ if (!DontPropagateRefCnts[i])
+ free = i;
+ else if (mask == DontPropagateMasks[i])
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!i && free)
+ {
+ i = free;
+ DontPropagateMasks[i] = mask;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i || !mask)
+ {
+ pWin->dontPropagate = i;
+ if (i)
+ DontPropagateRefCnts[i]++;
+ if (pWin->optional)
+ {
+ pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;
+ *checkOptional = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+ {
+ if (pWin->dontPropagate)
+ DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]++;
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pWin->dontPropagate = 0;
+ pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;
+ }
+ RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Assembles an EnterNotify or LeaveNotify and sends it event to the client.
+ * Uses the paired keyboard to get some additional information.
+ */
+void
+CoreEnterLeaveEvent(
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse,
+ int type,
+ int mode,
+ int detail,
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ Window child)
+{
+ xEvent event;
+ WindowPtr focus;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd;
+ GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+ Mask mask;
+
+ keybd = GetPairedDevice(mouse);
+
+ if ((pWin == mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow) &&
+ (detail != NotifyInferior))
+ mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ if (grab)
+ {
+ mask = (pWin == grab->window) ? grab->eventMask : 0;
+ if (grab->ownerEvents)
+ mask |= EventMaskForClient(pWin, rClient(grab));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ mask = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin);
+ }
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = type;
+ event.u.u.detail = detail;
+ event.u.enterLeave.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+ event.u.enterLeave.rootX = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x;
+ event.u.enterLeave.rootY = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y;
+ /* Counts on the same initial structure of crossing & button events! */
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse, &event, pWin, None, FALSE);
+ /* Enter/Leave events always set child */
+ event.u.enterLeave.child = child;
+ event.u.enterLeave.flags = event.u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen ?
+ ELFlagSameScreen : 0;
+ event.u.enterLeave.state = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state & 0x1f00) : 0;
+ if (keybd)
+ event.u.enterLeave.state |=
+ XkbGrabStateFromRec(&keybd->key->xkbInfo->state);
+ event.u.enterLeave.mode = mode;
+ focus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : None;
+ if ((focus != NoneWin) &&
+ ((pWin == focus) || (focus == PointerRootWin) ||
+ IsParent(focus, pWin)))
+ event.u.enterLeave.flags |= ELFlagFocus;
+
+ if ((mask & GetEventFilter(mouse, &event)))
+ {
+ if (grab)
+ TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, &event, 1, mask,
+ GetEventFilter(mouse, &event), grab);
+ else
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, &event, 1,
+ GetEventFilter(mouse, &event),
+ NullGrab);
+ }
+
+ if ((type == EnterNotify) && (mask & KeymapStateMask))
+ {
+ xKeymapEvent ke;
+ ClientPtr client = grab ? rClient(grab) : wClient(pWin);
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess))
+ bzero((char *)&ke.map[0], 31);
+ else
+ memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&keybd->key->down[1], 31);
+
+ ke.type = KeymapNotify;
+ if (grab)
+ TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), keybd, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
+ mask, KeymapStateMask, grab);
+ else
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
+ KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+DeviceEnterLeaveEvent(
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse,
+ int sourceid,
+ int type,
+ int mode,
+ int detail,
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ Window child)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+ xXIEnterEvent *event;
+ int filter;
+ int btlen, len, i;
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd;
+
+ if ((mode == XINotifyPassiveGrab && type == XI_Leave) ||
+ (mode == XINotifyPassiveUngrab && type == XI_Enter))
+ return;
+
+ btlen = (mouse->button) ? bits_to_bytes(mouse->button->numButtons) : 0;
+ btlen = bytes_to_int32(btlen);
+ len = sizeof(xXIEnterEvent) + btlen * 4;
+
+ event = xcalloc(1, len);
+ event->type = GenericEvent;
+ event->extension = IReqCode;
+ event->evtype = type;
+ event->length = (len - sizeof(xEvent))/4;
+ event->buttons_len = btlen;
+ event->detail = detail;
+ event->time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+ event->deviceid = mouse->id;
+ event->sourceid = sourceid;
+ event->mode = mode;
+ event->root_x = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x, 0);
+ event->root_y = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y, 0);
+
+ for (i = 0; mouse && mouse->button && i < mouse->button->numButtons; i++)
+ if (BitIsOn(mouse->button->down, i))
+ SetBit(&event[1], i);
+
+ kbd = (IsMaster(mouse) || mouse->u.master) ? GetPairedDevice(mouse) : NULL;
+ if (kbd && kbd->key)
+ {
+ event->mods.base_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_mods;
+ event->mods.latched_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_mods;
+ event->mods.locked_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_mods;
+
+ event->group.base_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_group;
+ event->group.latched_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_group;
+ event->group.locked_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_group;
+ }
+
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse, (xEvent*)event, pWin, None, FALSE);
+
+ filter = GetEventFilter(mouse, (xEvent*)event);
+
+ if (grab)
+ {
+ Mask mask;
+ mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] |
+ grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] |
+ grab->xi2mask[mouse->id][type/8];
+ TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, (xEvent*)event, 1, mask,
+ filter, grab);
+ } else {
+ if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event))
+ goto out;
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event, 1, filter,
+ NullGrab);
+ }
+
+out:
+ xfree(event);
+}
+
+void
+CoreFocusEvent(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int mode, int detail, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ xEvent event;
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.focus.mode = mode;
+ event.u.u.type = type;
+ event.u.u.detail = detail;
+ event.u.focus.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &event, 1,
+ GetEventFilter(dev, &event), NullGrab);
+ if ((type == FocusIn) &&
+ ((pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & KeymapStateMask))
+ {
+ xKeymapEvent ke;
+ ClientPtr client = wClient(pWin);
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixReadAccess))
+ bzero((char *)&ke.map[0], 31);
+ else
+ memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&dev->key->down[1], 31);
+
+ ke.type = KeymapNotify;
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
+ KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the input focus to the given window. Subsequent keyboard events will be
+ * delivered to the given window.
+ *
+ * Usually called from ProcSetInputFocus as result of a client request. If so,
+ * the device is the inputInfo.keyboard.
+ * If called from ProcXSetInputFocus as result of a client xinput request, the
+ * device is set to the device specified by the client.
+ *
+ * @param client Client that requested input focus change.
+ * @param dev Focus device.
+ * @param focusID The window to obtain the focus. Can be PointerRoot or None.
+ * @param revertTo Specifies where the focus reverts to when window becomes
+ * unviewable.
+ * @param ctime Specifies the time.
+ * @param followOK True if pointer is allowed to follow the keyboard.
+ */
+int
+SetInputFocus(
+ ClientPtr client,
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ Window focusID,
+ CARD8 revertTo,
+ Time ctime,
+ Bool followOK)
+{
+ FocusClassPtr focus;
+ WindowPtr focusWin;
+ int mode, rc;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd; /* used for FollowKeyboard or FollowKeyboardWin */
+
+
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+ if ((revertTo != RevertToParent) &&
+ (revertTo != RevertToPointerRoot) &&
+ (revertTo != RevertToNone) &&
+ ((revertTo != RevertToFollowKeyboard) || !followOK))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = revertTo;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);
+
+ if (IsKeyboardDevice(dev))
+ keybd = dev;
+ else
+ keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);
+
+ if ((focusID == None) || (focusID == PointerRoot))
+ focusWin = (WindowPtr)(long)focusID;
+ else if ((focusID == FollowKeyboard) && followOK)
+ {
+ focusWin = keybd->focus->win;
+ }
+ else {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&focusWin, focusID, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ /* It is a match error to try to set the input focus to an
+ unviewable window. */
+ if(!focusWin->realized)
+ return(BadMatch);
+ }
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixSetFocusAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return Success;
+
+ focus = dev->focus;
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, focus->time) == EARLIER))
+ return Success;
+ mode = (dev->deviceGrab.grab) ? NotifyWhileGrabbed : NotifyNormal;
+ if (focus->win == FollowKeyboardWin)
+ {
+ if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin))
+ DoFocusEvents(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin, mode);
+ } else
+ {
+ if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, focus->win, focusWin))
+ DoFocusEvents(dev, focus->win, focusWin, mode);
+ }
+ focus->time = time;
+ focus->revert = revertTo;
+ if (focusID == FollowKeyboard)
+ focus->win = FollowKeyboardWin;
+ else
+ focus->win = focusWin;
+ if ((focusWin == NoneWin) || (focusWin == PointerRootWin))
+ focus->traceGood = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ int depth = 0;
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+
+ for (pWin = focusWin; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent) depth++;
+ if (depth > focus->traceSize)
+ {
+ focus->traceSize = depth+1;
+ focus->trace = xrealloc(focus->trace,
+ focus->traceSize * sizeof(WindowPtr));
+ }
+ focus->traceGood = depth;
+ for (pWin = focusWin, depth--; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent, depth--)
+ focus->trace[depth] = pWin;
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for SetInputFocus request.
+ *
+ * Sets the input focus for the virtual core keyboard.
+ */
+int
+ProcSetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ REQUEST(xSetInputFocusReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetInputFocusReq);
+
+ return SetInputFocus(client, kbd, stuff->focus,
+ stuff->revertTo, stuff->time, FALSE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GetInputFocus request.
+ *
+ * Sends the current input focus for the client's keyboard back to the
+ * client.
+ */
+int
+ProcGetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ xGetInputFocusReply rep;
+ FocusClassPtr focus = kbd->focus;
+ int rc;
+ /* REQUEST(xReq); */
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetFocusAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ if (focus->win == NoneWin)
+ rep.focus = None;
+ else if (focus->win == PointerRootWin)
+ rep.focus = PointerRoot;
+ else rep.focus = focus->win->drawable.id;
+ rep.revertTo = focus->revert;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabPointer request.
+ *
+ * Sets an active grab on the client's ClientPointer and returns success
+ * status to client.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGrabPointerReply rep;
+ DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ GrabMask mask;
+ WindowPtr confineTo;
+ CursorPtr oldCursor;
+ REQUEST(xGrabPointerReq);
+ TimeStamp time;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabPointerReq);
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+
+ if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if (stuff->confineTo == None)
+ confineTo = NullWindow;
+ else
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,
+ DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply));
+ oldCursor = NullCursor;
+ grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+ if (grab)
+ {
+ if (grab->confineTo && !confineTo)
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(device, RootWindow(device), FALSE, FALSE);
+ oldCursor = grab->cursor;
+ }
+
+ mask.core = stuff->eventMask;
+
+ rc = GrabDevice(client, device, stuff->pointerMode, stuff->keyboardMode,
+ stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents, stuff->time,
+ &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, stuff->cursor,
+ stuff->confineTo, &rep.status);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (oldCursor && rep.status == GrabSuccess)
+ FreeCursor (oldCursor, (Cursor)0);
+
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for ChangeActivePointerGrab request.
+ *
+ * Changes properties of the grab hold by the client. If the client does not
+ * hold an active grab on the device, nothing happens.
+ */
+int
+ProcChangeActivePointerGrab(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr device;
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ CursorPtr newCursor, oldCursor;
+ REQUEST(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);
+ TimeStamp time;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);
+ if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->cursor == None)
+ newCursor = NullCursor;
+ else
+ {
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&newCursor, stuff->cursor,
+ RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
+ return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ device = PickPointer(client);
+ grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+ if (!grab)
+ return Success;
+ if (!SameClient(grab, client))
+ return Success;
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) == EARLIER))
+ return Success;
+ oldCursor = grab->cursor;
+ grab->cursor = newCursor;
+ if (newCursor)
+ newCursor->refcnt++;
+ PostNewCursor(device);
+ if (oldCursor)
+ FreeCursor(oldCursor, (Cursor)0);
+ grab->eventMask = stuff->eventMask;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabPointer request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a pointer grab on a device the client has grabbed.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+ grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&
+ (grab) && SameClient(grab, client))
+ (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets a grab on the given device.
+ *
+ * Called from ProcGrabKeyboard to work on the client's keyboard.
+ * Called from ProcXGrabDevice to work on the device specified by the client.
+ *
+ * The parameters this_mode and other_mode represent the keyboard_mode and
+ * pointer_mode parameters of XGrabKeyboard().
+ * See man page for details on all the parameters
+ *
+ * @param client Client that owns the grab.
+ * @param dev The device to grab.
+ * @param this_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync
+ * @param other_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync
+ * @param status Return code to be returned to the caller.
+ *
+ * @returns Success or BadValue.
+ */
+int
+GrabDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ unsigned pointer_mode, unsigned keyboard_mode, Window grabWindow,
+ unsigned ownerEvents, Time ctime, GrabMask *mask,
+ int grabtype, Cursor curs, Window confineToWin, CARD8 *status)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;
+ int rc;
+ GrabInfoPtr grabInfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+ CursorPtr cursor;
+
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+ if ((keyboard_mode != GrabModeSync) && (keyboard_mode != GrabModeAsync))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = keyboard_mode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((pointer_mode != GrabModeSync) && (pointer_mode != GrabModeAsync))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pointer_mode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((ownerEvents != xFalse) && (ownerEvents != xTrue))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = ownerEvents;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (confineToWin == None)
+ confineTo = NullWindow;
+ else
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, confineToWin, client,
+ DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ if (curs == None)
+ cursor = NullCursor;
+ else
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, curs, RT_CURSOR,
+ client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = curs;
+ return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ }
+ access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
+ }
+
+ if (keyboard_mode == GrabModeSync || pointer_mode == GrabModeSync)
+ access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);
+ grab = grabInfo->grab;
+ if (grab && grab->grabtype != grabtype)
+ *status = AlreadyGrabbed;
+ if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))
+ *status = AlreadyGrabbed;
+ else if ((!pWin->realized) ||
+ (confineTo &&
+ !(confineTo->realized
+ && BorderSizeNotEmpty(dev, confineTo))))
+ *status = GrabNotViewable;
+ else if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabInfo->grabTime) == EARLIER))
+ *status = GrabInvalidTime;
+ else if (grabInfo->sync.frozen &&
+ grabInfo->sync.other && !SameClient(grabInfo->sync.other, client))
+ *status = GrabFrozen;
+ else
+ {
+ GrabRec tempGrab;
+
+ /* Otherwise segfaults happen on grabbed MPX devices */
+ memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));
+
+ tempGrab.next = NULL;
+ tempGrab.window = pWin;
+ tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+ tempGrab.ownerEvents = ownerEvents;
+ tempGrab.keyboardMode = keyboard_mode;
+ tempGrab.pointerMode = pointer_mode;
+ if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+ tempGrab.eventMask = mask->core;
+ else if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI)
+ tempGrab.eventMask = mask->xi;
+ else
+ memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, mask->xi2mask, sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));
+ tempGrab.device = dev;
+ tempGrab.cursor = cursor;
+ tempGrab.confineTo = confineTo;
+ tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype;
+ (*grabInfo->ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab, time, FALSE);
+ *status = GrabSuccess;
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKeyboard request.
+ *
+ * Grabs the client's keyboard and returns success status to client.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGrabKeyboardReply rep;
+ REQUEST(xGrabKeyboardReq);
+ int result;
+ DeviceIntPtr keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);
+ GrabMask mask;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyboardReq);
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply));
+ mask.core = KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask;
+
+ result = GrabDevice(client, keyboard, stuff->pointerMode,
+ stuff->keyboardMode, stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents,
+ stuff->time, &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, None, None,
+ &rep.status);
+
+ if (result != Success)
+ return result;
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKeyboard request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a possible grab on the client's keyboard.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr device = PickKeyboard(client);
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+
+ grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&
+ (grab) && SameClient(grab, client) && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+ (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for QueryPointer request.
+ *
+ * Returns the current state and position of the client's ClientPointer to the
+ * client.
+ */
+int
+ProcQueryPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xQueryPointerReply rep;
+ WindowPtr pWin, t;
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);
+ DeviceIntPtr keyboard;
+ SpritePtr pSprite;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)
+ return rc;
+
+ keyboard = GetPairedDevice(mouse);
+
+ pSprite = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)
+ MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.mask = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state) : 0;
+ rep.mask |= XkbStateFieldFromRec(&keyboard->key->xkbInfo->state);
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.root = (RootWindow(mouse))->drawable.id;
+ rep.rootX = pSprite->hot.x;
+ rep.rootY = pSprite->hot.y;
+ rep.child = None;
+ if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+ {
+ rep.sameScreen = xTrue;
+ rep.winX = pSprite->hot.x - pWin->drawable.x;
+ rep.winY = pSprite->hot.y - pWin->drawable.y;
+ for (t = pSprite->win; t; t = t->parent)
+ if (t->parent == pWin)
+ {
+ rep.child = t->drawable.id;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rep.sameScreen = xFalse;
+ rep.winX = 0;
+ rep.winY = 0;
+ }
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ rep.rootX += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ rep.rootY += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ if(stuff->id == rep.root) {
+ rep.winX += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ rep.winY += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (rc == BadAccess) {
+ rep.mask = 0;
+ rep.child = None;
+ rep.rootX = 0;
+ rep.rootY = 0;
+ rep.winX = 0;
+ rep.winY = 0;
+ }
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply), &rep);
+
+ return(Success);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the device list and the DIX sprite to sane values. Allocates
+ * trace memory used for quick window traversal.
+ */
+void
+InitEvents(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ inputInfo.numDevices = 0;
+ inputInfo.devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ inputInfo.off_devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ inputInfo.keyboard = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ inputInfo.pointer = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ /* The mask for pointer motion events may have changed in the last server
+ * generation. See comment above definition of filters. */
+ filters[0][PointerMotionMask] = MotionNotify;
+ for (i = 1; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)
+ {
+ memcpy(&filters[i], filters[0], sizeof(filters[0]));
+ }
+
+ syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ syncEvents.replayWin = NullWindow;
+ while (syncEvents.pending)
+ {
+ QdEventPtr next = syncEvents.pending->next;
+ xfree(syncEvents.pending);
+ syncEvents.pending = next;
+ }
+ syncEvents.pendtail = &syncEvents.pending;
+ syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;
+ syncEvents.time.months = 0;
+ syncEvents.time.milliseconds = 0; /* hardly matters */
+ currentTime.months = 0;
+ currentTime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
+ lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
+ for (i = 0; i < DNPMCOUNT; i++)
+ {
+ DontPropagateMasks[i] = 0;
+ DontPropagateRefCnts[i] = 0;
+ }
+
+ InputEventListLen = GetMaximumEventsNum();
+ InputEventList = InitEventList(InputEventListLen);
+ if (!InputEventList)
+ FatalError("[dix] Failed to allocate input event list.\n");
+}
+
+void
+CloseDownEvents(void)
+{
+ FreeEventList(InputEventList, InputEventListLen);
+ InputEventListLen = 0;
+ InputEventList = NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for SendEvent request.
+ *
+ * Locates the window to send the event to and forwards the event.
+ */
+int
+ProcSendEvent(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ WindowPtr effectiveFocus = NullWindow; /* only set if dest==InputFocus */
+ DeviceIntPtr dev = PickPointer(client);
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);
+ SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ REQUEST(xSendEventReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSendEventReq);
+
+ /* The client's event type must be a core event type or one defined by an
+ extension. */
+
+ if ( ! ((stuff->event.u.u.type > X_Reply &&
+ stuff->event.u.u.type < LASTEvent) ||
+ (stuff->event.u.u.type >= EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE &&
+ stuff->event.u.u.type < (unsigned)lastEvent)))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.type;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->event.u.u.type == ClientMessage &&
+ stuff->event.u.u.detail != 8 &&
+ stuff->event.u.u.detail != 16 &&
+ stuff->event.u.u.detail != 32)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.detail;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->eventMask & ~AllEventMasks)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if (stuff->destination == PointerWindow)
+ pWin = pSprite->win;
+ else if (stuff->destination == InputFocus)
+ {
+ WindowPtr inputFocus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : NoneWin;
+
+ if (inputFocus == NoneWin)
+ return Success;
+
+ /* If the input focus is PointerRootWin, send the event to where
+ the pointer is if possible, then perhaps propogate up to root. */
+ if (inputFocus == PointerRootWin)
+ inputFocus = pSprite->spriteTrace[0]; /* Root window! */
+
+ if (IsParent(inputFocus, pSprite->win))
+ {
+ effectiveFocus = inputFocus;
+ pWin = pSprite->win;
+ }
+ else
+ effectiveFocus = pWin = inputFocus;
+ }
+ else
+ dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->destination, client, DixSendAccess);
+
+ if (!pWin)
+ return BadWindow;
+ if ((stuff->propagate != xFalse) && (stuff->propagate != xTrue))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->propagate;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ stuff->event.u.u.type |= 0x80;
+ if (stuff->propagate)
+ {
+ for (;pWin; pWin = pWin->parent)
+ {
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin,
+ &stuff->event, 1))
+ return Success;
+ if (DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin,
+ &stuff->event, 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab))
+ return Success;
+ if (pWin == effectiveFocus)
+ return Success;
+ stuff->eventMask &= ~wDontPropagateMask(pWin);
+ if (!stuff->eventMask)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin, &stuff->event, 1))
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &stuff->event,
+ 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKey request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a passive grab for the given key. Works on the
+ * client's keyboard.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabKey(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xUngrabKeyReq);
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ GrabRec tempGrab;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabKeyReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
+ (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))
+ && (stuff->key != AnyKey))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->key;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
+ (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+ tempGrab.device = keybd;
+ tempGrab.window = pWin;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(keybd);
+ tempGrab.type = KeyPress;
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->key;
+ tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.next = NULL;
+
+ if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ return(Success);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKey request.
+ *
+ * Creates a grab for the client's keyboard and adds it to the list of passive
+ * grabs.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabKey(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xGrabKeyReq);
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ int rc;
+ GrabParameters param;
+ GrabMask mask;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyReq);
+
+ memset(¶m, 0, sizeof(param));
+ param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;
+ param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;
+ param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;
+ param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;
+
+ rc = CheckGrabValues(client, ¶m);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
+ (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))
+ && (stuff->key != AnyKey))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->key;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+
+ mask.core = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask);
+
+ grab = CreateGrab(client->index, keybd, keybd, pWin, GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask,
+ ¶m, KeyPress, stuff->key, NullWindow, NullCursor);
+ if (!grab)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabButton request.
+ *
+ * Creates a grab for the client's ClientPointer and adds it as a passive grab
+ * to the list.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabButton(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;
+ REQUEST(xGrabButtonReq);
+ CursorPtr cursor;
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr, modifierDevice;
+ Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;
+ GrabMask mask;
+ GrabParameters param;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabButtonReq);
+ if ((stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeSync) &&
+ (stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeAsync))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->pointerMode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeSync) &&
+ (stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeAsync))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->keyboardMode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
+ (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->ownerEvents != xFalse) && (stuff->ownerEvents != xTrue))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->ownerEvents;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ if (stuff->confineTo == None)
+ confineTo = NullWindow;
+ else {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,
+ DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if (stuff->cursor == None)
+ cursor = NullCursor;
+ else
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,
+ client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ if (!cursor)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
+ return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ }
+ access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
+ }
+
+ ptr = PickPointer(client);
+ modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);
+ if (stuff->pointerMode == GrabModeSync ||
+ stuff->keyboardMode == GrabModeSync)
+ access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, access_mode);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ memset(¶m, 0, sizeof(param));
+ param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;
+ param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;
+ param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;
+ param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;
+
+ mask.core = stuff->eventMask;
+
+ grab = CreateGrab(client->index, ptr, modifierDevice, pWin,
+ GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask, ¶m, ButtonPress,
+ stuff->button, confineTo, cursor);
+ if (!grab)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabButton request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a passive grab on the client's ClientPointer from the list.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabButton(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xUngrabButtonReq);
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ GrabRec tempGrab;
+ int rc;
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabButtonReq);
+ if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
+ (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ ptr = PickPointer(client);
+
+ tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+ tempGrab.device = ptr;
+ tempGrab.window = pWin;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);
+ tempGrab.type = ButtonPress;
+ tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->button;
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.next = NULL;
+
+ if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ return(Success);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deactivate any grab that may be on the window, remove the focus.
+ * Delete any XInput extension events from the window too. Does not change the
+ * window mask. Use just before the window is deleted.
+ *
+ * If freeResources is set, passive grabs on the window are deleted.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window to delete events from.
+ * @param freeResources True if resources associated with the window should be
+ * deleted.
+ */
+void
+DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(WindowPtr pWin, Bool freeResources)
+{
+ WindowPtr parent;
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse = inputInfo.pointer;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = inputInfo.keyboard;
+ FocusClassPtr focus;
+ OtherClientsPtr oc;
+ GrabPtr passive;
+ GrabPtr grab;
+
+
+ /* Deactivate any grabs performed on this window, before making any
+ input focus changes. */
+ grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (grab &&
+ ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))
+ (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);
+
+
+ /* Deactivating a keyboard grab should cause focus events. */
+ grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (grab && (grab->window == pWin))
+ (*keybd->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(keybd);
+
+ /* And now the real devices */
+ for (mouse = inputInfo.devices; mouse; mouse = mouse->next)
+ {
+ grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (grab && ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))
+ (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);
+ }
+
+
+ for (keybd = inputInfo.devices; keybd; keybd = keybd->next)
+ {
+ if (IsKeyboardDevice(keybd))
+ {
+ focus = keybd->focus;
+
+ /* If the focus window is a root window (ie. has no parent) then don't
+ delete the focus from it. */
+
+ if ((pWin == focus->win) && (pWin->parent != NullWindow))
+ {
+ int focusEventMode = NotifyNormal;
+
+ /* If a grab is in progress, then alter the mode of focus events. */
+
+ if (keybd->deviceGrab.grab)
+ focusEventMode = NotifyWhileGrabbed;
+
+ switch (focus->revert)
+ {
+ case RevertToNone:
+ DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, NoneWin, focusEventMode);
+ focus->win = NoneWin;
+ focus->traceGood = 0;
+ break;
+ case RevertToParent:
+ parent = pWin;
+ do
+ {
+ parent = parent->parent;
+ focus->traceGood--;
+ } while (!parent->realized
+ /* This would be a good protocol change -- windows being reparented
+ during SaveSet processing would cause the focus to revert to the
+ nearest enclosing window which will survive the death of the exiting
+ client, instead of ending up reverting to a dying window and thence
+ to None
+ */
+#ifdef NOTDEF
+ || wClient(parent)->clientGone
+#endif
+ );
+ if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, parent))
+ DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, parent, focusEventMode);
+ focus->win = parent;
+ focus->revert = RevertToNone;
+ break;
+ case RevertToPointerRoot:
+ if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin))
+ DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin, focusEventMode);
+ focus->win = PointerRootWin;
+ focus->traceGood = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (IsPointerDevice(keybd))
+ {
+ if (keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)
+ keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (freeResources)
+ {
+ if (pWin->dontPropagate)
+ DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;
+ while ( (oc = wOtherClients(pWin)) )
+ FreeResource(oc->resource, RT_NONE);
+ while ( (passive = wPassiveGrabs(pWin)) )
+ FreeResource(passive->resource, RT_NONE);
+ }
+
+ DeleteWindowFromAnyExtEvents(pWin, freeResources);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Call this whenever some window at or below pWin has changed geometry. If
+ * there is a grab on the window, the cursor will be re-confined into the
+ * window.
+ */
+void
+CheckCursorConfinement(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ WindowPtr confineTo;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) return;
+#endif
+
+ for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (grab && (confineTo = grab->confineTo))
+ {
+ if (!BorderSizeNotEmpty(pDev, confineTo))
+ (*pDev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(pDev);
+ else if ((pWin == confineTo) || IsParent(pWin, confineTo))
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+Mask
+EventMaskForClient(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ OtherClientsPtr other;
+
+ if (wClient (pWin) == client)
+ return pWin->eventMask;
+ for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (SameClient(other, client))
+ return other->mask;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for RecolorCursor request.
+ */
+int
+ProcRecolorCursor(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ int rc, nscr;
+ ScreenPtr pscr;
+ Bool displayed;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ REQUEST(xRecolorCursorReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecolorCursorReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,
+ client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
+ return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ }
+
+ pCursor->foreRed = stuff->foreRed;
+ pCursor->foreGreen = stuff->foreGreen;
+ pCursor->foreBlue = stuff->foreBlue;
+
+ pCursor->backRed = stuff->backRed;
+ pCursor->backGreen = stuff->backGreen;
+ pCursor->backBlue = stuff->backBlue;
+
+ for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
+ {
+ pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ displayed = (pscr == pSprite->screen);
+ else
+#endif
+ displayed = (pscr == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen);
+ ( *pscr->RecolorCursor)(PickPointer(client), pscr, pCursor,
+ (pCursor == pSprite->current) && displayed);
+ }
+ return (Success);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Write the given events to a client, swapping the byte order if necessary.
+ * To swap the byte ordering, a callback is called that has to be set up for
+ * the given event type.
+ *
+ * In the case of DeviceMotionNotify trailed by DeviceValuators, the events
+ * can be more than one. Usually it's just one event.
+ *
+ * Do not modify the event structure passed in. See comment below.
+ *
+ * @param pClient Client to send events to.
+ * @param count Number of events.
+ * @param events The event list.
+ */
+void
+WriteEventsToClient(ClientPtr pClient, int count, xEvent *events)
+{
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ xEvent eventCopy;
+#endif
+ xEvent *eventTo, *eventFrom;
+ int i,
+ eventlength = sizeof(xEvent);
+
+ /* Let XKB rewrite the state, as it depends on client preferences. */
+ XkbFilterEvents(pClient, count, events);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&
+ (panoramiXdataPtr[0].x || panoramiXdataPtr[0].y))
+ {
+ switch(events->u.u.type) {
+ case MotionNotify:
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case ButtonRelease:
+ case KeyPress:
+ case KeyRelease:
+ case EnterNotify:
+ case LeaveNotify:
+ /*
+ When multiple clients want the same event DeliverEventsToWindow
+ passes the same event structure multiple times so we can't
+ modify the one passed to us
+ */
+ count = 1; /* should always be 1 */
+ memcpy(&eventCopy, events, sizeof(xEvent));
+ eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootX += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootY += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ if(eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.event ==
+ eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.root)
+ {
+ eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventX += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x;
+ eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventY += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y;
+ }
+ events = &eventCopy;
+ break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (EventCallback)
+ {
+ EventInfoRec eventinfo;
+ eventinfo.client = pClient;
+ eventinfo.events = events;
+ eventinfo.count = count;
+ CallCallbacks(&EventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);
+ }
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+ if (XSERVER_SEND_EVENT_ENABLED()) {
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ XSERVER_SEND_EVENT(pClient->index, events[i].u.u.type, &events[i]);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Just a safety check to make sure we only have one GenericEvent, it just
+ * makes things easier for me right now. (whot) */
+ for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ if (events[i].u.u.type == GenericEvent)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] TryClientEvents: Only one GenericEvent at a time.\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (events->u.u.type == GenericEvent)
+ {
+ eventlength += ((xGenericEvent*)events)->length * 4;
+ }
+
+ if(pClient->swapped)
+ {
+ if (eventlength > swapEventLen)
+ {
+ swapEventLen = eventlength;
+ swapEvent = Xrealloc(swapEvent, swapEventLen);
+ if (!swapEvent)
+ {
+ FatalError("WriteEventsToClient: Out of memory.\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for(i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ eventFrom = &events[i];
+ eventTo = swapEvent;
+
+ /* Remember to strip off the leading bit of type in case
+ this event was sent with "SendEvent." */
+ (*EventSwapVector[eventFrom->u.u.type & 0177])
+ (eventFrom, eventTo);
+
+ WriteToClient(pClient, eventlength, (char *)eventTo);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* only one GenericEvent, remember? that means either count is 1 and
+ * eventlength is arbitrary or eventlength is 32 and count doesn't
+ * matter. And we're all set. Woohoo. */
+ WriteToClient(pClient, count * eventlength, (char *) events);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the client pointer for the given client.
+ *
+ * A client can have exactly one ClientPointer. Each time a
+ * request/reply/event is processed and the choice of devices is ambiguous
+ * (e.g. QueryPointer request), the server will pick the ClientPointer (see
+ * PickPointer()).
+ * If a keyboard is needed, the first keyboard paired with the CP is used.
+ */
+int
+SetClientPointer(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr device)
+{
+ int rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, device, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (!IsMaster(device))
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] Need master device for ClientPointer. This is a bug.\n");
+ return BadDevice;
+ } else if (!device->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] Device %d does not have a sprite. "
+ "Cannot be ClientPointer\n", device->id);
+ return BadDevice;
+ }
+ client->clientPtr = device;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* PickPointer will pick an appropriate pointer for the given client.
+ *
+ * An "appropriate device" is (in order of priority):
+ * 1) A device the given client has a core grab on.
+ * 2) A device set as ClientPointer for the given client.
+ * 3) The first master device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+PickPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;
+
+ /* First, check if the client currently has a grab on a device. Even
+ * keyboards count. */
+ for(it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)
+ {
+ GrabPtr grab = it->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (grab && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE && SameClient(grab, client))
+ {
+ it = GetMaster(it, MASTER_POINTER);
+ return it; /* Always return a core grabbed device */
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!client->clientPtr)
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;
+ while (it)
+ {
+ if (IsMaster(it) && it->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+ {
+ client->clientPtr = it;
+ break;
+ }
+ it = it->next;
+ }
+ }
+ return client->clientPtr;
+}
+
+/* PickKeyboard will pick an appropriate keyboard for the given client by
+ * searching the list of devices for the keyboard device that is paired with
+ * the client's pointer.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+PickKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd = GetMaster(ptr, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+
+ if (!kbd)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] ClientPointer not paired with a keyboard. This "
+ "is a bug.\n");
+ }
+
+ return kbd;
+}
+
+/* A client that has one or more core grabs does not get core events from
+ * devices it does not have a grab on. Legacy applications behave bad
+ * otherwise because they are not used to it and the events interfere.
+ * Only applies for core events.
+ *
+ * Return true if a core event from the device would interfere and should not
+ * be delivered.
+ */
+Bool
+IsInterferingGrab(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent* event)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;
+
+ switch(event->u.u.type)
+ {
+ case KeyPress:
+ case KeyRelease:
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case ButtonRelease:
+ case MotionNotify:
+ case EnterNotify:
+ case LeaveNotify:
+ break;
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ while(it)
+ {
+ if (it != dev)
+ {
+ if (it->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(it->deviceGrab.grab, client)
+ && !it->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab)
+ {
+ if ((IsPointerDevice(it) && IsPointerDevice(dev)) ||
+ (IsKeyboardDevice(it) && IsKeyboardDevice(dev)))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ it = it->next;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c b/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c index 2df32e8f5..eb1563aa4 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c @@ -1,1204 +1,1212 @@ -/* - * Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation - * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel Stone - * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a - * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), - * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation - * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, - * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the - * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next - * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the - * Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER - * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING - * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER - * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * Authors: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org> - * Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net> - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H -#include <dix-config.h> -#endif - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include <X11/keysym.h> -#include <X11/Xproto.h> - -#include "misc.h" -#include "resource.h" -#include "inputstr.h" -#include "scrnintstr.h" -#include "cursorstr.h" -#include "dixstruct.h" -#include "globals.h" -#include "dixevents.h" -#include "mipointer.h" -#include "eventstr.h" -#include "eventconvert.h" - -#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h> -#include "xkbsrv.h" - -#ifdef PANORAMIX -#include "panoramiX.h" -#include "panoramiXsrv.h" -#endif - -#include <X11/extensions/XI.h> -#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h> -#include "exglobals.h" -#include "exevents.h" -#include "exglobals.h" -#include "extnsionst.h" -#include "listdev.h" /* for sizing up DeviceClassesChangedEvent */ - -/* Number of motion history events to store. */ -#define MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE 256 - -/* InputEventList is the container list for all input events generated by the - * DDX. The DDX is expected to call GetEventList() and then pass the list into - * Get{Pointer|Keyboard}Events. - */ -EventListPtr InputEventList = NULL; -int InputEventListLen = 0; - -int -GetEventList(EventListPtr* list) -{ - *list = InputEventList; - return InputEventListLen; -} - -/** - * Pick some arbitrary size for Xi motion history. - */ -int -GetMotionHistorySize(void) -{ - return MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE; -} - -void -set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type) -{ - if (type == KEY_PROCESSED) - pDev->key->down[key_code >> 3] |= (1 << (key_code & 7)); - else - pDev->key->postdown[key_code >> 3] |= (1 << (key_code & 7)); -} - -void -set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type) -{ - if (type == KEY_PROCESSED) - pDev->key->down[key_code >> 3] &= ~(1 << (key_code & 7)); - else - pDev->key->postdown[key_code >> 3] &= ~(1 << (key_code & 7)); -} - -Bool -key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type) -{ - int ret = 0; - - if (type & KEY_PROCESSED) - ret |= !!(pDev->key->down[key_code >> 3] & (1 << (key_code & 7))); - else if (type & KEY_POSTED) - ret |= !!(pDev->key->postdown[key_code >> 3] & (1 << (key_code & 7))); - - return ret; -} - -static Bool -key_autorepeats(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code) -{ - return !!(pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeats[key_code >> 3] & - (1 << (key_code & 7))); -} - -static void -init_event(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, Time ms) -{ - memset(event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent)); - event->header = ET_Internal; - event->length = sizeof(DeviceEvent); - event->time = ms; - event->deviceid = dev->id; - event->sourceid = dev->id; -} - -static void -init_raw(DeviceIntPtr dev, RawDeviceEvent *event, Time ms, int type, int detail) -{ - memset(event, 0, sizeof(RawDeviceEvent)); - event->header = ET_Internal; - event->length = sizeof(RawDeviceEvent); - event->type = ET_RawKeyPress - ET_KeyPress + type; - event->time = ms; - event->deviceid = dev->id; - event->sourceid = dev->id; - event->detail.button = detail; -} - -static void -set_raw_valuators(RawDeviceEvent *event, int first, int num, int *valuators, int32_t* data) -{ - int i; - for (i = first; i < first + num; i++) - SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i); - - memcpy(&data[first], valuators, num * sizeof(uint32_t)); -} - - -static void -set_valuators(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, int first_valuator, - int num_valuators, int *valuators) -{ - int i; - - for (i = first_valuator; i < first_valuator + num_valuators; i++) - { - SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i); - if (dev->valuator->mode == Absolute) - SetBit(event->valuators.mode, i); - event->valuators.data_frac[i] = - dev->last.remainder[i] * (1 << 16) * (1 << 16); - } - - memcpy(&event->valuators.data[first_valuator], - valuators, num_valuators * sizeof(uint32_t)); - -} - -void -CreateClassesChangedEvent(EventList* event, - DeviceIntPtr master, - DeviceIntPtr slave, - int type) -{ - int i; - DeviceChangedEvent *dce; - CARD32 ms = GetTimeInMillis(); - - dce = (DeviceChangedEvent*)event->event; - memset(dce, 0, sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent)); - dce->deviceid = slave->id; - dce->masterid = master->id; - dce->header = ET_Internal; - dce->length = sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent); - dce->type = ET_DeviceChanged; - dce->time = ms; - dce->flags = type; - dce->flags |= DEVCHANGE_SLAVE_SWITCH; - dce->sourceid = slave->id; - - if (slave->button) - { - dce->buttons.num_buttons = slave->button->numButtons; - for (i = 0; i < dce->buttons.num_buttons; i++) - dce->buttons.names[i] = slave->button->labels[i]; - } - if (slave->valuator) - { - dce->num_valuators = slave->valuator->numAxes; - for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++) - { - dce->valuators[i].min = slave->valuator->axes[i].min_value; - dce->valuators[i].max = slave->valuator->axes[i].max_value; - dce->valuators[i].resolution = slave->valuator->axes[i].resolution; - /* This should, eventually, be a per-axis mode */ - dce->valuators[i].mode = slave->valuator->mode; - dce->valuators[i].name = slave->valuator->axes[i].label; - } - } - if (slave->key) - { - dce->keys.min_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code; - dce->keys.max_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code; - } -} - -/** - * Rescale the coord between the two axis ranges. - */ -static int -rescaleValuatorAxis(int coord, float remainder, float *remainder_return, AxisInfoPtr from, AxisInfoPtr to, - int defmax) -{ - int fmin = 0, tmin = 0, fmax = defmax, tmax = defmax, coord_return; - float value; - - if(from && from->min_value < from->max_value) { - fmin = from->min_value; - fmax = from->max_value; - } - if(to && to->min_value < to->max_value) { - tmin = to->min_value; - tmax = to->max_value; - } - - if(fmin == tmin && fmax == tmax) { - if (remainder_return) - *remainder_return = remainder; - return coord; - } - - if(fmax == fmin) { /* avoid division by 0 */ - if (remainder_return) - *remainder_return = 0.0; - return 0; - } - - value = (coord + remainder - fmin) * (tmax - tmin) / (fmax - fmin) + tmin; - coord_return = lroundf(value); - if (remainder_return) - *remainder_return = value - coord_return; - return coord_return; -} - -/** - * Update all coordinates when changing to a different SD - * to ensure that relative reporting will work as expected - * without loss of precision. - * - * pDev->last.valuators will be in absolute device coordinates after this - * function. - */ -static void -updateSlaveDeviceCoords(DeviceIntPtr master, DeviceIntPtr pDev) -{ - ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev); - int i; - DeviceIntPtr lastSlave; - - /* master->last.valuators[0]/[1] is in screen coords and the actual - * position of the pointer */ - pDev->last.valuators[0] = master->last.valuators[0]; - pDev->last.valuators[1] = master->last.valuators[1]; - - if (!pDev->valuator) - return; - - /* scale back to device coordinates */ - if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 0) - pDev->last.valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[0], pDev->last.remainder[0], - &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width); - if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 1) - pDev->last.valuators[1] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[1], pDev->last.remainder[1], - &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height); - - /* calculate the other axis as well based on info from the old - * slave-device. If the old slave had less axes than this one, - * last.valuators is reset to 0. - */ - if ((lastSlave = master->last.slave) && lastSlave->valuator) { - for (i = 2; i < pDev->valuator->numAxes; i++) { - if (i >= lastSlave->valuator->numAxes) - pDev->last.valuators[i] = 0; - else - pDev->last.valuators[i] = - rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[i], - pDev->last.remainder[i], - &pDev->last.remainder[i], - lastSlave->valuator->axes + i, - pDev->valuator->axes + i, 0); - } - } - -} - -/** - * Allocate the motion history buffer. - */ -void -AllocateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev) -{ - int size; - if (pDev->valuator->motion) - xfree(pDev->valuator->motion); - - if (pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents < 1) - return; - - /* An MD must have a motion history size large enough to keep all - * potential valuators, plus the respective range of the valuators. - * 3 * INT32 for (min_val, max_val, curr_val)) - */ - if (IsMaster(pDev)) - size = sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS; - else - size = sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes; - - size += sizeof(Time); - - pDev->valuator->motion = xcalloc(pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents, size); - pDev->valuator->first_motion = 0; - pDev->valuator->last_motion = 0; - if (!pDev->valuator->motion) - ErrorF("[dix] %s: Failed to alloc motion history (%d bytes).\n", - pDev->name, size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents); -} - -/** - * Dump the motion history between start and stop into the supplied buffer. - * Only records the event for a given screen in theory, but in practice, we - * sort of ignore this. - * - * If core is set, we only generate x/y, in INT16, scaled to screen coords. - */ -int -GetMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, xTimecoord **buff, unsigned long start, - unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen, BOOL core) -{ - char *ibuff = NULL, *obuff; - int i = 0, ret = 0; - int j, coord; - Time current; - /* The size of a single motion event. */ - int size; - int dflt; - AxisInfo from, *to; /* for scaling */ - INT32 *ocbuf, *icbuf; /* pointer to coordinates for copying */ - INT16 *corebuf; - AxisInfo core_axis = {0}; - - if (!pDev->valuator || !pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) - return 0; - - if (core && !pScreen) - return 0; - - if (IsMaster(pDev)) - size = (sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(Time); - else - size = (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time); - - *buff = xalloc(size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents); - if (!(*buff)) - return 0; - obuff = (char *)*buff; - - for (i = pDev->valuator->first_motion; - i != pDev->valuator->last_motion; - i = (i + 1) % pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) { - /* We index the input buffer by which element we're accessing, which - * is not monotonic, and the output buffer by how many events we've - * written so far. */ - ibuff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion + (i * size); - memcpy(¤t, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); - - if (current > stop) { - return ret; - } - else if (current >= start) { - if (core) - { - memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */ - - icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time)); - corebuf = (INT16*)(obuff + sizeof(Time)); - - /* fetch x coordinate + range */ - memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); - memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); - memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); - - /* scale to screen coords */ - to = &core_axis; - to->max_value = pScreen->width; - coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->width); - - memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16)); - corebuf++; - - /* fetch y coordinate + range */ - memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); - memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); - memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); - - to->max_value = pScreen->height; - coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->height); - memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16)); - - } else if (IsMaster(pDev)) - { - memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */ - - ocbuf = (INT32*)(obuff + sizeof(Time)); - icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time)); - for (j = 0; j < MAX_VALUATORS; j++) - { - if (j >= pDev->valuator->numAxes) - break; - - /* fetch min/max/coordinate */ - memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); - memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); - memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32)); - - to = (j < pDev->valuator->numAxes) ? &pDev->valuator->axes[j] : NULL; - - /* x/y scaled to screen if no range is present */ - if (j == 0 && (from.max_value < from.min_value)) - from.max_value = pScreen->width; - else if (j == 1 && (from.max_value < from.min_value)) - from.max_value = pScreen->height; - - if (j == 0 && (to->max_value < to->min_value)) - dflt = pScreen->width; - else if (j == 1 && (to->max_value < to->min_value)) - dflt = pScreen->height; - else - dflt = 0; - - /* scale from stored range into current range */ - coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, 0); - memcpy(ocbuf, &coord, sizeof(INT32)); - ocbuf++; - } - } else - memcpy(obuff, ibuff, size); - - /* don't advance by size here. size may be different to the - * actually written size if the MD has less valuators than MAX */ - if (core) - obuff += sizeof(INT32) + sizeof(Time); - else - obuff += (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time); - ret++; - } - } - - return ret; -} - - -/** - * Update the motion history for a specific device, with the list of - * valuators. - * - * Layout of the history buffer: - * for SDs: [time] [val0] [val1] ... [valn] - * for MDs: [time] [min_val0] [max_val0] [val0] [min_val1] ... [valn] - * - * For events that have some valuators unset (first_valuator > 0): - * min_val == max_val == val == 0. - */ -static void -updateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CARD32 ms, int first_valuator, - int num_valuators, int *valuators) -{ - char *buff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion; - ValuatorClassPtr v; - int i; - - if (!pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) - return; - - v = pDev->valuator; - if (IsMaster(pDev)) - { - buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(CARD32)) * - v->last_motion; - - memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time)); - buff += sizeof(Time); - - memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS); - buff += 3 * sizeof(INT32) * first_valuator; - - for (i = first_valuator; i < first_valuator + num_valuators; i++) - { - if (i >= v->numAxes) - break; - memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].min_value, sizeof(INT32)); - buff += sizeof(INT32); - memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].max_value, sizeof(INT32)); - buff += sizeof(INT32); - memcpy(buff, &valuators[i - first_valuator], sizeof(INT32)); - buff += sizeof(INT32); - } - } else - { - - buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(CARD32)) * - pDev->valuator->last_motion; - - memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time)); - buff += sizeof(Time); - - memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes); - buff += sizeof(INT32) * first_valuator; - - memcpy(buff, valuators, sizeof(INT32) * num_valuators); - } - - pDev->valuator->last_motion = (pDev->valuator->last_motion + 1) % - pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents; - /* If we're wrapping around, just keep the circular buffer going. */ - if (pDev->valuator->first_motion == pDev->valuator->last_motion) - pDev->valuator->first_motion = (pDev->valuator->first_motion + 1) % - pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents; - - return; -} - - -/** - * Returns the maximum number of events GetKeyboardEvents, - * GetKeyboardValuatorEvents, and GetPointerEvents will ever return. - * - * This MUST be absolutely constant, from init until exit. - */ -int -GetMaximumEventsNum(void) { - /* One raw event - * One device event - * One possible device changed event - */ - return 3; -} - - -/** - * Clip an axis to its bounds, which are declared in the call to - * InitValuatorAxisClassStruct. - */ -static void -clipAxis(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int axisNum, int *val) -{ - AxisInfoPtr axis; - - if (axisNum >= pDev->valuator->numAxes) - return; - - axis = pDev->valuator->axes + axisNum; - - /* If a value range is defined, clip. If not, do nothing */ - if (axis->max_value <= axis->min_value) - return; - - if (*val < axis->min_value) - *val = axis->min_value; - if (*val > axis->max_value) - *val = axis->max_value; -} - -/** - * Clip every axis in the list of valuators to its bounds. - */ -static void -clipValuators(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int first_valuator, int num_valuators, - int *valuators) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++) - clipAxis(pDev, i + first_valuator, &(valuators[i])); -} - -/** - * Create the DCCE event (does not update the master's device state yet, this - * is done in the event processing). - * Pull in the coordinates from the MD if necessary. - * - * @param events Pointer to a pre-allocated event list. - * @param dev The slave device that generated an event. - * @param type Either DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT and/or DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT - * @param num_events The current number of events, returns the number of - * events if a DCCE was generated. - * @return The updated @events pointer. - */ -static EventListPtr -updateFromMaster(EventListPtr events, DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int *num_events) -{ - DeviceIntPtr master; - - master = GetMaster(dev, (type & DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT) ? MASTER_POINTER : MASTER_KEYBOARD); - - if (master && master->last.slave != dev) - { - CreateClassesChangedEvent(events, master, dev, type); - updateSlaveDeviceCoords(master, dev); - master->last.slave = dev; - master->last.numValuators = dev->last.numValuators; - (*num_events)++; - events++; - } - return events; -} - -/** - * Move the device's pointer to the position given in the valuators. - * - * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved. - * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move. - * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move. - * @param first The first valuator in @valuators - * @param num Total number of valuators in @valuators. - * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and - * @first+@num. - */ -static void -moveAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, - int first, int num, int *valuators) -{ - int i; - - - if (num >= 1 && first == 0) - *x = *(valuators + 0); - else - *x = dev->last.valuators[0]; - - if (first <= 1 && num >= (2 - first)) - *y = *(valuators + 1 - first); - else - *y = dev->last.valuators[1]; - - clipAxis(dev, 0, x); - clipAxis(dev, 1, y); - - i = (first > 2) ? 0 : 2; - for (; i < num; i++) - { - dev->last.valuators[i + first] = valuators[i]; - clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i + first]); - } -} - -/** - * Move the device's pointer by the values given in @valuators. - * - * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved. - * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move. - * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move. - * @param first The first valuator in @valuators - * @param num Total number of valuators in @valuators. - * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and - * @first+@num. - */ -static void -moveRelative(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, - int first, int num, int *valuators) -{ - int i; - - *x = dev->last.valuators[0]; - *y = dev->last.valuators[1]; - - if (num >= 1 && first == 0) - *x += *(valuators +0); - - if (first <= 1 && num >= (2 - first)) - *y += *(valuators + 1 - first); - - /* if attached, clip both x and y to the defined limits (usually - * co-ord space limit). If it is attached, we need x/y to go over the - * limits to be able to change screens. */ - if(dev->u.master) { - clipAxis(dev, 0, x); - clipAxis(dev, 1, y); - } - - /* calc other axes, clip, drop back into valuators */ - i = (first > 2) ? 0 : 2; - for (; i < num; i++) - { - dev->last.valuators[i + first] += valuators[i]; - clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i + first]); - valuators[i] = dev->last.valuators[i + first]; - } -} - -/** - * Accelerate the data in valuators based on the device's acceleration scheme. - * - * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved. - * @param first The first valuator in @valuators - * @param num Total number of valuators in @valuators. - * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and - * @first+@num. - * @param ms Current time. - */ -static void -accelPointer(DeviceIntPtr dev, int first, int num, int *valuators, CARD32 ms) -{ - if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc) - dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc(dev, first, num, valuators, ms); -} - -/** - * If we have HW cursors, this actually moves the visible sprite. If not, we - * just do all the screen crossing, etc. - * - * We scale from device to screen coordinates here, call - * miPointerSetPosition() and then scale back into device coordinates (if - * needed). miPSP will change x/y if the screen was crossed. - * - * @param dev The device to be moved. - * @param x Pointer to current x-axis value, may be modified. - * @param y Pointer to current y-axis value, may be modified. - * @param x_frac Fractional part of current x-axis value, may be modified. - * @param y_frac Fractional part of current y-axis value, may be modified. - * @param scr Screen the device's sprite is currently on. - * @param screenx Screen x coordinate the sprite is on after the update. - * @param screeny Screen y coordinate the sprite is on after the update. - * @param screenx_frac Fractional part of screen x coordinate, as above. - * @param screeny_frac Fractional part of screen y coordinate, as above. - */ -static void -positionSprite(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, float x_frac, float y_frac, - ScreenPtr scr, int *screenx, int *screeny, float *screenx_frac, float *screeny_frac) -{ - int old_screenx, old_screeny; - - /* scale x&y to screen */ - if (dev->valuator->numAxes > 0) { - *screenx = rescaleValuatorAxis(*x, x_frac, screenx_frac, - dev->valuator->axes + 0, NULL, scr->width); - } else { - *screenx = dev->last.valuators[0]; - *screenx_frac = dev->last.remainder[0]; - } - - if (dev->valuator->numAxes > 1) { - *screeny = rescaleValuatorAxis(*y, y_frac, screeny_frac, - dev->valuator->axes + 1, NULL, scr->height); - } else { - *screeny = dev->last.valuators[1]; - *screeny_frac = dev->last.remainder[1]; - } - - /* Hit the left screen edge? */ - if (*screenx <= 0 && *screenx_frac < 0.0f) - { - *screenx_frac = 0.0f; - x_frac = 0.0f; - } - if (*screeny <= 0 && *screeny_frac < 0.0f) - { - *screeny_frac = 0.0f; - y_frac = 0.0f; - } - - - old_screenx = *screenx; - old_screeny = *screeny; - /* This takes care of crossing screens for us, as well as clipping - * to the current screen. */ - miPointerSetPosition(dev, screenx, screeny); - - if (dev->u.master) { - dev->u.master->last.valuators[0] = *screenx; - dev->u.master->last.valuators[1] = *screeny; - dev->u.master->last.remainder[0] = *screenx_frac; - dev->u.master->last.remainder[1] = *screeny_frac; - } - - /* Crossed screen? Scale back to device coordiantes */ - if(*screenx != old_screenx) - { - scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev); - *x = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screenx, *screenx_frac, &x_frac, NULL, - dev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width); - } - if(*screeny != old_screeny) - { - scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev); - *y = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screeny, *screeny_frac, &y_frac, NULL, - dev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height); - } - - /* dropy x/y (device coordinates) back into valuators for next event */ - dev->last.valuators[0] = *x; - dev->last.valuators[1] = *y; - dev->last.remainder[0] = x_frac; - dev->last.remainder[1] = y_frac; -} - -/** - * Update the motion history for the device and (if appropriate) for its - * master device. - * @param dev Slave device to update. - * @param first First valuator to append to history. - * @param num Total number of valuators to append to history. - * @param ms Current time - */ -static void -updateHistory(DeviceIntPtr dev, int first, int num, CARD32 ms) -{ - updateMotionHistory(dev, ms, first, num, &dev->last.valuators[first]); - if (dev->u.master) - { - DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER); - updateMotionHistory(master, ms, first, num, &dev->last.valuators[first]); - } -} - -/** - * Convenience wrapper around GetKeyboardValuatorEvents, that takes no - * valuators. - */ -int -GetKeyboardEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int key_code) { - return GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(events, pDev, type, key_code, 0, 0, NULL); -} - - -/** - * Returns a set of keyboard events for KeyPress/KeyRelease, optionally - * also with valuator events. Handles Xi and XKB. - * - * DOES NOT GENERATE CORE EVENTS! Core events are created when processing the - * event (ProcessOtherEvent). - * - * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events. - * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first - * place via GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it. - * - * This function does not change the core keymap to that of the device; - * that is done by SwitchCoreKeyboard, which is called from - * mieqProcessInputEvents. If replacing that function, take care to call - * SetCoreKeyboard before processInputProc, so keymaps are altered to suit. - */ -int -GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, - int key_code, int first_valuator, - int num_valuators, int *valuators) { - int num_events = 0; - CARD32 ms = 0; - DeviceEvent *event; - RawDeviceEvent *raw; - - /* refuse events from disabled devices */ - if (!pDev->enabled) - return 0; - - if (!events ||!pDev->key || !pDev->focus || !pDev->kbdfeed || - (type != KeyPress && type != KeyRelease) || - (key_code < 8 || key_code > 255)) - return 0; - - num_events = 1; - - events = updateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT, &num_events); - - /* Handle core repeating, via press/release/press/release. */ - if (type == KeyPress && key_is_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED)) { - /* If autorepeating is disabled either globally or just for that key, - * or we have a modifier, don't generate a repeat event. */ - if (!pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat || - !key_autorepeats(pDev, key_code) || - pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[key_code]) - return 0; - } - - ms = GetTimeInMillis(); - - raw = (RawDeviceEvent*)events->event; - events++; - num_events++; - - init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, key_code); - set_raw_valuators(raw, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators, - raw->valuators.data_raw); - - if (num_valuators) - clipValuators(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - - set_raw_valuators(raw, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators, - raw->valuators.data); - - event = (DeviceEvent*) events->event; - init_event(pDev, event, ms); - event->detail.key = key_code; - - if (type == KeyPress) { - event->type = ET_KeyPress; - set_key_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED); - } - else if (type == KeyRelease) { - event->type = ET_KeyRelease; - set_key_up(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED); - } - - if (num_valuators) - clipValuators(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - - set_valuators(pDev, event, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - - return num_events; -} - -/** - * Initialize an event list and fill with 32 byte sized events. - * This event list is to be passed into GetPointerEvents() and - * GetKeyboardEvents(). - * - * @param num_events Number of elements in list. - */ -EventListPtr -InitEventList(int num_events) -{ - EventListPtr events; - int i; - - events = (EventListPtr)xcalloc(num_events, sizeof(EventList)); - if (!events) - return NULL; - - for (i = 0; i < num_events; i++) - { - events[i].evlen = sizeof(InternalEvent); - events[i].event = xcalloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent)); - if (!events[i].event) - { - /* rollback */ - while(i--) - xfree(events[i].event); - xfree(events); - events = NULL; - break; - } - } - - return events; -} - -/** - * Free an event list. - * - * @param list The list to be freed. - * @param num_events Number of elements in list. - */ -void -FreeEventList(EventListPtr list, int num_events) -{ - if (!list) - return; - while(num_events--) - xfree(list[num_events].event); - xfree(list); -} - -/** - * Generate a series of xEvents (filled into the EventList) representing - * pointer motion, or button presses. Xi and XKB-aware. - * - * DOES NOT GENERATE CORE EVENTS! Core events are created when processing the - * event (ProcessOtherEvent). - * - * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events. - * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first - * place via InitEventList() and GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it. - * - * In the generated events rootX/Y will be in absolute screen coords and - * the valuator information in the absolute or relative device coords. - * - * last.valuators[x] of the device is always in absolute device coords. - * last.valuators[x] of the master device is in absolute screen coords. - * - * master->last.valuators[x] for x > 2 is undefined. - */ -int -GetPointerEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int buttons, - int flags, int first_valuator, int num_valuators, - int *valuators) { - int num_events = 1; - CARD32 ms; - DeviceEvent *event; - RawDeviceEvent *raw; - int x = 0, y = 0, /* device coords */ - cx, cy; /* only screen coordinates */ - float x_frac = 0.0, y_frac = 0.0, cx_frac, cy_frac; - ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev); - - /* refuse events from disabled devices */ - if (!pDev->enabled) - return 0; - - ms = GetTimeInMillis(); /* before pointer update to help precision */ - - if (!scr || !pDev->valuator || first_valuator < 0 || - ((num_valuators + first_valuator) > pDev->valuator->numAxes) || - (type != MotionNotify && type != ButtonPress && type != ButtonRelease) || - (type != MotionNotify && !pDev->button) || - ((type == ButtonPress || type == ButtonRelease) && !buttons) || - (type == MotionNotify && num_valuators <= 0)) - return 0; - - events = updateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events); - - raw = (RawDeviceEvent*)events->event; - events++; - num_events++; - - init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, buttons); - set_raw_valuators(raw, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators, - raw->valuators.data_raw); - - if (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE) - { - if (flags & POINTER_SCREEN) /* valuators are in screen coords */ - { - - if (num_valuators >= 1 && first_valuator == 0) - valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuators[0], 0.0, &x_frac, NULL, - pDev->valuator->axes + 0, - scr->width); - if (first_valuator <= 1 && num_valuators >= (2 - first_valuator)) - valuators[1 - first_valuator] = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuators[1 - first_valuator], 0.0, &y_frac, NULL, - pDev->valuator->axes + 1, - scr->height); - } - - moveAbsolute(pDev, &x, &y, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - } else { - if (flags & POINTER_ACCELERATE) { - accelPointer(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators, ms); - /* The pointer acceleration code modifies the fractional part - * in-place, so we need to extract this information first */ - x_frac = pDev->last.remainder[0]; - y_frac = pDev->last.remainder[1]; - } - moveRelative(pDev, &x, &y, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - } - - set_raw_valuators(raw, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators, - raw->valuators.data); - - positionSprite(pDev, &x, &y, x_frac, y_frac, scr, &cx, &cy, &cx_frac, &cy_frac); - updateHistory(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, ms); - - /* Update the valuators with the true value sent to the client*/ - if (num_valuators >= 1 && first_valuator == 0) - valuators[0] = x; - if (first_valuator <= 1 && num_valuators >= (2 - first_valuator)) - valuators[1 - first_valuator] = y; - - if (num_valuators) - clipValuators(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - - event = (DeviceEvent*) events->event; - init_event(pDev, event, ms); - - if (type == MotionNotify) { - event->type = ET_Motion; - event->detail.button = 0; - } - else { - if (type == ButtonPress) { - event->type = ET_ButtonPress; - pDev->button->postdown[buttons >> 3] |= (1 << (buttons & 7)); - } - else if (type == ButtonRelease) { - event->type = ET_ButtonRelease; - pDev->button->postdown[buttons >> 3] &= ~(1 << (buttons & 7)); - } - event->detail.button = buttons; - } - - event->root_x = cx; /* root_x/y always in screen coords */ - event->root_y = cy; - event->root_x_frac = cx_frac; - event->root_y_frac = cy_frac; - - set_valuators(pDev, event, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - - return num_events; -} - - -/** - * Post ProximityIn/ProximityOut events, accompanied by valuators. - * - * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events. - * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first - * place via GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it. - */ -int -GetProximityEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, - int first_valuator, int num_valuators, int *valuators) -{ - int num_events = 1; - DeviceEvent *event; - - /* refuse events from disabled devices */ - if (!pDev->enabled) - return 0; - - /* Sanity checks. */ - if (type != ProximityIn && type != ProximityOut) - return 0; - if (!pDev->valuator) - return 0; - /* Do we need to send a DeviceValuator event? */ - if ((pDev->valuator->mode & 1) == Relative) - num_valuators = 0; - - /* You fail. */ - if (first_valuator < 0 || - (num_valuators + first_valuator) > pDev->valuator->numAxes) - return 0; - - events = updateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events); - - event = (DeviceEvent *) events->event; - init_event(pDev, event, GetTimeInMillis()); - event->type = (type == ProximityIn) ? ET_ProximityIn : ET_ProximityOut; - - if (num_valuators) - clipValuators(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - - set_valuators(pDev, event, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators); - - return num_events; -} - -/** - * Synthesize a single motion event for the core pointer. - * - * Used in cursor functions, e.g. when cursor confinement changes, and we need - * to shift the pointer to get it inside the new bounds. - */ -void -PostSyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr pDev, - int x, - int y, - int screen, - unsigned long time) -{ - DeviceEvent ev; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc - will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry - to the DIX layer. */ - if (!noPanoramiXExtension) { - x += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x - panoramiXdataPtr[screen].x; - y += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y - panoramiXdataPtr[screen].y; - } -#endif - - memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent)); - init_event(pDev, &ev, time); - ev.root_x = x; - ev.root_y = y; - ev.type = ET_Motion; - ev.time = time; - - /* FIXME: MD/SD considerations? */ - (*pDev->public.processInputProc)((InternalEvent*)&ev, pDev); -} +/*
+ * Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel Stone
+ * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Authors: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ * Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/keysym.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "eventconvert.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "listdev.h" /* for sizing up DeviceClassesChangedEvent */
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+float roundf(float f)
+{
+ return ((f<0.0f) ? ceil(f-.5) : floor (f+.5));
+}
+#define lroundf(val) ((int)roundf(val))
+#endif
+
+/* Number of motion history events to store. */
+#define MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE 256
+
+/* InputEventList is the container list for all input events generated by the
+ * DDX. The DDX is expected to call GetEventList() and then pass the list into
+ * Get{Pointer|Keyboard}Events.
+ */
+EventListPtr InputEventList = NULL;
+int InputEventListLen = 0;
+
+int
+GetEventList(EventListPtr* list)
+{
+ *list = InputEventList;
+ return InputEventListLen;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Pick some arbitrary size for Xi motion history.
+ */
+int
+GetMotionHistorySize(void)
+{
+ return MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE;
+}
+
+void
+set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+ if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
+ pDev->key->down[key_code >> 3] |= (1 << (key_code & 7));
+ else
+ pDev->key->postdown[key_code >> 3] |= (1 << (key_code & 7));
+}
+
+void
+set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+ if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
+ pDev->key->down[key_code >> 3] &= ~(1 << (key_code & 7));
+ else
+ pDev->key->postdown[key_code >> 3] &= ~(1 << (key_code & 7));
+}
+
+Bool
+key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+ int ret = 0;
+
+ if (type & KEY_PROCESSED)
+ ret |= !!(pDev->key->down[key_code >> 3] & (1 << (key_code & 7)));
+ else if (type & KEY_POSTED)
+ ret |= !!(pDev->key->postdown[key_code >> 3] & (1 << (key_code & 7)));
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static Bool
+key_autorepeats(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code)
+{
+ return !!(pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeats[key_code >> 3] &
+ (1 << (key_code & 7)));
+}
+
+static void
+init_event(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, Time ms)
+{
+ memset(event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+ event->header = ET_Internal;
+ event->length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
+ event->time = ms;
+ event->deviceid = dev->id;
+ event->sourceid = dev->id;
+}
+
+static void
+init_raw(DeviceIntPtr dev, RawDeviceEvent *event, Time ms, int type, int detail)
+{
+ memset(event, 0, sizeof(RawDeviceEvent));
+ event->header = ET_Internal;
+ event->length = sizeof(RawDeviceEvent);
+ event->type = ET_RawKeyPress - ET_KeyPress + type;
+ event->time = ms;
+ event->deviceid = dev->id;
+ event->sourceid = dev->id;
+ event->detail.button = detail;
+}
+
+static void
+set_raw_valuators(RawDeviceEvent *event, int first, int num, int *valuators, int32_t* data)
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = first; i < first + num; i++)
+ SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
+
+ memcpy(&data[first], valuators, num * sizeof(uint32_t));
+}
+
+
+static void
+set_valuators(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators, int *valuators)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = first_valuator; i < first_valuator + num_valuators; i++)
+ {
+ SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
+ if (dev->valuator->mode == Absolute)
+ SetBit(event->valuators.mode, i);
+ event->valuators.data_frac[i] =
+ dev->last.remainder[i] * (1 << 16) * (1 << 16);
+ }
+
+ memcpy(&event->valuators.data[first_valuator],
+ valuators, num_valuators * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+}
+
+void
+CreateClassesChangedEvent(EventList* event,
+ DeviceIntPtr master,
+ DeviceIntPtr slave,
+ int type)
+{
+ int i;
+ DeviceChangedEvent *dce;
+ CARD32 ms = GetTimeInMillis();
+
+ dce = (DeviceChangedEvent*)event->event;
+ memset(dce, 0, sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent));
+ dce->deviceid = slave->id;
+ dce->masterid = master->id;
+ dce->header = ET_Internal;
+ dce->length = sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent);
+ dce->type = ET_DeviceChanged;
+ dce->time = ms;
+ dce->flags = type;
+ dce->flags |= DEVCHANGE_SLAVE_SWITCH;
+ dce->sourceid = slave->id;
+
+ if (slave->button)
+ {
+ dce->buttons.num_buttons = slave->button->numButtons;
+ for (i = 0; i < dce->buttons.num_buttons; i++)
+ dce->buttons.names[i] = slave->button->labels[i];
+ }
+ if (slave->valuator)
+ {
+ dce->num_valuators = slave->valuator->numAxes;
+ for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
+ {
+ dce->valuators[i].min = slave->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
+ dce->valuators[i].max = slave->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
+ dce->valuators[i].resolution = slave->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
+ /* This should, eventually, be a per-axis mode */
+ dce->valuators[i].mode = slave->valuator->mode;
+ dce->valuators[i].name = slave->valuator->axes[i].label;
+ }
+ }
+ if (slave->key)
+ {
+ dce->keys.min_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
+ dce->keys.max_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Rescale the coord between the two axis ranges.
+ */
+static int
+rescaleValuatorAxis(int coord, float remainder, float *remainder_return, AxisInfoPtr from, AxisInfoPtr to,
+ int defmax)
+{
+ int fmin = 0, tmin = 0, fmax = defmax, tmax = defmax, coord_return;
+ float value;
+
+ if(from && from->min_value < from->max_value) {
+ fmin = from->min_value;
+ fmax = from->max_value;
+ }
+ if(to && to->min_value < to->max_value) {
+ tmin = to->min_value;
+ tmax = to->max_value;
+ }
+
+ if(fmin == tmin && fmax == tmax) {
+ if (remainder_return)
+ *remainder_return = remainder;
+ return coord;
+ }
+
+ if(fmax == fmin) { /* avoid division by 0 */
+ if (remainder_return)
+ *remainder_return = 0.0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ value = (coord + remainder - fmin) * (tmax - tmin) / (fmax - fmin) + tmin;
+ coord_return = lroundf(value);
+ if (remainder_return)
+ *remainder_return = value - coord_return;
+ return coord_return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update all coordinates when changing to a different SD
+ * to ensure that relative reporting will work as expected
+ * without loss of precision.
+ *
+ * pDev->last.valuators will be in absolute device coordinates after this
+ * function.
+ */
+static void
+updateSlaveDeviceCoords(DeviceIntPtr master, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
+ int i;
+ DeviceIntPtr lastSlave;
+
+ /* master->last.valuators[0]/[1] is in screen coords and the actual
+ * position of the pointer */
+ pDev->last.valuators[0] = master->last.valuators[0];
+ pDev->last.valuators[1] = master->last.valuators[1];
+
+ if (!pDev->valuator)
+ return;
+
+ /* scale back to device coordinates */
+ if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 0)
+ pDev->last.valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[0], pDev->last.remainder[0],
+ &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
+ if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 1)
+ pDev->last.valuators[1] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[1], pDev->last.remainder[1],
+ &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
+
+ /* calculate the other axis as well based on info from the old
+ * slave-device. If the old slave had less axes than this one,
+ * last.valuators is reset to 0.
+ */
+ if ((lastSlave = master->last.slave) && lastSlave->valuator) {
+ for (i = 2; i < pDev->valuator->numAxes; i++) {
+ if (i >= lastSlave->valuator->numAxes)
+ pDev->last.valuators[i] = 0;
+ else
+ pDev->last.valuators[i] =
+ rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[i],
+ pDev->last.remainder[i],
+ &pDev->last.remainder[i],
+ lastSlave->valuator->axes + i,
+ pDev->valuator->axes + i, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the motion history buffer.
+ */
+void
+AllocateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ int size;
+ if (pDev->valuator->motion)
+ xfree(pDev->valuator->motion);
+
+ if (pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents < 1)
+ return;
+
+ /* An MD must have a motion history size large enough to keep all
+ * potential valuators, plus the respective range of the valuators.
+ * 3 * INT32 for (min_val, max_val, curr_val))
+ */
+ if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ size = sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS;
+ else
+ size = sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes;
+
+ size += sizeof(Time);
+
+ pDev->valuator->motion = xcalloc(pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents, size);
+ pDev->valuator->first_motion = 0;
+ pDev->valuator->last_motion = 0;
+ if (!pDev->valuator->motion)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: Failed to alloc motion history (%d bytes).\n",
+ pDev->name, size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Dump the motion history between start and stop into the supplied buffer.
+ * Only records the event for a given screen in theory, but in practice, we
+ * sort of ignore this.
+ *
+ * If core is set, we only generate x/y, in INT16, scaled to screen coords.
+ */
+int
+GetMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, xTimecoord **buff, unsigned long start,
+ unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen, BOOL core)
+{
+ char *ibuff = NULL, *obuff;
+ int i = 0, ret = 0;
+ int j, coord;
+ Time current;
+ /* The size of a single motion event. */
+ int size;
+ int dflt;
+ AxisInfo from, *to; /* for scaling */
+ INT32 *ocbuf, *icbuf; /* pointer to coordinates for copying */
+ INT16 *corebuf;
+ AxisInfo core_axis = {0};
+
+ if (!pDev->valuator || !pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (core && !pScreen)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ size = (sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(Time);
+ else
+ size = (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
+
+ *buff = xalloc(size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
+ if (!(*buff))
+ return 0;
+ obuff = (char *)*buff;
+
+ for (i = pDev->valuator->first_motion;
+ i != pDev->valuator->last_motion;
+ i = (i + 1) % pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) {
+ /* We index the input buffer by which element we're accessing, which
+ * is not monotonic, and the output buffer by how many events we've
+ * written so far. */
+ ibuff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion + (i * size);
+ memcpy(¤t, ibuff, sizeof(Time));
+
+ if (current > stop) {
+ return ret;
+ }
+ else if (current >= start) {
+ if (core)
+ {
+ memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
+
+ icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
+ corebuf = (INT16*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
+
+ /* fetch x coordinate + range */
+ memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+ /* scale to screen coords */
+ to = &core_axis;
+ to->max_value = pScreen->width;
+ coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->width);
+
+ memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
+ corebuf++;
+
+ /* fetch y coordinate + range */
+ memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+ to->max_value = pScreen->height;
+ coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->height);
+ memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
+
+ } else if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ {
+ memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
+
+ ocbuf = (INT32*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
+ icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
+ for (j = 0; j < MAX_VALUATORS; j++)
+ {
+ if (j >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
+ break;
+
+ /* fetch min/max/coordinate */
+ memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+ to = (j < pDev->valuator->numAxes) ? &pDev->valuator->axes[j] : NULL;
+
+ /* x/y scaled to screen if no range is present */
+ if (j == 0 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
+ from.max_value = pScreen->width;
+ else if (j == 1 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
+ from.max_value = pScreen->height;
+
+ if (j == 0 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
+ dflt = pScreen->width;
+ else if (j == 1 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
+ dflt = pScreen->height;
+ else
+ dflt = 0;
+
+ /* scale from stored range into current range */
+ coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, 0);
+ memcpy(ocbuf, &coord, sizeof(INT32));
+ ocbuf++;
+ }
+ } else
+ memcpy(obuff, ibuff, size);
+
+ /* don't advance by size here. size may be different to the
+ * actually written size if the MD has less valuators than MAX */
+ if (core)
+ obuff += sizeof(INT32) + sizeof(Time);
+ else
+ obuff += (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
+ ret++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Update the motion history for a specific device, with the list of
+ * valuators.
+ *
+ * Layout of the history buffer:
+ * for SDs: [time] [val0] [val1] ... [valn]
+ * for MDs: [time] [min_val0] [max_val0] [val0] [min_val1] ... [valn]
+ *
+ * For events that have some valuators unset (first_valuator > 0):
+ * min_val == max_val == val == 0.
+ */
+static void
+updateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CARD32 ms, int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators, int *valuators)
+{
+ char *buff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion;
+ ValuatorClassPtr v;
+ int i;
+
+ if (!pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
+ return;
+
+ v = pDev->valuator;
+ if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ {
+ buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
+ v->last_motion;
+
+ memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
+ buff += sizeof(Time);
+
+ memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS);
+ buff += 3 * sizeof(INT32) * first_valuator;
+
+ for (i = first_valuator; i < first_valuator + num_valuators; i++)
+ {
+ if (i >= v->numAxes)
+ break;
+ memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].min_value, sizeof(INT32));
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].max_value, sizeof(INT32));
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ memcpy(buff, &valuators[i - first_valuator], sizeof(INT32));
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ }
+ } else
+ {
+
+ buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
+ pDev->valuator->last_motion;
+
+ memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
+ buff += sizeof(Time);
+
+ memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes);
+ buff += sizeof(INT32) * first_valuator;
+
+ memcpy(buff, valuators, sizeof(INT32) * num_valuators);
+ }
+
+ pDev->valuator->last_motion = (pDev->valuator->last_motion + 1) %
+ pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
+ /* If we're wrapping around, just keep the circular buffer going. */
+ if (pDev->valuator->first_motion == pDev->valuator->last_motion)
+ pDev->valuator->first_motion = (pDev->valuator->first_motion + 1) %
+ pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
+
+ return;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns the maximum number of events GetKeyboardEvents,
+ * GetKeyboardValuatorEvents, and GetPointerEvents will ever return.
+ *
+ * This MUST be absolutely constant, from init until exit.
+ */
+int
+GetMaximumEventsNum(void) {
+ /* One raw event
+ * One device event
+ * One possible device changed event
+ */
+ return 3;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Clip an axis to its bounds, which are declared in the call to
+ * InitValuatorAxisClassStruct.
+ */
+static void
+clipAxis(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int axisNum, int *val)
+{
+ AxisInfoPtr axis;
+
+ if (axisNum >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
+ return;
+
+ axis = pDev->valuator->axes + axisNum;
+
+ /* If a value range is defined, clip. If not, do nothing */
+ if (axis->max_value <= axis->min_value)
+ return;
+
+ if (*val < axis->min_value)
+ *val = axis->min_value;
+ if (*val > axis->max_value)
+ *val = axis->max_value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip every axis in the list of valuators to its bounds.
+ */
+static void
+clipValuators(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int first_valuator, int num_valuators,
+ int *valuators)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
+ clipAxis(pDev, i + first_valuator, &(valuators[i]));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create the DCCE event (does not update the master's device state yet, this
+ * is done in the event processing).
+ * Pull in the coordinates from the MD if necessary.
+ *
+ * @param events Pointer to a pre-allocated event list.
+ * @param dev The slave device that generated an event.
+ * @param type Either DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT and/or DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT
+ * @param num_events The current number of events, returns the number of
+ * events if a DCCE was generated.
+ * @return The updated @events pointer.
+ */
+static EventListPtr
+updateFromMaster(EventListPtr events, DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int *num_events)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr master;
+
+ master = GetMaster(dev, (type & DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT) ? MASTER_POINTER : MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+
+ if (master && master->last.slave != dev)
+ {
+ CreateClassesChangedEvent(events, master, dev, type);
+ updateSlaveDeviceCoords(master, dev);
+ master->last.slave = dev;
+ master->last.numValuators = dev->last.numValuators;
+ (*num_events)++;
+ events++;
+ }
+ return events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the device's pointer to the position given in the valuators.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param first The first valuator in @valuators
+ * @param num Total number of valuators in @valuators.
+ * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
+ * @first+@num.
+ */
+static void
+moveAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y,
+ int first, int num, int *valuators)
+{
+ int i;
+
+
+ if (num >= 1 && first == 0)
+ *x = *(valuators + 0);
+ else
+ *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
+
+ if (first <= 1 && num >= (2 - first))
+ *y = *(valuators + 1 - first);
+ else
+ *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
+
+ clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
+ clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
+
+ i = (first > 2) ? 0 : 2;
+ for (; i < num; i++)
+ {
+ dev->last.valuators[i + first] = valuators[i];
+ clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i + first]);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the device's pointer by the values given in @valuators.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param first The first valuator in @valuators
+ * @param num Total number of valuators in @valuators.
+ * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
+ * @first+@num.
+ */
+static void
+moveRelative(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y,
+ int first, int num, int *valuators)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
+ *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
+
+ if (num >= 1 && first == 0)
+ *x += *(valuators +0);
+
+ if (first <= 1 && num >= (2 - first))
+ *y += *(valuators + 1 - first);
+
+ /* if attached, clip both x and y to the defined limits (usually
+ * co-ord space limit). If it is attached, we need x/y to go over the
+ * limits to be able to change screens. */
+ if(dev->u.master) {
+ clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
+ clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
+ }
+
+ /* calc other axes, clip, drop back into valuators */
+ i = (first > 2) ? 0 : 2;
+ for (; i < num; i++)
+ {
+ dev->last.valuators[i + first] += valuators[i];
+ clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i + first]);
+ valuators[i] = dev->last.valuators[i + first];
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Accelerate the data in valuators based on the device's acceleration scheme.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param first The first valuator in @valuators
+ * @param num Total number of valuators in @valuators.
+ * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
+ * @first+@num.
+ * @param ms Current time.
+ */
+static void
+accelPointer(DeviceIntPtr dev, int first, int num, int *valuators, CARD32 ms)
+{
+ if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc)
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc(dev, first, num, valuators, ms);
+}
+
+/**
+ * If we have HW cursors, this actually moves the visible sprite. If not, we
+ * just do all the screen crossing, etc.
+ *
+ * We scale from device to screen coordinates here, call
+ * miPointerSetPosition() and then scale back into device coordinates (if
+ * needed). miPSP will change x/y if the screen was crossed.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device to be moved.
+ * @param x Pointer to current x-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param y Pointer to current y-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param x_frac Fractional part of current x-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param y_frac Fractional part of current y-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param scr Screen the device's sprite is currently on.
+ * @param screenx Screen x coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
+ * @param screeny Screen y coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
+ * @param screenx_frac Fractional part of screen x coordinate, as above.
+ * @param screeny_frac Fractional part of screen y coordinate, as above.
+ */
+static void
+positionSprite(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, float x_frac, float y_frac,
+ ScreenPtr scr, int *screenx, int *screeny, float *screenx_frac, float *screeny_frac)
+{
+ int old_screenx, old_screeny;
+
+ /* scale x&y to screen */
+ if (dev->valuator->numAxes > 0) {
+ *screenx = rescaleValuatorAxis(*x, x_frac, screenx_frac,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 0, NULL, scr->width);
+ } else {
+ *screenx = dev->last.valuators[0];
+ *screenx_frac = dev->last.remainder[0];
+ }
+
+ if (dev->valuator->numAxes > 1) {
+ *screeny = rescaleValuatorAxis(*y, y_frac, screeny_frac,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 1, NULL, scr->height);
+ } else {
+ *screeny = dev->last.valuators[1];
+ *screeny_frac = dev->last.remainder[1];
+ }
+
+ /* Hit the left screen edge? */
+ if (*screenx <= 0 && *screenx_frac < 0.0f)
+ {
+ *screenx_frac = 0.0f;
+ x_frac = 0.0f;
+ }
+ if (*screeny <= 0 && *screeny_frac < 0.0f)
+ {
+ *screeny_frac = 0.0f;
+ y_frac = 0.0f;
+ }
+
+
+ old_screenx = *screenx;
+ old_screeny = *screeny;
+ /* This takes care of crossing screens for us, as well as clipping
+ * to the current screen. */
+ miPointerSetPosition(dev, screenx, screeny);
+
+ if (dev->u.master) {
+ dev->u.master->last.valuators[0] = *screenx;
+ dev->u.master->last.valuators[1] = *screeny;
+ dev->u.master->last.remainder[0] = *screenx_frac;
+ dev->u.master->last.remainder[1] = *screeny_frac;
+ }
+
+ /* Crossed screen? Scale back to device coordiantes */
+ if(*screenx != old_screenx)
+ {
+ scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
+ *x = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screenx, *screenx_frac, &x_frac, NULL,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
+ }
+ if(*screeny != old_screeny)
+ {
+ scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
+ *y = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screeny, *screeny_frac, &y_frac, NULL,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
+ }
+
+ /* dropy x/y (device coordinates) back into valuators for next event */
+ dev->last.valuators[0] = *x;
+ dev->last.valuators[1] = *y;
+ dev->last.remainder[0] = x_frac;
+ dev->last.remainder[1] = y_frac;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the motion history for the device and (if appropriate) for its
+ * master device.
+ * @param dev Slave device to update.
+ * @param first First valuator to append to history.
+ * @param num Total number of valuators to append to history.
+ * @param ms Current time
+ */
+static void
+updateHistory(DeviceIntPtr dev, int first, int num, CARD32 ms)
+{
+ updateMotionHistory(dev, ms, first, num, &dev->last.valuators[first]);
+ if (dev->u.master)
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
+ updateMotionHistory(master, ms, first, num, &dev->last.valuators[first]);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience wrapper around GetKeyboardValuatorEvents, that takes no
+ * valuators.
+ */
+int
+GetKeyboardEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int key_code) {
+ return GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(events, pDev, type, key_code, 0, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns a set of keyboard events for KeyPress/KeyRelease, optionally
+ * also with valuator events. Handles Xi and XKB.
+ *
+ * DOES NOT GENERATE CORE EVENTS! Core events are created when processing the
+ * event (ProcessOtherEvent).
+ *
+ * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events.
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first
+ * place via GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
+ *
+ * This function does not change the core keymap to that of the device;
+ * that is done by SwitchCoreKeyboard, which is called from
+ * mieqProcessInputEvents. If replacing that function, take care to call
+ * SetCoreKeyboard before processInputProc, so keymaps are altered to suit.
+ */
+int
+GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type,
+ int key_code, int first_valuator,
+ int num_valuators, int *valuators) {
+ int num_events = 0;
+ CARD32 ms = 0;
+ DeviceEvent *event;
+ RawDeviceEvent *raw;
+
+ /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+ if (!pDev->enabled)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (!events ||!pDev->key || !pDev->focus || !pDev->kbdfeed ||
+ (type != KeyPress && type != KeyRelease) ||
+ (key_code < 8 || key_code > 255))
+ return 0;
+
+ num_events = 1;
+
+ events = updateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+ /* Handle core repeating, via press/release/press/release. */
+ if (type == KeyPress && key_is_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED)) {
+ /* If autorepeating is disabled either globally or just for that key,
+ * or we have a modifier, don't generate a repeat event. */
+ if (!pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat ||
+ !key_autorepeats(pDev, key_code) ||
+ pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[key_code])
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ ms = GetTimeInMillis();
+
+ raw = (RawDeviceEvent*)events->event;
+ events++;
+ num_events++;
+
+ init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, key_code);
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators,
+ raw->valuators.data_raw);
+
+ if (num_valuators)
+ clipValuators(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators,
+ raw->valuators.data);
+
+ event = (DeviceEvent*) events->event;
+ init_event(pDev, event, ms);
+ event->detail.key = key_code;
+
+ if (type == KeyPress) {
+ event->type = ET_KeyPress;
+ set_key_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
+ }
+ else if (type == KeyRelease) {
+ event->type = ET_KeyRelease;
+ set_key_up(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
+ }
+
+ if (num_valuators)
+ clipValuators(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+
+ set_valuators(pDev, event, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+
+ return num_events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an event list and fill with 32 byte sized events.
+ * This event list is to be passed into GetPointerEvents() and
+ * GetKeyboardEvents().
+ *
+ * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
+ */
+EventListPtr
+InitEventList(int num_events)
+{
+ EventListPtr events;
+ int i;
+
+ events = (EventListPtr)xcalloc(num_events, sizeof(EventList));
+ if (!events)
+ return NULL;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_events; i++)
+ {
+ events[i].evlen = sizeof(InternalEvent);
+ events[i].event = xcalloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent));
+ if (!events[i].event)
+ {
+ /* rollback */
+ while(i--)
+ xfree(events[i].event);
+ xfree(events);
+ events = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Free an event list.
+ *
+ * @param list The list to be freed.
+ * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
+ */
+void
+FreeEventList(EventListPtr list, int num_events)
+{
+ if (!list)
+ return;
+ while(num_events--)
+ xfree(list[num_events].event);
+ xfree(list);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate a series of xEvents (filled into the EventList) representing
+ * pointer motion, or button presses. Xi and XKB-aware.
+ *
+ * DOES NOT GENERATE CORE EVENTS! Core events are created when processing the
+ * event (ProcessOtherEvent).
+ *
+ * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events.
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first
+ * place via InitEventList() and GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
+ *
+ * In the generated events rootX/Y will be in absolute screen coords and
+ * the valuator information in the absolute or relative device coords.
+ *
+ * last.valuators[x] of the device is always in absolute device coords.
+ * last.valuators[x] of the master device is in absolute screen coords.
+ *
+ * master->last.valuators[x] for x > 2 is undefined.
+ */
+int
+GetPointerEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int buttons,
+ int flags, int first_valuator, int num_valuators,
+ int *valuators) {
+ int num_events = 1;
+ CARD32 ms;
+ DeviceEvent *event;
+ RawDeviceEvent *raw;
+ int x = 0, y = 0, /* device coords */
+ cx, cy; /* only screen coordinates */
+ float x_frac = 0.0, y_frac = 0.0, cx_frac, cy_frac;
+ ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
+
+ /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+ if (!pDev->enabled)
+ return 0;
+
+ ms = GetTimeInMillis(); /* before pointer update to help precision */
+
+ if (!scr || !pDev->valuator || first_valuator < 0 ||
+ ((num_valuators + first_valuator) > pDev->valuator->numAxes) ||
+ (type != MotionNotify && type != ButtonPress && type != ButtonRelease) ||
+ (type != MotionNotify && !pDev->button) ||
+ ((type == ButtonPress || type == ButtonRelease) && !buttons) ||
+ (type == MotionNotify && num_valuators <= 0))
+ return 0;
+
+ events = updateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+ raw = (RawDeviceEvent*)events->event;
+ events++;
+ num_events++;
+
+ init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, buttons);
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators,
+ raw->valuators.data_raw);
+
+ if (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE)
+ {
+ if (flags & POINTER_SCREEN) /* valuators are in screen coords */
+ {
+
+ if (num_valuators >= 1 && first_valuator == 0)
+ valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuators[0], 0.0, &x_frac, NULL,
+ pDev->valuator->axes + 0,
+ scr->width);
+ if (first_valuator <= 1 && num_valuators >= (2 - first_valuator))
+ valuators[1 - first_valuator] = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuators[1 - first_valuator], 0.0, &y_frac, NULL,
+ pDev->valuator->axes + 1,
+ scr->height);
+ }
+
+ moveAbsolute(pDev, &x, &y, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+ } else {
+ if (flags & POINTER_ACCELERATE) {
+ accelPointer(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators, ms);
+ /* The pointer acceleration code modifies the fractional part
+ * in-place, so we need to extract this information first */
+ x_frac = pDev->last.remainder[0];
+ y_frac = pDev->last.remainder[1];
+ }
+ moveRelative(pDev, &x, &y, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+ }
+
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators,
+ raw->valuators.data);
+
+ positionSprite(pDev, &x, &y, x_frac, y_frac, scr, &cx, &cy, &cx_frac, &cy_frac);
+ updateHistory(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, ms);
+
+ /* Update the valuators with the true value sent to the client*/
+ if (num_valuators >= 1 && first_valuator == 0)
+ valuators[0] = x;
+ if (first_valuator <= 1 && num_valuators >= (2 - first_valuator))
+ valuators[1 - first_valuator] = y;
+
+ if (num_valuators)
+ clipValuators(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+
+ event = (DeviceEvent*) events->event;
+ init_event(pDev, event, ms);
+
+ if (type == MotionNotify) {
+ event->type = ET_Motion;
+ event->detail.button = 0;
+ }
+ else {
+ if (type == ButtonPress) {
+ event->type = ET_ButtonPress;
+ pDev->button->postdown[buttons >> 3] |= (1 << (buttons & 7));
+ }
+ else if (type == ButtonRelease) {
+ event->type = ET_ButtonRelease;
+ pDev->button->postdown[buttons >> 3] &= ~(1 << (buttons & 7));
+ }
+ event->detail.button = buttons;
+ }
+
+ event->root_x = cx; /* root_x/y always in screen coords */
+ event->root_y = cy;
+ event->root_x_frac = cx_frac;
+ event->root_y_frac = cy_frac;
+
+ set_valuators(pDev, event, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+
+ return num_events;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Post ProximityIn/ProximityOut events, accompanied by valuators.
+ *
+ * events is not NULL-terminated; the return value is the number of events.
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event structure in the first
+ * place via GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
+ */
+int
+GetProximityEvents(EventList *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type,
+ int first_valuator, int num_valuators, int *valuators)
+{
+ int num_events = 1;
+ DeviceEvent *event;
+
+ /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+ if (!pDev->enabled)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Sanity checks. */
+ if (type != ProximityIn && type != ProximityOut)
+ return 0;
+ if (!pDev->valuator)
+ return 0;
+ /* Do we need to send a DeviceValuator event? */
+ if ((pDev->valuator->mode & 1) == Relative)
+ num_valuators = 0;
+
+ /* You fail. */
+ if (first_valuator < 0 ||
+ (num_valuators + first_valuator) > pDev->valuator->numAxes)
+ return 0;
+
+ events = updateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+ event = (DeviceEvent *) events->event;
+ init_event(pDev, event, GetTimeInMillis());
+ event->type = (type == ProximityIn) ? ET_ProximityIn : ET_ProximityOut;
+
+ if (num_valuators)
+ clipValuators(pDev, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+
+ set_valuators(pDev, event, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
+
+ return num_events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Synthesize a single motion event for the core pointer.
+ *
+ * Used in cursor functions, e.g. when cursor confinement changes, and we need
+ * to shift the pointer to get it inside the new bounds.
+ */
+void
+PostSyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ int screen,
+ unsigned long time)
+{
+ DeviceEvent ev;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
+ will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
+ to the DIX layer. */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ x += panoramiXdataPtr[0].x - panoramiXdataPtr[screen].x;
+ y += panoramiXdataPtr[0].y - panoramiXdataPtr[screen].y;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+ init_event(pDev, &ev, time);
+ ev.root_x = x;
+ ev.root_y = y;
+ ev.type = ET_Motion;
+ ev.time = time;
+
+ /* FIXME: MD/SD considerations? */
+ (*pDev->public.processInputProc)((InternalEvent*)&ev, pDev);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/main.c b/xorg-server/dix/main.c index f96245a4b..fa65a4051 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/main.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/main.c @@ -116,6 +116,10 @@ Equipment Corporation. #include "dpmsproc.h" #endif +#ifdef _DEBUG +#include <crtdbg.h> +#endif + extern void Dispatch(void); extern void InitProcVectors(void); @@ -134,9 +138,43 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]) { int i; HWEventQueueType alwaysCheckForInput[2]; - + #ifdef _DEBUG + //int TmpFlag=_CrtSetDbgFlag( _CRTDBG_REPORT_FLAG); + + //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_ALLOC_MEM_DF; + //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_DELAY_FREE_MEM_DF; + //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_ALWAYS_DF; + //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_CRT_DF; + //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_LEAK_CHECK_DF; + + //_CrtSetDbgFlag(TmpFlag); + #endif + + ptw32_processInitialize(); display = "0"; + #ifdef WIN32 + /* In Win32 we have different threads call Xlib functions (depending + on the commandline options given). + XInitThreads has to be called before + any xlib function is called (aoccording to the man page) */ + XInitThreads(); + /* change the current directory to the directory where the vcxsrv.exe executable is installed. + This is needed because the font directories are relative to the current directory. + */ + { + char ModuleFilename[MAX_PATH]; + char *pSlash; + GetModuleFileName(NULL,ModuleFilename,sizeof(ModuleFilename)); + pSlash=strrchr(ModuleFilename,'\\'); + if (pSlash) + { + *pSlash='\0'; + chdir(ModuleFilename); + } + } + #endif + InitRegions(); pixman_disable_out_of_bounds_workaround(); @@ -307,6 +345,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]) memset(WindowTable, 0, sizeof(WindowTable)); CloseDownDevices(); + InputDevicesClosed(); CloseDownEvents(); for (i = screenInfo.numScreens - 1; i >= 0; i--) diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/makefile b/xorg-server/dix/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01e98d638 --- /dev/null +++ b/xorg-server/dix/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +ifeq ($(DEBUG),1)
+DEFINES += FONTDEBUG XSERVER_DTRACE
+endif
+
+LIBRARY=libdix
+
+CSRCS=\
+ atom.c \
+ colormap.c \
+ cursor.c \
+ deprecated.c \
+ devices.c \
+ dispatch.c \
+ dixfonts.c \
+ dixutils.c \
+ enterleave.c \
+ events.c \
+ eventconvert.c \
+ extension.c \
+ ffs.c \
+ gc.c \
+ getevents.c \
+ globals.c \
+ glyphcurs.c \
+ grabs.c \
+ initatoms.c \
+ inpututils.c \
+ main.c \
+ pixmap.c \
+ privates.c \
+ property.c \
+ ptrveloc.c \
+ registry.c \
+ resource.c \
+ selection.c \
+ swaprep.c \
+ swapreq.c \
+ tables.c \
+ window.c
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c b/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c index 6fb9e2122..1aa0849aa 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c @@ -26,6 +26,10 @@ #include <dix-config.h> #endif +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES +#endif + #include <math.h> #include <ptrveloc.h> #include <exevents.h> @@ -59,6 +63,11 @@ * ****************************************************************************/ +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define inline __inline +#define lrintf(val) ((int)val) +#endif + /* fwds */ int SetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num); diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/registry.c b/xorg-server/dix/registry.c index ec853b37f..9aa73d11d 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/registry.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/registry.c @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> #include <X11/X.h> #include <X11/Xproto.h> #include "resource.h" |